Zabbix zabbix manual v1.8

Zabbix 1.8 Manual [Zabbix] http://www.zabbix.com/documentation/1.8/complete

Zabbix 1.8 Manual

1 About

1 Overview of Zabbix

1.1 What is Zabbix?

Zabbix was created by Alexei Vladishev, and currently is actively developed and supported by Zabbix SIA.

Zabbix is an enterprise-class open source distributed monitoring solution.

Zabbix is software that monitors numerous parameters of a network and the health and integrity of servers. Zabbix uses a flexible notification mechanism that allows
users to configure e-mail based alerts for virtually any event. This allows a fast reaction to server problems. Zabbix offers excellent reporting and data visualisation
features based on the stored data. This makes Zabbix ideal for capacity planning.

Zabbix supports both polling and trapping. All Zabbix reports and statistics, as well as configuration parameters, are accessed through a web-based front end. A web-based
front end ensures that the status of your network and the health of your servers can be assessed from any location. Properly configured, Zabbix can play an important
role in monitoring IT infrastructure. This is equally true for small organisations with a few servers and for large companies with a multitude of servers.

Zabbix is free of cost. Zabbix is written and distributed under the GPL General Public License version 2. It means that its source code is freely distributed and available for
the general public.

Commercial support [http://www.zabbix.com/support.php] is available and provided by Zabbix Company.

1.2 What does Zabbix offer?

Zabbix offers:

auto-discovery of servers and network devices
distributed monitoring with centralised WEB administration
support for both polling and trapping mechanisms
server software for Linux, Solaris, HP-UX, AIX, Free BSD, Open BSD, OS X
native high performance agents (client software for Linux, Solaris, HP-UX, AIX, Free BSD, Open BSD, OS X, Tru64/OSF1, Windows NT4.0, Windows 2000, Windows
2003, Windows XP, Windows Vista)
agent-less monitoring
secure user authentication
flexible user permissions
web-based interface
flexible e-mail notification of predefined events
high-level (business) view of monitored resources
audit log

1.3 Why use Zabbix?

Open Source solution
highly efficient agents for UNIX and WIN32 based platforms
low learning curve
high ROI. Downtimes are very expensive.
low cost of ownership
very simple configuration
Centralised monitoring system. All information (configuration, performance data) is stored in relational database
high-level service tree
very easy setup
support for SNMP (v1,v2). Both trapping and polling.
visualisation capabilities
built-in housekeeping procedure

1.4 Users of Zabbix

Many organisations of different size around the world rely on Zabbix as a primary monitoring platform.

2 Goals and Principles

2.1 Main Goals of Zabbix Development

There are several goals Zabbix is trying to achieve:

become recognized Open Source monitoring tool
create Zabbix user group, which helps making the software even better
provide high-quality commercial support

2.2 Main principles of Zabbix development

be user friendly
keep things simple
use as few processing resources as possible
react fast
document every aspect of the software

4. What's new in Zabbix 1.8
More than a year in making, Zabbix 1.8 has arrived with lots of new features, as well as improved old ones. You can introduce yourself to the changes for this new version
of Zabbix in the following section.

1 Notable improvements

第1页共155页


With so many changes it is impossible to pick 3 most notable ones - which is attempted below. For this reason, it is suggested to read on, as some generally minor feature
might be very important to you.

Performance improvements
Full Unicode support
Bar reports
API technical preview

2 New features and improvements for the frontend
Zabbix web frontend is the feature that sets it apart from other solutions. Powerful, yet easy to use official GUI is shipped with the default package. It provides both
non-intimidating access for novice users and large scale configuration features for sizable installations.

Being most user-visible part, we will start by looking at many new features and improvements in Zabbix 1.8 for the web frontend.

2.1 Bar reports

Zabbix already has easy to use simple graphs that do not require any configuration - these are provided for every numeric item. Custom graphs, along with a couple
simplistic reports, allow to look at the data in context. Zabbix 1.8 brings much more powerful built-in reporting.

New report category, bar reports, allows to look at the data from many different angles. Want to look at the weekly temperatures in the server room for the last two
months? Have to compare webserver load for the first month of every quarter this year? All that and more is possible with this new feature.

2.2 Full Unicode support

While previous Zabbix versions were multi-language friendly, providing several frontend translations, it was not a truly global thing - the most popular encoding, Unicode,
was not fully supported.

Zabbix 1.8 now fully supports Unicode/UTF-8, allowing for a true localised or multilanguage setup.

2.3 Improved time period navigation

In Zabbix, single control is used to select time period displayed for many views, including simple and custom graphs, raw data, screens and web monitoring. Already
improved in 1.6, time period selector has been improved in 1.8 further.

This scrollbar allows easy dragging and resizing of it. Additionally, links on the left hand side allow to choose some predefined, often used time periods and move displayed
period forward/backward in time. And the dates on the right hand side actually work as links, popping up a calendar and allowing to set specific start/end time.

Notice the dynamic/fixed link in the lower right hand corner? It can be used to control whether time period is kept constant when you change start/end time.

In addition to the screenshots you can also view the video [http://blip.tv/file/2950510] of using graph time period controls.

2.4 Improved graphs

Zabbix graphs have been improved in many ways. This includes both visual and functional improvements, like the time period selector already mentioned. For example,
information about max/min/avg values is presented clearly as a table.

2.4.1 Improved timeline in charts

Zabbix graphs - or charts - usually display time on x axis. And even this representation has been improved in the new version.

Comparing 1.6 and 1.8:

第2页共155页


Axis labels in 1.6.

Axis labels in trunk.

As can be seen, labels are now easier to read. Instead of prioritising some arbitrary point in time, depending on graph scale, actual points in time like change of a day are
prioritised. Sometimes Zabbix will even use more “human readable” labels:

2.4.2 Gradient line support in graphs

Zabbix graphs support several line styles, and 1.8 brings one more - gradient line. It's easier to understand how that works by looking at an actual example.

2.4.3 DejaVu font used for graphs

DejaVu [http://dejavu-fonts.org] font is now used for graphs for nice looking text - and for Unicode capabilities.

2.5 Improved map editing

Zabbix supports network maps where monitored environment can be laid out on a background image to provide user friendly overview.

In previous versions, editing such network maps was not easy - coordinates of each element on the map had to be specified manually.

Map editing in Zabbix 1.8 has been greatly improved by adding drag and drop support, as well as selected element detail displaying in a popup.

You can even watch a video [http://blip.tv/file/2942525] of map editing.

In addition to that map links may have optional text for displaying arbitrary information, for example, bandwidth data.

Background map CC-BY-SA Openstreetmap [http://www.openstreetmap.org/].

2.6 Changed configuration layout

Zabbix web frontend provides convenient way to display and visualise received data, as well as configure all aspects of monitoring.

第3页共155页


Layout of this configuration has been redone in 1.8. Instead of separate sections for items, graphs, triggers and so on, they are folded into host configuration section,
where convenient linking allows for easy access to all of these entities and more.

On the other hand, host group configuration has been brought out on the configuration menu.

Another change is general configuration being moved to administration section to avoid Zabbix administrator level users from having access to global configuration
parameters.

2.7 Visual trigger editing frontend

Usage thresholds and any other problem conditions are freely configurable by user. These definitions are called triggers, and complex expressions can be used for each
trigger to define what is considered a problem.

In addition to ability to edit trigger expressions directly, a frontend to create triggers visually has been added.

There is a special mode for creating log related triggers.

It also incorporates ability to provide test data and try out trigger behaviour.

(screenshot)

2.8 New and improved filters

As Zabbix frontend provides means to access all the information, it can be a daunting task to find the desired one. Previous versions offered ways to filter this information,
and 1.8 improves situation in this regard by adding new filters and making existing ones more powerful.

2.8.1 Items filter

Item configuration section is the one where all aspects regarding data gathering are configured, thus it is displaying quite a lot of information. Being able to quickly find
desired data gathering entries is crucial to efficient configuration, and in Zabbix 1.8 there's an improved filter for items that allows for much more detailed searching.

(screenshot)

After performing initial filtering, subfilter becomes available. It presents found values and results can be filtered further.

2.8.2 Audit filter

Accountability is important on any system with more than one user (and on many systems with single user as well). Zabbix frontend records all operations in an audit log.

In version 1.8 audit logs now can be filtered quite extensively to find exactly the changes you are looking for.

2.8.3 Latest data filter

Looking at shiny graphs is tempting, but sometimes you need the real data. Latest data section in Zabbix frontend allows to see exact values for all monitored metrics.

It is now possible to filter this screen by freeform search against item descriptions.

2.8.4 Reworked "Status of triggers" view

Trigger view is widely used to display list of current problems, and it was possible to display recent events for all the problems, limited by day count.

In 1.8, this screen gained has been changed, providing new features like expanding individual triggers to show their events and confirming all events for a trigger.

第4页共155页


2.8.5 Other filters improved

Filters in other sections of the frontend have been improved as well, allowing to get to the data easier and more quickly.

2.9 Improved screen editing

Zabbix screens is a feature that allows to group many frontend elements, including graphs, network maps, raw data and many others. Configuring them initially was not
very hard, but making any significant changes was nearly impossible in some cases.

Screen editing has been greatly improved in 1.8. This includes:

Drag and drop support. Dragging an element to empty cell will move it there, dragging an element on occupied cell will switch these elements. You can watch a
video [http://blip.tv/file/2941499] of this feature (site also allows to download original .ogg video).
Using icons on the screen edges, rows now can be inserted and removed from arbitrary locations.

2.10 Global search

There's now a search box in the upper right corner, which allows searching in hosts, host groups and templates.

Results allow for a quick access to found entities and their elements:

2.11 Minor frontend improvements

For a GUI minor visual change can bring large benefits to the user. Zabbix 1.8 has many minor improvements and features that should make working more productive
and pleasant.

2.11.1 Cleaner error displaying

Error messages are now shown as icons and error text is available in a popup. Clicking the icon opens the popup to allow copying of the message.

2.11.2 History strings saved by reference

At the top of the frontend, there's a breadcrumbs type history, showing recently accessed pages.

When a language is switched in frontend, in previous versions existing history entries would not switch language, only new entries would be added in the correct
language. Now history strings change appropriately.

2.11.3 Paging for entity lists added

Many locations of Zabbix frontend present information as lists - whether it's a list of hosts, items or triggers. These lists can get quite long on large installations of Zabbix,
and that slows down frontend considerably.

Zabbix 1.8 supports splitting long lists in multiple pages. Entry count per page is configurable in user's profile.

Configuring rows per page in user profile

Entry limit in action

2.11.4 Selected rows are highlighted now

Most of the entries in these lists can be selected for performing some operation on them.

A minor but welcome improvement in 1.8 - selected rows now are hilighted.

2.11.5 Ability to display server name

Setting variable ZBX_SERVER_NAME allows Zabbix server name to be displayed in the frontend upper right corner.

第5页共155页


It is also used in page title.

2.11.6 More flexible linked items

Zabbix supports very powerful templating that makes large scale configuration management easy. Templates can be linked to monitored hosts and they determine what
and how is monitored.

Downstream linked items in Zabbix 1.8 are more flexible now - for example, it is possible to edit SNMP parameters like community string, or allowed hosts for trapper
items, in items that are linked in from templates.

2.11.7 IP address becomes default option

In host creation form, IP address is now the default choice.

2.11.8 Debug mode added for frontend

Mostly useful for developers, but can be handy when trying to determine source of a problem for others as well.

Debug mode can be enabled on user group basis.

2.11.9 Help icons lead to online manual

Oldtime Zabbix users might remember the days when help icons from Zabbix frontend linked to the online manual. With the conversion to online documentation that
again is possible, and in Zabbix 1.8 most of these icons open Zabbix manual in a new browser window or tab.

3 API
In version 1.8 first, Zabbix provides JSON-RPC [http://json-rpc.org/] API. It already allows to perform most of the configuration changes, thus enabling powerful means for
automated or complex setup management.

While API itself might not be that exciting for casual users, it enables creation of various tools. One such tool already has been created - Zabbix commandline utility or
Zabcon [http://www.zabbix.com/wiki/doc/zabcon].

Zabcon is especially exciting for users who would like to perform uncommon, large scale changes, as it allows easy scripting without programming skills.

Zabbix management from servers without GUI installed also is expected to be possible, and surely users will come up with innovative and impressing uses for this tool.

Note: API is currently considered to be in a technical preview state and can change in next versions.

4 Improvements for larger installations
Zabbix is being used in larger and larger environments every day. 1.8 release introduces several changes that are specifically useful in average and above setups.

4.1 Performance improvements

When monitoring hundreds and thousands of devices, load on the monitoring server hardware can become a serious issue. Zabbix 1.8 brings many different
improvements to the performance in several key areas.

4.1.1 Increased Zabbix server and proxy performance

Doing the main work behind the scenes, Zabbix server has been improved greatly to allow gathering more data on the same hardware. As Zabbix proxy shares some code
with the server, it has benefited from these changes as well.

4.1.1.1 Much more efficient polling

Hundreds of pollers can be executed for greater parallelism and performance. The pollers do not communicate directly with the database and use very little of server CPU
and memory resources.

4.1.1.2 Added configuration data cache module

Database cache is enabled by default and can not be disabled. Configuration option StartDBSyncers has been removed from Zabbix server and proxy configuration files.

A special internal check has been introduced, zabbix[wcache,*] to monitor health of this cache.

4.1.2 Frontend images recompressed with pngcrush

To reduce amount of data that users have to retrieve from webserver when using Zabbix frontend, all PNG images have been recompressed for optimal size.

4.1.3 Items with SNMP dynamic index use one connection

Zabbix supports monitoring SNMP metrics that have dynamic identifiers.

In version 1.8 index resolving and data retrieval is performed in a single connection now, reducing network load and load on the monitored devices.

4.2 Automated host management improvements

For larger or constantly changing environments replicating these changes in Zabbix configuration can be a challenge. Zabbix already supported network discovery, and
1.8 now brings both improvements to the network discovery, as well as new methods to automate adding of new devices to monitor.

4.2.1 Network discovery improvements

Network discovery [http://www.zabbix.com/documentation/1.8/manual/auto-discovery], available in previous versions, has received multiple improvements.

4.2.1.1 Port interval support

For services where it's appropriate, port interval support has been added.

第6页共155页


4.2.1.2 New action operations

Based on discovery events, two new operations have been added, thus increasing available operation count for network discovery to 10.

Enable host
Disable host

4.2.1.3 IP mask support

Industry standard network mask notation can now be used in network discovery, for example, 192.168.1.0/24.

4.2.1.4 Support for multihomed devices

If a host provides some service on multiple IP addresses, it would be discovered as multiple hosts in Zabbix versions before 1.8. Starting with 1.8, it is possible to use
different uniqueness criteria for some services, for example system.uname returned by Zabbix agent or any OID returned by SNMP capable host.

4.2.1.5 SNMPv3 support

Network discovery in Zabbix 1.8 supports SNMPv3 with all the corresponding functionality.

4.2.2 Auto registration for active agents

Completely new in Zabbix 1.8, it is possible to allow active Zabbix agent auto-registration, after which server can start monitoring them. This allows to add new hosts for
monitoring without any manual server configuration for each individual host.

The feature might be very handy for automatic monitoring of new Cloud nodes. As soon as you have a new node in the Cloud Zabbix will automatically start collection of
performance and availability data of the host.

4.3 Support for global, template and host level macros

Support for user definable macros [http://www.zabbix.com/documentation/1.8/manual/config/macros#global_and_host_level_macros] (or variables) has been added. These can be
defined globally for Zabbix installation, on template and host level. For example, defining the following macros on a host level allows to set custom thresholds per host,
even if all hosts are linked against single template:

In this case, templated trigger expression would be:

{ca_001:system.cpu.load[,avg1].min({$CPULOAD_PERIOD})}>{$MAX_CPULOAD}

5 Various

5.1 Host maintenance

Host and host group maintenance has been added to Zabbix.

Hosts that are in maintenance are indicated as such in Monitoring → Triggers view.

If a problem happens during the maintenance and is not resolved, notification is generated after maintenance period ends.

If a log item is added while host is in maintenance and maintenance ends, only new logfile entries since the end of the maintenance will be gathered.

5.2 Improved audit log

Zabbix provides accontability by recording all user logins and changes to the Zabbix configuration in the audit log.

Audit log in 1.8 has been improved, and instead of simply seeing that something has changed, many entities will have exact changes recorded.

Exact changes made to item preserved

Exact changes made to trigger preserved

5.3 New macros

Zabbix provides very useful variables - called macros - to be used in item names, notifications and elsewhere. Zabbix 1.8 increases the amount of available macros, as

第7页共155页


well as making some macros usable in more locations.

5.3.1 In notifications

Along with existing macros new ones can be used in notifications that are sent out.

{NODE.*[1..9]}
{ITEM.LOG.*[1..9]}
{ITEM.VALUE} and {ITEM.VALUE[1..9]}
{ITEM.LASTVALUE[1..9]}
{HOST.CONN[1..9]} {HOST.DNS[1..9]} {IPADDRESS[1..9]}
{TRIGGER.KEY[1..9]}
{HOSTNAME[1..9]}
{ITEM.NAME[1..9]}
{PROFILE.*[1..9]}
{EVENT.ACK.STATUS}
{EVENT.ACK.HISTORY}
{TRIGGER.EVENTS.UNACK}

5.3.2 In map labels

Map labels allow using handy macros like the current value of some item.

{TRIGGERS.UNACK}

5.4 Advanced regular expression editor

Advanced regular expression editor was added to Zabbix with ability to test regular expressions. It is now possible to define complex regular expression with easy to use
interface and reuse them with simple reference.

5.5 IPv6 support for SNMP monitoring

In addition to the SNMP related improvements for network discovery, IPv6 support has been implemented for SNMP monitoring.

5.6 Supported PHP version changes

Zabbix frontend is based on PHP [http://php.net]. Since the last stable Zabbix release there have been major changes in PHP versions, and Zabbix frontend has been
changed accordingly.

5.6.1 Support for PHP 5.3 added

Released in 2009.06.30, PHP 5.3.0 was out for some time to require support of Zabbix frontend.

5.6.2 Support for PHP 4 dropped

Last bugfix release in 2008.01.03 and last release with security fixes in 2008.08.07, PHP4 was not receiving bugfixes anymore.

Zabbix 1.8 requires PHP 5.0 or later.

6 Minor improvements
We call these minor, but for somebody one of these might be the biggest change in Zabbix 1.8.

6.1 Basic authentication support in web monitoring

Web monitoring now supports basic HTTP authentication. It can be configured per scenario.

6.2 New and improved monitored metrics

While Zabbix can be extended, built-in checks require less resources and are easier to use. Zabbix 1.8 introduces several new checks and improves old ones.

6.2.1 New items

Several completely new items have appeared.

icmppingloss
net.tcp.dns.query

6.2.1.1 CPU switches support on Linux

Key system.cpu.switches can be used for Linux hosts.

6.2.1.2 Added Windows services key

Added services key for Windows which can return services in a particular state.

6.2.2 ICMP items have new parameters

Zabbix ICMP items now are much more flexible. Item icmpping has gained the following parameters:

target - host IP or DNS name;
count - number of packets;
interval - time between successive packets in milliseconds;
size - packet size in bytes;
timeout - timeout in milliseconds.

Now it is possible to use a key like this:

icmpping[10.10.10.10,5,300,128,100]

This would send five 128 byte packets to host with IP 10.10.10.10 with 300 ms interval between them, and use 100 ms timeout.

Item icmppingsec has gained all the above parameters, and one additional:

mode - one of min, max, avg.

Default mode is avg.

第8页共155页


6.2.3 'maxlines' parameter for log items

Item keys log and eventlog now have new parameter - maxlines. It specifies maximum number of new lines per second the agent will send to Zabbix server or Proxy.

By default, Zabbix agent does not send more than 100 log lines per second per log file. For fast growing file the number can be increased using the new parameter.

6.2.4 New Windows eventlog filters

Windows eventlog entries now can be filtered by type, source and event ID on the agent side.

6.2.5 SSH and telnet checks

Now SSH and telnet can be used for direct, agent-less monitoring. SSH supports both password and key authentication methods.

It makes possible very effective remote monitoring of network devices, appliances and servers without use of Zabbix Agent.

Currently SSH and telnet cannot be used in actions, this functionality will be available in future releases.

6.2.6 LVM swap devices support

LVM devices are now supported as swap devices on Linux.

6.2.7 First CPU number changed on Linux

First CPU on Linux is now referred to as 0, which is consistent with other operating systems.

6.2.8 Positive sign for decimal values supported

If incoming decimal (float) value is preceded by a + sign, it is supported as a positive number now.

6.3 New input data types

While different base values could be monitored before with user parameters, that was not easy enough. Zabbix 1.8 natively supports two new input data types, sometimes
found on devices like printers.

Octal
Hexadecimal

6.4 Client utilities moved to bin

Zabbix client utilities zabbix_get and zabbix_sender were moved from sbin to bin.

6.5 Improved sample configuration files

Sample configuration file layout was changed. Now all parameters are included, and their default values, as well as allowed ranges, are documented.

6.6 Added manpages

Manpages for all Zabbix processes have been added.

6.7 Notification media can be chosen in action operations

It means that it's possible to define messages that will be sent to one or several medias only. For example, all critical messages can be delivered by using SMS messaging,
while other messages using both email and SMS without creating multiple actions.

6.8 Timestamp support for zabbix_sender

Support for -T parameter in zabbix_sender has been added, which allows to set timestamp for each value. The option can be used to migrate older historical data from
other monitoring tools to Zabbix database for graphing and long-term analysis.

6.9 Manual user unblocking

Ability to manually unblock users who have been locked out by bruteforce protection was added.

Clicking on the Blocked link will unblock this user.

6.10 Native support of Oracle

Previous version of Zabbix had a dependency on a third party library called sqlora8. The library is not actively developed any more. Oracle support is now implemented
using native Oracle Call Interface [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oracle_Call_Interface], which greatly improves performance and stability of Zabbix setups using Oracle as a
back-end database.

6.11 Host status propagation from proxies

If a host is monitored by a proxy, status of the host will be correctly displayed and updated in Zabbix front-end.

6.12 Rotated logfile monitoring

Zabbix supports logfile monitoring, and version 1.8 improves it further. If an application is writing to a new logfile with varying name - for example, if logfile name
includes date - it is much easier to monitor with Zabbix 1.8, as it is now possible to specify regular expressions in logfile monitoring.

第9页共155页


6.13 Online documentation

Documentation from an inflexible PDF file has been converted to online format where anybody can comment on individual pages. Offline documentation can still be
obtained with ODT [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenDocument] export functionality.

6.14 Detailed availability information displaying

Instead of simply displaying generic host status, in 1.8 frontend three different monitoring methods have their status displayed - Zabbix agent, SNMP and IPMI.

Errors related to each method are stored separately and can be obtained by moving mouse cursor over the error icon.

Default theme uses green to denote availability, while Black&blue theme uses blue colour.

What's new in further releases
See detailed information on new features and significant changes in other 1.8 series releases:

1.8.1
1.8.2
1.8.3
1.8.4
1.8.5
1.8.6

Installation and upgrade
See the installation section for new installations.

See upgrading section if upgrading from an older Zabbix release.

Before upgrading, read important notes.

3 Installation and Upgrade Notes

3.1 Installation
See the installation_from_source section for full details.

3.2 Version compatibility
Older agents from Zabbix 1.0, Zabbix 1.1.x, Zabbix 1.4.x and Zabbix 1.6.x can be used with Zabbix 1.8. It does not require any configuration changes on agent side.

Older Zabbix proxies of version 1.6.x can't be used with Zabbix 1.8, they should be upgraded.

3.3 Important notes

3.3.1 For version 1.8

All hosts now are required to belong to at least one group.
CPU index for system.cpu.util key on Linux now starts with 0.
Key vfs.fs.size returns data in bytes for all operating systems now.
Key vfs.fs.size now takes into account reserved diskspace for root user.
Comment at the end of a configuration file line is not allowed anymore (this worked for numeric parameters only before).

3.3.2 For version 1.8.3

Parameter service.ntp for item keys net.tcp.service and net.tcp.service.perf renamed to ntp. Old syntax is still supported.
Trying to run IPv6-enabled daemon on a system without IPv6 support fail:

Listener failed with error: socket() for [[(null)]:10051] failed with error 97: Address family not supported by protocol.


The method of external command invocation for Zabbix daemons has been changed to allow terminating runaway processes. Instead of using standard popen
method as before, Zabbix now explicitly calls /bin/sh to execute desired command.

Trying to run a Zabbix daemon, compiled on Linux kernel 2.6.27 or later on a system with kernel 2.6.26 or older will fail:

socket() for [[-]:10050] failed with error 22: Invalid argument


Zabbix daemons now refuse to start up if configuration file contains incorrect parameters. If old parameters have accumulated in the configuration files, this will
result in inoperable daemons after the upgrade until the parameters are fixed.


In some cases hosts with identical name might have appeared in the Zabbix database. Starting with 1.8.8, Zabbix server will shut down if it detects such a
situation.

3.4 System requirement changes
Additional or increased system requirements:

Support for PHP 4 dropped.

第10页共155页


Maximal PHP memory size should be at least 128MB (option memory_limit).
Maximal PHP POST size should be at least 16MB (option post_max_size).

Also see requirement changes for version 1.8.2 and 1.8.3.

3.5 Known problems

3.5.1 For version 1.8

PHP mbstring check may fail with PHP < 5.2 in Zabbix 1.8. To avoid this issue, copy zabbix.conf.php.example file to zabbix.conf.php and modify parameters,
including database access parameters.
For IPMI support you need a recent OpenIPMI version - 2.0.14 and later is known to work.
Sorting in frontend is not performed for entities with positional variables (like item names with $1 etc).
XML export includes SNMP and other information for all items.
Hostnames with spaces do not work when sending data from a file with zabbix_sender (fixed in 1.8.2).
Uploading of images for network maps may fail if database is not configured properly. Make sure database, tables and fields are set to UTF-8 encoding.
Precompiled binaries (agent, sender, get) might not work on 64bit systems with glibc versions older than 2.5. Common symptom is failing to start with the error
message: Floating point exception. Use older versions, or compile from the scratch on the target system.


Because of frontend changes, some installations might see incorrect older data appear in frontend. These include:

Incorrect trigger appearing, with name **ERROR**, usually in Monitoring → Triggers section, when showing all hosts from all groups. This trigger can be deleted
by clicking on it, choosing Configuration of triggers, then clicking on Delete in the trigger editing form and confirming the deletion.

You might have to remove groupid=&hostid=& part from the URL when attempting to delete the trigger.
Depending on the installation time of your Zabbix server, default graphs might have incorrect configuration. This only affects you if those graphs are being used.
Opening such a graph usually will swap working time and trigger showing with percentile values. If that is the case, simply fixing and saving the graph will solve
the problem.

3.6 Upgrade procedure
The following steps have to be performed for successful upgrade from Zabbix 1.6.x to 1.8. The whole upgrade procedure may take several hours depending on size of
Zabbix database.

3.6.1 Stop Zabbix server

Stop Zabbix server to make sure that no new data is inserted into database.

3.6.2 Backup existing Zabbix database

This is very important step. Make sure that you have backup of your database. It will help if upgrade procedure fails (lack of disk space, power off, any unexpected
problem).

3.6.3 Backup configuration files, PHP files and Zabbix binaries

Make a backup copy of Zabbix binaries, configuration files and PHP files.

3.6.4 Install new server binaries

You may use pre-compiled binaries or compile your own.

3.6.5 Review Server configuration parameters

Some parameters of zabbix_server.conf were changed in 1.8, new parameters added. You may want to review them.

Configuration option StartDBSyncers has been removed from Zabbix server and proxy configuration files.

3.6.6 Upgrade database

Before running upgrade scripts drop the following indexes:

MySQL

alter table dhosts drop index dhosts_1;
alter table dservices drop index dservices_1;
alter table httptest drop index httptest_2;
alter table httptest drop index httptest_3;
alter table history_log drop index history_log_2;
alter table history_text drop index history_text_2;
alter table actions drop index actions_1;
alter table escalations drop index escalations_2;
alter table graphs_items drop index graphs_items_1;
alter table graphs_items drop index graphs_items_2;
alter table services drop index services_1;

Oracle or PostgreSQL

drop index dhosts_1;
drop index dservices_1;
drop index httptest_2;
drop index httptest_3;
drop index history_log_2;
drop index history_text_2;
drop index actions_1;
drop index escalations_2;
drop index graphs_items_1;
drop index graphs_items_2;
drop index services_1;

Ignore any warning messages about non-existent indexes!

Database upgrade scripts are located in directory upgrades/dbpatches/1.8/<db engine>:

MySQL: upgrades/dbpatches/1.8/mysql/patch.sql
Oracle: upgrades/dbpatches/1.8/oracle/patch.sql
PostgreSQL: upgrades/dbpatches/1.8/postgresql/patch.sql

Database upgrade should take around 10-15 minutes, for PostgreSQL it may take several hours or more because of conversion of existing historical data. It is
recommended to test the upgrade procedure in a non-production environment.

第11页共155页


If you are converting the database to UTF-8, it can take many hours.

Make sure that you have enough permissions (create table, drop table, create index, drop index). Also make sure that you have enough free disk space.

These scripts are for upgrade from Zabbix 1.6.x to 1.8 only! For upgrade from earlier versions use also upgrade scripts from Zabbix 1.6.x.

3.6.7 Install new Zabbix GUI

Follow installation instructions.

3.6.8 Start new Zabbix binaries

Start new binaries. Check log files to see if the binaries have started successfully.

2 Installation

2.1 How to Get Zabbix
Check the Zabbix Home Page at http://www.zabbix.com [http://www.zabbix.com] for information about the current version and for downloading instructions.

Zabbix is distributed as a source package, however it is also included into number of OS distributions pre-compiled.

2 Requirements

2.1 Hardware requirements

2.1.1 Memory Requirements

Zabbix requires both physical and disk memory. 128 MB of physical memory and 256 MB of free disk space could be a good starting point. However, the amount of
required disk memory obviously depends on the number of hosts and parameters that are being monitored. If you're planning to keep a long history of monitored
parameters, you should be thinking of at least a couple of gigabytes to have enough space to store the history in the database. Each Zabbix daemon process requires
several connections to a database server. Amount of memory allocated for the connection depends on configuration of the database engine.

The more physical memory you have, the faster the database (and therefore Zabbix) works!
2.1.2 CPU Requirements

Zabbix and especially Zabbix database may require significant CPU resources depending on number of monitored parameters and chosen database engine.

2.1.3 Other hardware

A serial communication port and a serial GSM Modem required for using SMS notification support in Zabbix. USB-to-serial converter also will work.

2.1.4 Examples of hardware configuration

The table provides several hardware configurations:

Name Platform CPU/Memory Database Monitored hosts
Small Ubuntu Linux PII 350MHz 256MB MySQL MyISAM 20
Medium Ubuntu Linux 64 bit AMD Athlon 3200+ 2GB MySQL InnoDB 500
Large Ubuntu Linux 64 bit Intel Dual Core 6400 4GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL >1000
Very large RedHat Enterprise Intel Xeon 2xCPU 8GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL >10000

Actual configuration depends on number of active items and refresh rates very much. It is highly recommended to run the database on a separate box for large
installations.

2.2 Supported Platforms

Due to security requirements and mission-critical nature of monitoring server, UNIX is the only operating system that can consistently deliver the necessary performance,
fault tolerance and resilience. Zabbix operates on market leading versions.

Zabbix is tested on the following platforms:

AIX
FreeBSD
HP-UX
Linux
Mac OS/X
NetBSD
OpenBSD
SCO Open Server
Solaris
Windows 2000, 2003, XP, Vista (only Zabbix agent)

Zabbix may work on other Unix-like operating systems as well.
2.3 Software Requirements

Zabbix is built around modern Apache WEB server, leading database engines, and the PHP scripting language.

The following software is required to run Zabbix:

Software Version Comments
Apache 1.3.12 or later
PHP 5.0 or later
PHP modules:
GD 2.0 or later PHP GD module must support PNG images.
php-gd
PHP TrueType support --with-ttf
PHP bc support php-bcmath, --enable-bcmath
PHP XML support php-xml or php5-dom, if provided as a separate package by the distributor
PHP session support php-session, if provided as a separate package by the distributor
PHP socket support php-net-socket, --enable-sockets. Required for user script support.
PHP multibyte support php-mbstring, --enable-mbstring
IBM DB2
Required if IBM DB2 is used as Zabbix back end database.
ibm_db2

第12页共155页


MySQL
3.22 or later Required if MySQL is used as Zabbix back end database.
php-mysql
Oracle
Required if Oracle is used as Zabbix back-end database.
oci8
Required if PostgreSQL is used as Zabbix back-end database.
PostgreSQL
7.0.2 or later Consider using PostgreSQL 8.x or later for much better performance.
php-pgsql
It is suggested to use at least PostgreSQL 8.3, which introduced much better VACUUM performance [http://www.postgresql.org/docs/8.3/static/release-8-3.html].
SQLite
3.3.5 or later Required if SQLite is used as Zabbix back-end database.
php-sqlite3

Zabbix may work on previous versions of Apache, MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL as well.

For other fonts than the default DejaVu, PHP function imagerotate [http://php.net/manual/en/function.imagerotate.php] might be required. If it is missing, these fonts might be
rendered incorrectly in Monitoring → Overview header and other locations. This function is only available if PHP is compiled with bundled GD, which is not the case in
Debian and other distributions.
2.3.1 WEB browser on client side

Support for HTML and PNG images is required. Cookies and Java Script must be enabled. Latest versions of Mozilla Firefox, Microsoft Internet Explorer, Opera and
Konqueror are supported. Other browsers (Google Chrome, Apple Safari) may work with Zabbix as well.

2.4 Server requirements

Requirement Description
OpenIPMI Required for IPMI support
libssh2 Required for SSH support. Version 1.0 or higher.
fping Required for ICMP ping items.

2.5 Choice of database engine

Zabbix Server and Proxy support five database engines:

IBM DB2
MySQL
Oracle
PostgreSQL
SQLite

IBM DB2 is supported starting from Zabbix 1.8.4.

2.6 Database size

Zabbix configuration data requires fixed amount of disk space and does not grow much.

Zabbix database size mainly depends on these variables, which define amount of stored historical data:

Number of processed values per second

This is average number of new values Zabbix server receives every second. For example, if we have 3000 items for monitoring with refresh rate of 60 seconds, number of
values per seconds is calculated as 3000/60 = 50.

It means that 50 new values are added to Zabbix database every second.

Housekeeper settings for history

Zabbix keeps values for a fixed period of time, normally several weeks or months. Each new value required certain amount of disk space for data and index.

So, if we would like to keep 30 days of history and we receive 50 values per second, total number of values will be around (30*24*3600)* 50 = 129.600.000, or about
130M of values.

Depending on used database engine, type of received values (floats, integers, strings, log files, etc), disk space for keeping a single value may vary from 40 bytes to
hundreds of bytes. Normally it is around 50 bytes per value. In our case, it means that 130M of values will require 130M * 50 bytes = 6.5GB of disk space.

Housekeeper setting for trends

Zabbix keeps 1 hour max/min/avg/count set of values for each item in table trends. The data is used for trending and long period graphs. One hour period can not be
customised.

Zabbix database, depending on database type, requires about 128 bytes per each total. Suppose we would like to keep trend data for 5 years. Values for 3000 items will
require (3000/3600)*(24*3600*365)* 128 = 6.3GB per year, or 31.5GB for 5 years. First value 3600 in the formula represents trend averaging period, one hour.

Housekeeper settings for events

Each Zabbix event requires approximately 130 bytes of disk space. It is hard number of events generated by Zabbix daily. In worst case scenario, we may assume that
Zabbix generates one event per second.

It means that if we want to keep 3 years of events, this would require 3*365*24*3600* 130 = 11GB

The table contains formulas that can be used to calculate disk space required for Zabbix system:

Parameter Formula for required disk space (in bytes)
Zabbix configuration Fixed size. Normally 10MB or less.
days*(items/refresh rate)*24*3600*bytes
items : number of items
History days : number of days to keep history
refresh rate : average refresh rate of items
bytes : number of bytes required to keep single value, depends on database engine, normally 50 bytes.
days*(items/3600)*24*3600*bytes
items : number of items
Trends
days : number of days to keep history
bytes : number of bytes required to keep single trend, depends on database engine, normally 128 bytes.
days*events*24*3600*bytes
events : number of event per second. One (1) event per second in worst case scenario.
Events
days : number of days to keep history
bytes : number of bytes required to keep single trend, depends on database engine, normally 130 bytes.

So, the total required disk space can be calculated as:
Configuration + History + Trends + Events
The disk space will NOT be used immediately after Zabbix installation. Database size will grow then it will stop growing at some point, which depends on hosekeeper
settings.

Disk space requirements for nodes in distributed setup are calculated in a similar way, but this also depends on a total number of child nodes linked to a node.

2.7 Time synchronisation

It is very important to have precise system date on server with Zabbix running. ntpd [http://www.ntp.org/] is the most popular daemon that synchronizes the host's time
with the time of other machines.

第13页共155页


2.3 Components

2.3.1 Zabbix Components

Zabbix consists of several major software components, the responsibilities of which are outlined below.

2.3.2 Zabbix Server

This is the centre of the Zabbix software. The Server can remotely check networked services (such as web servers and mail servers) using simple service checks, but it is
also the central component to which the Agents will report availability and integrity information and statistics. The Server is the central repository in which all
configuration, statistical and operational data are stored, and it is the entity in the Zabbix software that will actively alert administrators when problems arise in any of
the monitored systems.

Zabbix can also perform agent-less monitoring and also monitor network devices using SNMP agents.

2.3.3 Zabbix Proxy

The Proxy is an optional part of Zabbix deployment. The Proxy collects performance and availability data on behalf of Zabbix Server. All collected data is buffered locally
and transferred to Zabbix Server the Proxy belongs to.

Zabbix Proxy is an ideal solution for a centralized monitoring of remote locations, branches, networks having no local administrators.

Zabbix Proxies can also be used to distribute load of a single Zabbix Server. In this case, only Proxies collect data thus making processing on the Server less CPU and disk
I/O hungry.

2.3.4 Zabbix Agent

In order to actively monitor local resources and applications (such as harddrives, memory, processor statistics etc.) on networked systems, those systems must run the
Zabbix Agent. The Agent will gather operational information from the system on which it is running, and report these data to the Zabbix for further processing. In case of
failures (such as a harddisk running full, or a crashed service process), the Zabbix Server can actively alert the administrators of the particular machine that reported the
failure.

The Zabbix Agents are extremely efficient because of use of native system calls for gathering statistical information.

2.3.5 The WEB Interface

In order to allow easy access to the monitoring data and then configuration of Zabbix from anywhere and from any platform, the Web-based Interface is provided. The
Interface is a part of the Zabbix Server, and is usually (but not necessarily) run on the same physical machine as the one running the Zabbix Server.

Zabbix front-end must run on the same physical machine if SQLite is used.

4 Installation from Source

4.1 Software requirements

Building of Zabbix server or agents from sources requires additional software.

The following software is required to compile Zabbix:

One of the following database engines:

IBM DB2 Headers and Libraries - CLI headers and libraries are required.

MySQL Headers and Libraries - Version 3.22 or later is required.

Oracle Headers and Libraries - OCI headers and libraries are required.

PostgreSQL Headers and Libraries - Version 7.0.2 or later is required. Consider using PostgreSQL 8.x for much better performance.

SQLite Headers and Libraries - Version 3.3.5 or later is required.

Usually provided as part of mysql-dev, postgresql-dev, sqlite3-dev packages.

NET-SNMP (or UCD-SNMP) library and header files. Required for SNMP support. Optional.

Iksemel library and header files. Required to enable Jabber messaging. Optional.

Libcurl library and header files (version 7.13.1 or higher). Required for WEB monitoring module. Optional.

C Compiler. GNU C compiler is the best choice for open platforms. Other (HP, IBM) C compilers may be used as well.

GNU Make. GNU Make is required to process Zabbix Makefiles.

4.2 Structure of Zabbix distribution

src

The directory contains sources for all Zabbix processes except frontends.

src/zabbix_server

The directory contains Makefile and sources for zabbix_server.

src/zabbix_agent

The directory contains Makefile and sources for zabbix_agent and zabbix_agentd.

src/zabbix_get

The directory contains Makefile and sources for zabbix_get.

src/zabbix_sender

The directory contains Makefile and sources for zabbix_sender.

include

The directory contains Zabbix include files.

misc
misc/init.d

第14页共155页


The directory contains start-up scripts for different platforms.

frontends
frontends/php

The directory contains files of PHP frontend.

create

The directory contains SQL script for initial database creation.

create/schema

Database creation schemas.

create/data

Data for initial database creation.

upgrades

The directory contains upgrade procedures for different versions of Zabbix.

4.3 Zabbix Server

Server side

Step 1

Create the Zabbix superuser account

This is the user the server will run as. For production use you should create a dedicated unprivileged account ('zabbix' is commonly used). Running Zabbix as 'root','bin',
or any other account with special rights is a security risk. Do not do it!

Zabbix server process (zabbix_server) is protected from being run under root account.
Step 2

Extract Zabbix sources

shell> tar -zxf zabbix-1.8.tar.gz

Step 3

Create the Zabbix database

Zabbix comes with SQL scripts used to create the required database schema and also to insert a default configuration. There are separate scripts for IBM DB2, MySQL,
Oracle, PostgreSQL and SQLite.

For IBM DB2:

shell> db2 "create database zabbix using codeset utf-8 territory us pagesize 32768"
shell> cd create/schema
shell> db2batch -d zabbix -f ibm_db2.sql
shell> cd ../data
shell> db2batch -d zabbix -f data.sql
shell> db2batch -d zabbix -f images_ibm_db2.sql

Zabbix frontend uses OFFSET and LIMIT clauses in SQL queries. For this to work, IBM DB2 server must have DB2_COMPATIBILITY_VECTOR variable be set to 3. Run the
following command before starting the database server:

shell> db2set DB2_COMPATIBILITY_VECTOR=3

For MySQL:

shell> mysql -u<username> -p<password>
mysql> create database zabbix character set utf8;
mysql> quit;
shell> cat mysql.sql | mysql -u<username> -p<password> zabbix
shell> cd ../data
shell> cat data.sql | mysql -u<username> -p<password> zabbix
shell> cat images_mysql.sql | mysql -u<username> -p<password> zabbix

For Oracle (we assume that user zabbix with password password exists and has permissions to create database objects):

shell> cd create
shell> sqlplus zabbix/password
sqlplus> set def off
sqlplus> @schema/oracle.sql
sqlplus> @data/data.sql
sqlplus> @data/images_oracle.sql
sqlplus> exit

Zabbix requires UTF8 database character set. If database is not UTF8 it can be converted by running: ALTER DATABASE NATIONAL CHARACTER SET UTF8;
For PostgreSQL:

shell> psql -U <username>
psql> create database zabbix;
psql> q
shell> cat postgresql.sql | psql -U <username> zabbix
shell> cd ../data
shell> cat data.sql | psql -U <username> zabbix
shell> cat images_pgsql.sql | psql -U <username> zabbix

For SQLite:

shell> cat sqlite.sql | sqlite3 /var/lib/sqlite/zabbix.db
shell> cd ../data
shell> cat data.sql | sqlite3 /var/lib/sqlite/zabbix.db
shell> cat images_sqlite3.sql | sqlite3 /var/lib/sqlite/zabbix.db

Step 4

Configure and compile the source code for your system

The sources must be compiled for both the server (monitoring machine) as well as the clients (monitored machines). To configure the source for the server, you must
specify which database will be used.

shell> ./configure --enable-server --with-ibm-db2 --with-net-snmp --with-jabber --with-libcurl # for IBM DB2 + Jabber + WEB monitoring

第15页共155页


or

shell> ./configure --enable-server --with-mysql --with-net-snmp --with-jabber --with-libcurl # for MySQL + Jabber + WEB monitoring

or

shell> ./configure --enable-server --with-oracle --with-net-snmp --with-jabber --with-libcurl # for Oracle + Jabber + WEB monitoring

or

shell> ./configure --enable-server --with-pgsql --with-net-snmp --with-jabber --with-libcurl # for PostgreSQL + Jabber + WEB monitoring

or

shell> ./configure --enable-server --with-sqlite3 --with-net-snmp --with-jabber --with-libcurl # for SQLite3 + Jabber + WEB monitoring

Use flag --with-ibm-db2 to specify location of the CLI API.
Use flag --with-oracle to specify location of the OCI API.

Flag --with-ucd-snmp can be used instead of --with-net-snmp. If no SNMP support is required, both --with-net-snmp and --with-ucd-snmp may be skipped.

However, if you want to compile client binaries along with server binaries, run:

shell> ./configure --enable-server --enable-agent --with-mysql --with-net-snmp --with-jabber --with-libcurl

Use flag --enable-static to statically link libraries. If you plan to distribute compiled binaries among different servers, you must use this flag to make these binaries work
without required libraries. Note that --enable-static does not work under Solaris [http://blogs.sun.com/rie/entry/static_linking_where_did_it].
Step 5

Make and install everything

shell> make install

By default, make install will install all the files in /usr/local/sbin, /usr/local/lib etc. Make sure that you have enough permissions.

You can specify an installation prefix other than /usr/local using --prefix, for example --prefix=/home/zabbix. In this case daemon binaries will be installed under
<prefix>/sbin, while utilities under <prefix>/bin. Man pages will be installed under <prefix>/share.

Step 6

Configure /etc/services

The step is optional. However, it is recommended. On the client (monitored) machines, add the following lines to /etc/services:

zabbix-agent 10050/tcp Zabbix Agent
zabbix-agent 10050/udp Zabbix Agent
zabbix-trapper 10051/tcp Zabbix Trapper
zabbix-trapper 10051/udp Zabbix Trapper

Note that the port numbers are official Zabbix ports registered in IANA.

Step 7

Configure /etc/inetd.conf

If you plan to use zabbix_agent instead of the recommended zabbix_agentd, the following line must be added:

zabbix_agent stream tcp nowait.3600 zabbix /opt/zabbix/bin/zabbix_agent

Restart inetd

shell> killall -HUP inetd

Modify default settings in configuration files

Step 8

Create a location to hold configuration files:

mkdir /etc/zabbix

Step 9

Configure /etc/zabbix/zabbix_agentd.conf

You need to configure this file for every host with zabbix_agentd installed. The file should contain the IP address of the Zabbix server. Connections from other hosts will
be denied. You may take misc/conf/zabbix_agentd.conf as example.

Step 10

Configure /etc/zabbix/zabbix_server.conf

For small installations (up to ten monitored hosts), default parameters are sufficient. However, you should change default parameters to maximize performance of Zabbix.
See section [Performance tuning] for more details. You may take misc/conf/zabbix_server.conf as example.

Step 11

Run server processes

Run zabbix_server on server side.

shell> cd sbin
shell> ./zabbix_server

Step 12

Run agents

Run zabbix_agentd where necessary.

shell> cd bin
shell> ./zabbix_agentd

4.4 Zabbix Proxy

第16页共155页


Zabbix Proxy is a special process. It is not required to run Zabbix.

Step 1

Create the Zabbix superuser account

This is the user the Proxy will run as. For production use you should create a dedicated unprivileged account ('zabbix' is commonly used). Running Zabbix Proxy as 'root',
'bin', or any other account with special rights is a security risk. Do not do it!

Zabbix Proxy process (zabbix_proxy) is protected from being run under root account.
Step 2



Step 3

Create the Zabbix database. Optional.

Zabbix Proxy process will create database automatically on the first run if it does not exist. It will use existing database otherwise. Database auto-creation is supported for
SQLite only.
Zabbix comes with SQL scripts used to create the required database schema. There are separate scripts for IBM DB2, MySQL, Oracle, PostgreSQL and SQLite.

For IBM DB2:

shell> db2 "create database zabbix using codeset utf-8 territory us pagesize 32768"
shell> db2batch -d zabbix -f ibm_db2.sql

For MySQL:

shell> mysql -u<username> -p<password>
mysql> create database zabbix character set utf8;
mysql> quit;
shell> cat mysql.sql | mysql -u<username> -p<password> zabbix

For Oracle (we assume that user 'zabbix' with password 'password' exists and has permissions to create database objects):

shell> cat oracle.sql | sqlplus zabbix/password >out.log

Check file out.log for any error messages. Zabbix requires UTF8 database character set. If database is not UTF8 it can be converted by running: ALTER DATABASE
NATIONAL CHARACTER SET UTF8;
For PostgreSQL:

shell> psql -U <username>
psql> create database zabbix;
psql> q
shell> cat postgresql.sql | psql -U <username> zabbix

For SQLite:

shell> cat sqlite.sql | sqlite3 /var/lib/sqlite/zabbix.db

The database will be automatically created if it does not exist.
Step 4


The sources must be compiled to enable compilation of Zabbix Proxy process. To configure the source for the Proxy, you must specify which database will be used.

shell> ./configure --enable-proxy --with-ibm-db2 --with-net-snmp # for IBM DB2 + SNMP monitoring

or

shell> ./configure --enable-proxy --with-mysql --with-net-snmp # for MySQL + SNMP monitoring

or

shell> ./configure --enable-proxy --with-oracle --with-net-snmp # for Oracle + SNMP monitoring

or

shell> ./configure --enable-proxy --with-pgsql --with-net-snmp # for PostgreSQL + SNMP monitoring

or

shell> ./configure --enable-proxy --with-sqlite3 --with-net-snmp # for SQLite3 + SNMP monitoring

Use flag --with-ibm-db2 to specify location of the CLI API.
Use flag --with-oracle to specify location of the OCI API.

Use flag --enable-static to statically link libraries. If you plan to distribute compiled binaries among different hosts, you must use this flag to make these binaries work
without required libraries. --enable-static does not work under Solaris. Flag --with-ucd-snmp can be used instead of --with-net-snmp. If no SNMP support required, both
--with-net-snmp and --with-ucd-snmp may be skipped.

However, if you want to compile client binaries along with proxy binaries, run:

shell> ./configure --enable-proxy --enable-agent --with-mysql --with-net-snmp

Parameter --enable-static may be used to force static linkage.

Step 5

Make and install everything

shell> make install

By default, make install will install all the files in /usr/local/sbin, /usr/local/lib etc. You can specify an installation prefix other than /usr/local using --prefix

Step 6

第17页共155页



The step is optional. However, it is recommended. On the client (monitored) machines, add the following lines to /etc/services:

zabbix_agent 10050/tcp
zabbix_trap 10051/tcp

Step 7




Restart inetd


Step 8


mkdir /etc/zabbix

Configure /etc/zabbix/zabbix_proxy.conf

For small installations (up to ten monitored hosts), default parameters are sufficient. However, you should change default parameters to maximize performance of Zabbix
Proxy. Make sure you have correct Hostname and Server parameters set. You may take misc/conf/zabbix_proxy.conf as example.

Step 9

Run Proxy processes

Run zabbix_proxy:

shell> cd sbin
shell> ./zabbix_proxy

4.5 Zabbix Agent

Client side

Step 1

Create the Zabbix account

This is the user the agent will run as. For production use you should create a dedicated unprivileged account (“zabbix” is commonly used). Zabbix agents have protection
against running under root account.

Step 2



Step 3


The sources must be compiled for the client only.

To configure the source for the client:

shell> ./configure --enable-agent

Use flag --enable-static to statically link libraries. If you plan to distribute compiled binaries among different hosts, you must use this flag to make these binaries work
without required libraries.
Step 4

Build agent

shell> make

Copy created binaries from bin/ to /opt/zabbix/bin or any other directory. Other common directories are /usr/local/bin or /usr/local/zabbix/bin.

Step 5


The step is not real requirement. However, it is recommended.

On the client (monitored) machines, add the following lines to /etc/services:

zabbix_agent 10050/tcp
zabbix_trap 10051/tcp

Step 6




Restart inetd


Step 7


mkdir /etc/zabbix

第18页共155页


Step 8

Configure /etc/zabbix/zabbix_agentd.conf

You need to configure this file for every host with zabbix_agentd installed. The file should contain IP address of Zabbix server. Connections from other hosts will be
denied. You may take misc/conf/zabbix_agentd.conf as example.

Step 9

Run zabbix_agentd on all monitored machines

shell> /opt/zabbix/bin/zabbix_agentd

You should not run zabbix_agentd if you have chosen to use zabbix_agent!

Make sure that your system allows allocation of 2MB of shared memory, otherwise the agent may not start and you will see “Can't allocate shared memory for collector.”
in agent's log file. This may happen on Solaris 8.

4.6 Zabbix WEB Interface

Step 0

Zabbix frontend is written in PHP, so to run it a PHP supported webserver is needed. Installation is done by simply copying PHP files into webserver HTML documents
directory. It is suggested to use subdirectory instead of HTML root.

Common locations of HTML documents directory for Apache web server include:

/usr/local/apache2/htdocs (default directory when installing Apache from source)
/srv/www/htdocs (OpenSUSE, SLES)
/var/www/html (Fedora, RHEL, CentOS)
/var/www (Debian, Ubuntu)

To create subdirectory and copy Zabbix frontend files to it, execute the following commands, replacing actual directory:

mkdir <htdocs>/zabbix
cd frontends/php
cp -a . <htdocs>/zabbix

Step 1

Point your browser to Zabbix URL.

Step 2

Read and accept GPL v2.

Step 3

第19页共155页


Make sure that all software pre-requisites are met.

Pre-requisite Minimum value Description
PHP version 5.0
In php.ini:
PHP Memory limit 8MB
memory_limit = 128M
In php.ini:
PHP post max size 8MB
post_max_size = 16M
In php.ini:
PHP max execution time 300 seconds
max_execution_time = 300
In php.ini:
PHP max input time 300 seconds
max_input_time = 300
One of the following modules must be installed:
PHP database support One of: IBM DB2, MySQL, Oracle, PostgreSQL, SQLite
ibm_db2, php-mysql, oci8, php-pgsql, php-sqlite3
PHP BC math Any Compiled in or separate module php-bcmath.
PHP multibyte support Any Compiled in or separate module php-mbstring.
GD Version 2.0 or higher Module php-gd.
Image formats At least PNG Module php-gd.

Step 4

Configure database settings. Zabbix database must already be created.

Step 5

Enter Zabbix Server details.

第20页共155页


Step 6

See summary of settings.

Step 7

Download configuration file and place it under conf/.

Step 8

Finishing installation.

第21页共155页


Step 9

For distributed monitoring only!

If used in a distributed environment you have to run only once:

shell> ./zabbix_server -n <nodeid>

where Node ID is an unique Node identificator. For example:

shell> ./zabbix_server -n 1

This will convert database data for use with Node ID '1' and also adds a local node.

Step 10

Zabbix frontend is ready! Default user name is Admin, password zabbix.

第22页共155页


2.5 Upgrading

2.5.1 Change level releases

For change level releases only upgrading of server binary and frontend is required. If mentioned in release notes, optional indexes may be added to the database to
improve performance. Upgrading can be easily performed over several versions, for example, upgrading from 1.8.1 to 1.8.3 can be performed in single step.

See installation and upgrade notes for more information.

6 Using Zabbix appliance
As an alternative to setting up manually or reusing existing server for Zabbix, users may download Zabbix appliance.

To get started, boot the appliance and point your browser at the IP it has received over DHCP.

Booting Zabbix appliance

Zabbix appliance up to version 1.8.3 is an OpenSUSE 11.2 based image, since 1.8.4 it is based on 11.3.

It is available in the following formats:

vmdk (VMWare/Virtualbox);
OVF (Open Virtualisation Format);
CD iso;
HDD/flash image;
Preload ISO [http://blog.susestudio.com/2010/10/new-preload-iso-build-format.html];
Xen guest.

It has Zabbix server configured and running on MySQL, as well as frontend available.

The appliance has been built using SUSE Studio [http://susestudio.com].

6.1 Changes to SUSE configuration

There are some changed applied to the base OpenSUSE configuration.

6.1.1 MySQL configuration changes

Binary log is disabled;
InnoDB is configured to store data for each table in a separate file.

6.1.2 Using a static IP address

第23页共155页


By default the appliance uses DHCP to obtain IP address. To specify a static IP address:

Log in as root user;
Open file /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-eth0 in your favourite editor;
Set BOOTPROTO variable to static;
Set IPADDR, NETMASK and any other parameters as required for your network;
Create file /etc/sysconfig/network/routes. For the default route, use default 192.168.1.1 - - (replacing with your gateway address).
Run the command rcnetwork restart.

To configure DNS, add nameserver entries in /etc/resolv.conf, specifying each nameserver on its own line: nameserver 192.168.1.2.

Alternatively, just use yast configuration utility to update network settings.

6.1.3 Other changes

Network is configured to use DHCP to obtain IP address;
Utility fping is set to have permissions 4710 and is owned by group zabbix - suid and only alowed to be used by zabbix group;
ntpd configured to synchronise to the public pool servers;
Various basic utilities have been added that could make working with Zabbix and monitoring in general easier.

6.2 Zabbix configuration

Appliance Zabbix setup has the following passwords and other configuration changes:

6.2.1 Passwords

System:

root:zabbix
zabbix:zabbix

Database:

root:zabbix
zabbix:zabbix

Zabbix frontend:

admin:zabbix

If you change frontend password, do not forget to update password setting web monitoring (Configuration → WEB).

To change the database user password it has to be changed in the following locations:

MySQL;
zabbix_server.conf;
zabbix.conf.php.

6.2.2 File locations

Configuration files are placed in /etc/zabbix.
Zabbix logfiles are placed in /var/log/zabbix.
Zabbix frontend is placed in /usr/share/zabbix.
Home directory for user zabbix is /var/lib/zabbix.

6.2.3 Changes to Zabbix configuration

Some items and triggers in the default Linux template are disabled (mostly those who did not correspond to appliance setup);
Server name for Zabbix frontend set to “Zabbix 1.8 Appliance”;
Frontend timezone is set to Europe/Riga, Zabbix home (this can be modified in /etc/php5/apache2/php.ini);
Disabled triggers and web scenarios are shown by default to reduce confusion.

6.2.4 Preserving configuration

If you are running live CD version of the appliance or for some other reason can't have persistent storage, you can create a backup of whole database, including all
configuration and gathered data.

To create the backup, run:

mysqldump zabbix | bzip2 -9 > dbdump.bz2

Now you can transfer file dbdump.bz2 to another machine.

To restore from the backup, transfer it to the appliance and execute:

bzcat dbdump.bz2 | mysql zabbix

Make sure that Zabbix server is stopped while performing the restore.

6.3 Frontend access

Access to frontend by default is allowed from:

127.0.0.1
192.168.0.0/16
10.0.0.0/8
::1

Root (/) is redirected to /zabbix on the webserver, thus frontend can be accessed both as http://<host> and http://<host>/zabbix.

This can be customised in /etc/apache2/conf.d/zabbix.conf. You have to restart webserver after modifying this file. To do so, log in using SSH as root user and
execute:

service apache2 restart

6.4 Firewall

By default, only two ports are open - 22 (SSH) and 80 (HTTP). To open additional ports - for example, Zabbix server and agent ports - modify iptables rules with
SuSEfirewall2 utility:

第24页共155页


SuSEfirewall2 open EXT TCP zabbix-trapper zabbix-agent

Then reload the firewall rules:

SuSEfirewall2 stop
SuSEfirewall2 start

6.5 Monitoring capabilities

Zabbix server is compiled with support for the following:

SNMP;
IPMI;
Web monitoring;
SSH2;
IPv6.

In the provided configuration Zabbix server itself is monitored with the help of locally installed agent for some base parameters, additionally Zabbix frontend is monitored
as well using web monitoring.

Zabbix appliance monitoring own web frontend

Note that web frontend monitoring logs in - this can add lots of entries to the audit log.
6.6 Naming, init and other scripts

Zabbix daemons have their names changed from standard with underscore to dash to conform to SUSE guidelines. They are called:

zabbix-agentd
zabbix-server

In a similar fashion, configuration files are:

/etc/zabbix/zabbix-server.conf
/etc/zabbix/zabbix-agentd.conf

Appropriate init scripts are provided. To control Zabbix server, use any of these:

service zabbix-server status
rczabbix-server status
/etc/init.d/zabbix-server status

Replace server with agentd for Zabbix agent daemon.

6.6.1 Scheduled scripts

There is a scheduled script, run from the crontab every 10 minutes that restarts Zabbix server if it is not running, /var/lib/zabbix/bin. It logs timestamped problems
and starting attempts at /var/log/zabbix/server_problems.log. This script is available since Zabbix Appliance version 1.8.3.

Make sure to disable this crontab entry if stopping of Zabbix server is desired.
6.6.2 Increasing available diskspace

Create a backup of all data before attempting any of the steps.

Available diskspace on the appliance might not be sufficient. In that case it is possible to expand the disk. To do so, first expand the block device in your virtualisation
environment, then follow these steps.

Start fdisk to change the partition size. As root, execute:

fdisk /dev/sda

This will start fdisk on disk sda. Next, switch to sectors by issuing:

u

Don't disable DOS compatibility mode by entering c. Proceeding with it disabled will damage the partition.

Then delete the existing partition and create new one with desired size. In majority of cases you will accept the available maximum, which will expand the filesystem to
whatever size you made available for the virtual disk. To do so, enter the following sequence in fdisk prompt:

d
n
p
1

第25页共155页


(accept default 63)
(accept default max)

If you wish to leave some space for additional partitions (swap etc), you can enter another value for last sector. When done, save the changes by issuing:

w

Reboot the virtual machine (as the partition we modified is in use currently). After reboot, filesystem resizing can take place.

resize2fs /dev/sda1

That's it, filesystem should be grown to the partition size now.

6.7 Format-specific notes

6.7.1 Xen

To use images in Xen server, run:

xm create -c file-with-suffix.xenconfig

See the following pages for more information on using Xen images:

http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:How_to_use_downloaded_SUSE_Studio_appliances#Using_Xen_guests [http://en.opensuse.org
/openSUSE:How_to_use_downloaded_SUSE_Studio_appliances#Using_Xen_guests]
http://old-en.opensuse.org/SUSE_Studio_Xen_Howtos [http://old-en.opensuse.org/SUSE_Studio_Xen_Howtos]

To use Xen images with Citrix Xenserver you might need to convert images with XenConvert utility, available from Citrix website.

6.7.2 HDD/flash image (raw)

See http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:SUSE_Studio_Disc_Image_Howtos [http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:SUSE_Studio_Disc_Image_Howtos] for more information on disk
images.

3 Zabbix Processes

3.1 Logging
For logging configuration of Zabbix daemons “LogFile” configuration parameter is used. If this parameter is left empty (LogFile=), syslog logging facilities are used. All
Zabbix daemons on Unix-like platforms log their messages from “Daemon” environment. The mapping between Zabbix logging levels and syslog levels is as follows:

Zabbix log level syslog log level Comments
0 - empty
syslog is not used. All messages are skipped.
(LOG_LEVEL_EMPTY)
1 - critical information critical conditions
(LOG_LEVEL_CRIT) (LOG_CRIT)
2 - error information error conditions
(LOG_LEVEL_ERR) (LOG_ERR)
3 - warnings warning conditions
(LOG_LEVEL_WARNING) (LOG_WARNING)
4 - for debugging debug-level messages
(LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG) (LOG_DEBUG)

For syslog configuration consult the corresponding literature.

Zabbix agent under Windows uses Event Log if “LogFile” configuration parameter is provided empty. Mapping between Zabbix log levels (messages of corresponding type)
and Windows Event Log entries type is provided below:

Zabbix log level Windows Event Log entry type Comments
0 - empty
Event Log is not used. All messages are skipped.
(LOG_LEVEL_EMPTY)
1 - critical information
(LOG_LEVEL_CRIT)
EVENTLOG_ERROR_TYPE Error
2 - error information
(LOG_LEVEL_ERR)
3 - warnings
EVENTLOG_WARNING_TYPE Warning
(LOG_LEVEL_WARNING)
4 - for debugging
EVENTLOG_INFORMATION_TYPE Information
(LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG)

3.2 Individual processes

1 Zabbix Server

Zabbix server is the central process of Zabbix software. Zabbix server can be started by executing:

shell> cd sbin

Zabbix server runs as a daemon process.

Zabbix server accepts the following command line parameters:

-c --config <file> absolute path to the configuration file (default is /etc/zabbix/zabbix_server.conf)
-n --new-nodeid <nodeid> convert database data to new nodeid
-R --runtime-control <option> perform administrative functions
-h --help give this help
-V --version display version number

-R or --runtime-control option is supported since Zabbix 1.8.6.
Runtime control is not supported on OpenBSD and NetBSD.

In order to get more help run:

shell> zabbix_server -h

Example of command line parameters:

shell> zabbix_server -c /usr/local/etc/zabbix_server.conf
shell> zabbix_server --help

第26页共155页


shell> zabbix_server -v

Runtime control

Runtime control options:

Option Description
config_cache_reload Reload configuration cache. Ignored if cache is being currently loaded.

Example of using runtime control to reload the server configuration cache:

shell> zabbix_server -c /usr/local/etc/zabbix_server.conf -R config_cache_reload

Configuration file

The configuration file contains parameters for zabbix_server. The file must exist and it should have read permissions for user 'zabbix'. Supported parameters:

Parameter Mandatory Range Default Description
AlertScriptsPath no /home/zabbix/bin/ Location of custom alert scripts
Size of configuration cache, in bytes.
CacheSize no 128K-1G 8M
Shared memory size for storing hosts and items data.
CacheUpdateFrequency no 1-3600 60 How often Zabbix will perform update of configuration cache, in seconds.
Database host name.
DBHost no localhost
If set to localhost, socket is used for MySQL.
Database name.
DBName yes
For SQLite3 path to database file must be provided. DBUser and DBPassword are ignored.
Database password. Ignored for SQLite.
DBPassword no
Comment this line if no password is used.
DBPort no 1024-65535 3306 Database port when not using local socket. Ignored for SQLite.
DBSocket no /tmp/mysql.sock Path to MySQL socket.
DBUser no Database user. Ignored for SQLite.
Specifies debug level
0 - no debug
DebugLevel no 0-4 3
3 - warnings
4 - for debugging (produces lots of information)
DisableHousekeeping no 0-1 0 If set to 1, disables housekeeping.
/etc/zabbix
ExternalScripts no Location of external scripts
/externalscripts
Location of fping6.
Fping6Location no /usr/sbin/fping6 Make sure that fping6 binary has root ownership and SUID flag set.
Make empty (“Fping6Location=”) if your fping utility is capable to process IPv6 addresses.
Location of fping.
FpingLocation no /usr/sbin/fping
Make sure that fping binary has root ownership and SUID flag set!
Size of history cache, in bytes.
HistoryCacheSize no 128K-1G 8M
Shared memory size for storing history data.
Size of text history cache, in bytes.
HistoryTextCacheSize no 128K-1G 16M
Shared memory size for storing character, text or log history data.
How often Zabbix will perform housekeeping procedure (in hours).
HousekeepingFrequency no 1-24 1 Housekeeping is removing unnecessary information from history, alert, and alarms tables.
If PostgreSQL is used, suggested value is 24, as it performs VACUUM.
No more than 'MaxHousekeeperDelete' rows (corresponding to [tablename], [field], [value]) will be deleted per one task in one
housekeeping cycle.
MaxHousekeeperDelete no 0-1000000 500 SQLite3 does not use this parameter, deletes all corresponding rows without a limit.
If set to 0 then no limit is used at all. In this case you must know what you are doing!
This option is supported in version 1.8.2 and higher.
Include no You may include individual files or all files in a directory in the configuration file.
List of comma delimited IP addresses that the trapper should listen on.
ListenIP no 0.0.0.0 Trapper will listen on all network interfaces if this parameter is missing.
Multiple IP addresses are supported in version 1.8.3 and higher.
ListenPort no 1024-32767 10051 Listen port for trapper.
Maximum size of log file in MB.
LogFileSize no 0-1024 1
0 - disable automatic log rotation.
LogFile no Name of log file.
How long a database query may take before being logged (in milliseconds).
LogSlowQueries no 0-3600000 0 0 - don't log slow queries.
Unique NodeID in distributed setup.
NodeID no 0-999 0
0 - standalone server
If set to '1' local events won't be sent to master node.
NodeNoEvents no 0-1 0
This won't impact ability of this node to propagate events from its child nodes.
If set to '1' local history won't be sent to master node.
NodeNoHistory no 0-1 0
This won't impact ability of this node to propagate history from its child nodes.
PidFile no /tmp/zabbix_server.pid Name of PID file.
How often Zabbix Server sends configuration data to a Zabbix Proxy in seconds. Used only for proxies in a passive mode.
ProxyConfigFrequency no 1-604800 3600
How often Zabbix Server requests history data from a Zabbix Proxy in seconds. Used only for proxies in a passive mode.
ProxyDataFrequency no 1-3600 1
SSHKeyLocation no Location of public keys for SSH checks
SenderFrequency no 5-3600 30 How often Zabbix will try to send unsent alerts (in seconds).
SourceIP no Source IP address for outgoing connections.
Number of pre-forked instances of DB Syncers.
StartDBSyncers no 1-100 4 The upper limit used to be 64 before version 1.8.5.
Number of pre-forked instances of discoverers.
StartDiscoverers no 0-250 1
The upper limit used to be 255 before version 1.8.5.
Number of pre-forked instances of HTTP pollers.
StartHTTPPollers no 0-1000 1
Number of pre-forked instances of IPMI pollers.
StartIPMIPollers no 0-1000 0
Number of pre-forked instances of ICMP pingers.
StartPingers no 0-1000 1
Number of pre-forked instances of pollers for unreachable hosts (including IPMI).
StartPollersUnreachable no 0-1000 1 The upper limit used to be 255 before version 1.8.5.
This option is missing in version 1.8.3.
Number of pre-forked instances of pollers.
StartPollers no 0-1000 5
Number of pre-forked instances of pollers for passive proxies.
StartProxyPollers no 0-250 1 The upper limit used to be 255 before version 1.8.5.
Number of pre-forked instances of trappers.
StartTrappers no 0-1000 5
Timeout no 1-30 3 Specifies how long we wait for agent, SNMP device or external check (in seconds).
TmpDir no /tmp Temporary directory.
TrapperTimeout no 1-300 300 Specifies how many seconds trapper may spend processing new data.
Size of trend cache, in bytes.
TrendCacheSize no 128K-1G 4M
Shared memory size for storing trends data.

第27页共155页


UnavailableDelay no 1-3600 60 How often host is checked for availability during the unavailability period, in seconds.
UnreachableDelay no 1-3600 15 How often host is checked for availability during the unreachability period, in seconds.
UnreachablePeriod no 1-3600 45 After how many seconds of unreachability treat a host as unavailable.

Starting from version 1.8.6 Zabbix Server will not start up if invalid (not following parameter=value notation) or unknown parameter entry is present in configuration file.

2 Zabbix Proxy

Zabbix proxy is a process which collects performance and availability data from one or more monitored devices and sends the information to a Zabbix server. Zabbix proxy
can be started by:

shell> cd sbin
shell> ./zabbix_proxy

Zabbix proxy runs as a daemon process.

Zabbix proxy accepts the following command line parameters:

-c --config <file> absolute path to the configuration file
-R --runtime-control <option> perform administrative functions
-V --version display version number

-R or --runtime-control option is supported since Zabbix 1.8.6.
Runtime control is not supported on OpenBSD and NetBSD.

In order to get more help run:

shell> zabbix_proxy -h


shell> zabbix_proxy -c /usr/local/etc/zabbix_proxy.conf
shell> zabbix_proxy --help
shell> zabbix_proxy -v

Runtime control

Runtime control options:

Option Description
Reload configuration cache. Ignored if cache is being currently loaded.
config_cache_reload
Active Zabbix proxy will connect to the Zabbix server and request configuration data.

Example of using runtime control to reload the proxy configuration cache:

shell> zabbix_proxy -c /usr/local/etc/zabbix_proxy.conf -R config_cache_reload

Configuration file

The configuration file contains parameters for zabbix_proxy. The file must exist and it should have read permissions for user 'zabbix'. Supported parameters:

Size of configuration cache, in bytes.
CacheSize no 128K-1G 8M
Shared memory size, for storing hosts and items data.
How often Zabbix will perform update of configuration cache, in seconds.
CacheUpdateFrequency no 1-3600 60
For a proxy in the passive mode this parameter will be ignored.
How often proxy retrieves configuration data from Zabbix Server in seconds.
ConfigFrequency no 1-604800 3600
Database host name.
DBHost no localhost
If set to localhost, socket is used for MySQL.
Database name.
DBName yes
For SQLite3 path to database file must be provided. DBUser and DBPassword are ignored.
Database password. Ignored for SQLite.
DBPassword no
Comment this line if no password is used.
Path to MySQL socket.
DBSocket no 3306
Database port when not using local socket. Ignored for SQLite.
DBUser Database user. Ignored for SQLite.
DataSenderFrequency no 1-3600 1 Proxy will send collected data to the Server every N seconds.
0 - no debug
DebugLevel no 0-4 3
3 - warnings
DisableHousekeeping no 0-1 0 If set to 1, disables housekeeping.
ExternalScripts no /etc/zabbix/externalscripts Location of external scripts
Location of fping6.
Fping6Location no /usr/sbin/fping6 Make sure that fping6 binary has root ownership and SUID flag set.
Make empty (“Fping6Location=”) if your fping utility is capable to process IPv6 addresses.
Location of fping.
FpingLocation no /usr/sbin/fping
Make sure that fping binary has root ownership and SUID flag set!
Frequency of heartbeat messages in seconds.
Used for monitoring availability of Proxy on server side.
HeartbeatFrequency no 0-3600 60
0 - heartbeat messages disabled.
Size of history cache, in bytes.
HistoryCacheSize no 128K-1G 8M
Shared memory size for storing history data.
Size of text history cache, in bytes.
HistoryTextCacheSize no 128K-1G 16M
Shared memory size for storing character, text or log history data.
Unique Proxy name. Make sure the Proxy name is known to the server!
Hostname no Set by HostnameItem
Allowed characters: alphanumeric, '.', ' ', '_' and '-'.
Maximum length: 64
Item used for setting Hostname if it is undefined (this will be run on the proxy similarly as on an agent).
Does not support UserParameters, performance counters or aliases, but does support system.run[].
HostnameItem no system.hostname
Ignored if Hostname is set.

How often Zabbix will perform housekeeping procedure (in hours).
HousekeepingFrequency no 1-24 1 Housekeeping is removing unnecessary information from history, alert, and alarms tables.
If PostgreSQL is used, suggested value is 24, as it performs VACUUM.
List of comma delimited IP addresses that the trapper should listen on.
ListenIP no 0.0.0.0 Trapper will listen on all network interfaces if this parameter is missing.
ListenPort no 1024-32767 10051 Listen port for trapper.

第28页共155页


Name of log file.
LogFile no
If not set, syslog is used.
How long a database query may take before being logged (in milliseconds).
LogSlowQueries no 0-3600000 0 0 - don't log slow queries.
PidFile no /tmp/zabbix_proxy.pid Name of PID file.
Proxy will keep data locally for N hours.
ProxyLocalBuffer no 0-720 0
This parameter may be used if local data will be used by third party applications.
Proxy operating mode.
0 - proxy in the active mode
ProxyMode no 0-1 0
1 - proxy in the passive mode
Proxy will keep data for N hours in case if no connectivity with Zabbix Server.
ProxyOfflineBuffer no 0-720 1
Older data will be lost.
SSHKeyLocation no Location of public keys for SSH checks
Port of Zabbix trapper on Zabbix server.
ServerPort no 1024-32767 10051
IP address (or hostname) of Zabbix server.
Server yes Active Proxy will get configuration data from the server.
Number of pre-forked instances of DB Syncers.
StartDBSyncers no 1-100 4 The upper limit used to be 64 before version 1.8.5.
Number of pre-forked instances of discoverers.
StartDiscoverers no 0-250 1
Number of pre-forked instances of HTTP pollers.
StartHTTPPollers no 0-1000 1
Number of pre-forked instances of IPMI pollers.
StartIPMIPollers no 0-1000 0
Number of pre-forked instances of ICMP pingers.
StartPingers no 0-1000 1
Number of pre-forked instances of pollers for unreachable hosts (including IPMI).
StartPollersUnreachable no 0-1000 1 The upper limit used to be 255 before version 1.8.5.
This option is missing in version 1.8.3.
Number of pre-forked instances of pollers.
StartPollers no 0-1000 5
Number of pre-forked instances of trappers.
StartTrappers no 0-1000 5
Timeout no 1-30 3 Specifies how long we wait for agent, SNMP device or external check (in seconds).
TmpDir no /tmp Temporary directory.
TrapperTimeout no 1-300 300 Specifies how many seconds trapper may spend processing new data.
Size of trend cache, in bytes.
TrendCacheSize no 128K-1G 4M
Shared memory size for storing trends data.
UnavailableDelay no 1-3600 60 How often host is checked for availability during the unavailability period, in seconds.
UnreachableDelay no 1-3600 15 How often host is checked for availability during the unreachability period, in seconds.
UnreachablePeriod no 1-3600 45 After how many seconds of unreachability treat a host as unavailable.

Starting from version 1.8.6 Zabbix Proxy will not start up if invalid (not following parameter=value notation) or unknown parameter entry is present in configuration file.

3 Zabbix Agent (UNIX, Standalone daemon)

Zabbix UNIX agent daemon runs on a host being monitored. The agent provides host's performance and availability information for Zabbix Server. Zabbix agent processes
items of type 'Zabbix agent' or 'Zabbix agent (active)'.

Zabbix agent can be started by executing:

shell> cd sbin
shell> ./zabbix_agentd

Zabbix agent runs as a daemon process.

Zabbix agent accepts the following command line parameters:

-c --config <file> specify configuration file, default is /etc/zabbix/zabbix_agentd.conf
-v --version display version number
-p --print print known items and exit
-t --test <item key> test specified item and exit

In order to get this help run:

shell> zabbix_agentd -h


shell> zabbix_agentd -c /usr/local/etc/zabbix_agentd.conf
shell> zabbix_agentd --help
shell> zabbix_agentd --print
shell> zabbix_agentd -t "system.cpu.load[all,avg1]"

Configuration file

The configuration file contains configuration parameters for zabbix_agentd. The file must exist and it should have read permissions for user 'zabbix'. Supported
parameters:

Sets an alias for parameter. It can be useful to substitute long and complex parameter name with a smaller and simpler one.
Alias no
Starting from version 1.8.6 Zabbix Agent will not start up in case incorrectly formatted Alias entry or duplicate Alias key is present
in configuration file.
Allow the agent to run as 'root'. If disabled and the agent is started by 'root', the agent will try to switch to user 'zabbix' instead.
Has no effect if started under a regular user.
AllowRoot no 0
0 - do not allow
1 - allow
BufferSend no 1-3600 5 Do not keep data longer than N seconds in buffer.
Maximum number of values in a memory buffer. The agent will send
BufferSize no 2-65535 100
all collected data to Zabbix Server or Proxy if the buffer is full.
0 - no debug
DebugLevel no 0-4 3
3 - warnings
DisableActive no 0 Disable active checks. The agent will work in passive mode listening for server.
Disable passive checks. The agent will not listen on any TCP port.
Only active checks will be processed.
DisablePassive no 0
0 - do not disable
1 - disable

第29页共155页


Whether remote commands from Zabbix server are allowed.
EnableRemoteCommands no 0 0 - not allowed
1 - allowed
Unique host name.
Required for active checks and must match host name as configured on the server.
Hostname no Set by HostnameItem
Allowed characters: alphanumeric, '.', ' ', '_' and '-'.
Maximum length: 64
Item used for setting Hostname if it is undefined.
Does not support UserParameters, performance counters or aliases, but does support system.run[] regardless of
EnableRemoteCommands value.
HostnameItem no system.hostname
Ignored if Hostname is set.

List of comma delimited IP addresses that the agent should listen on.
ListenIP no 0.0.0.0
ListenPort no 1024-32767 10050 Agent will listen on this port for connections from the server.
Name of log file.
LogFile no
If not set, syslog is used.
Enable logging of executed shell commands as warnings.
LogRemoteCommands no 0 0 - disabled
1 - enabled
Maximum number of new lines the agent will send per second to Zabbix server
or proxy processing 'log' and 'eventlog' active checks.
MaxLinesPerSecond no 1-1000 100
The provided value will be overridden by the parameter 'maxlines',
provided in 'log' or 'eventlog' item key.
PidFile no /tmp/zabbix_agentd.pid Name of PID file.
RefreshActiveChecks no 60-3600 120 How often list of active checks is refreshed, in seconds.
ServerPort no 10051 Server port for retrieving list of and sending active checks.
List of comma delimited IP addresses (or hostnames) of Zabbix servers.
Server yes No spaces allowed. First entry is used for receiving list of and sending active checks.
Note that hostnames must resolve hostname→IP address and IP address→hostname.
Number of pre-forked instances of zabbix_agentd that process passive checks.
StartAgents no 1-100 3
Timeout no 1-30 3 Spend no more than Timeout seconds on processing
UnsafeUserParameters no 0,1 0 Allow all characters to be passed in arguments to user-defined parameters. Supported since Zabbix 1.8.2.
User-defined parameter to monitor. There can be several user-defined parameters.
Format: UserParameter=<key>,<shell command>
Note that shell command must not return empty string or EOL only.
UserParameter no Example: UserParameter=system.test,who|wc -l

Starting from version 1.8.6 Zabbix Agent will not start up in case incorrectly formatted UserParameter entry or duplicate
UserParameter key is present in configuration file.

Starting from version 1.8.6 Zabbix agent daemon will not start up if invalid (not following parameter=value notation) or unknown parameter entry is present in
configuration file.

4 Zabbix Agent (UNIX, Inetd version)

The file contains configuration parameters for zabbix_agent. The file must exist and it should have read permissions for user 'zabbix'. Supported parameters:

Default
Parameter Mandatory Description
value
Alias no
Starting from version 1.8.6 Zabbix Agent will terminate in case incorrectly formatted Alias entry or duplicate Alias key is present in configuration file.
Server yes - Comma-delimited list of IP addresses of ZABBIX Servers or Proxies. Connections from other IP addresses will be rejected.
Timeout no 3 Do not spend more than Timeout seconds on getting requested value (1-255). The agent does not kill timeouted User Parameters processes!
UnsafeUserParameters no 0 Allow all characters to be passed in arguments to user-defined parameters
UserParameter no Example: UserParameter=system.test,who|wc -l

Starting from version 1.8.6 Zabbix Agent will terminate in case incorrectly formatted UserParameter entry or duplicate UserParameter key is present in
configuration file.

Starting from version 1.8.6 Zabbix Agent will terminate if invalid (not following parameter=value notation) or unknown parameter entry is present in configuration file.

5 Zabbix Agent (Windows)

Installation

Installation is very simple and includes 3 steps:

Step 1

Create configuration file.

Create configuration file c:/zabbix_agentd.conf (it has similar syntax as the UNIX agent).

An example configuration file is available in Zabbix source archive as misc/confzabbix_agentd.win.conf.

Step 2

Install agent as a Windows service.

zabbix_agentd.exe --install

If you wish to use configuration file other than c:zabbix_agentd.conf, you should use the following command for service installation:

zabbix_agentd.exe --config <your_configuration_file> --install

Full path to configuration file should be specified.

Step 3

Run agent.

Now you can use Control Panel to start agent's service or run:

zabbix_agentd.exe --start

Windows NT 4.0 note. Zabbix_agentd.exe uses PDH (Performance Data Helper) API to gather various system information, so PDH.DLL is needed. This DLL is not supplied

第30页共155页


with Windows NT 4.0, so you need to download and install it by yourself. Microsoft Knowledge Base article number 284996 describes this in detail and contains a
download link. You can find this article at http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;284996 [http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;284996]
Usage

Command line syntax:

zabbix_agentd.exe [-Vhp] [-idsx] [-c <file>] [-t <metric>]

Configuration file

Zabbix Windows agent accepts the following command line parameters:

Options:

-c --config <file> Specify alternate configuration file (default is c:zabbix_agentd.conf).
-h --help Display help information.
-V --version Display version number.
-p --print Print known items and exit.
-t --test <item key> Test single item and exit.

Functions:

-i --install Install Zabbix agent as a service.
-d --uninstall Uninstall Zabbix agent service.
-s --start Start Zabbix agent service.
-x --stop Stop Zabbix agent service.

The configuration file (c:/zabbix_agentd.conf) contains configuration parameters for zabbix_agentd.exe. Supported parameters:

For example, if you wish to retrieve paging file usage in percents from the server,
you may use parameter “perf_counter[Paging File(_Total)% Usage]”, or you may define an alias by adding the following line to
configuration file
Alias = pg_usage:perf_counter[Paging File(_Total)% Usage]
Alias no After that you can use parameter name “pg_usage” to retrieve the same information.
You can specify as many “Alias” records as you wish.
Aliases cannot be used for parameters defined in “PerfCounter” configuration file records.

Starting from version 1.8.6 Zabbix Agent will not start up in case incorrectly formatted Alias entry or duplicate Alias key is present in
configuration file.
BufferSend no 1-3600 5 Do not keep data longer than N seconds in buffer.
Maximum number of values in a memory buffer. The agent will send
BufferSize no 2-65535 100
all collected data to Zabbix server or Proxy if the buffer is full.
0 - no debug
DebugLevel no 0-4 3
3 - warnings
DisableActive no 0 Disable active checks. The agent will work in passive mode listening for server.
Disable passive checks. The agent will not listen on any TCP port.
Only active checks will be processed.
DisablePassive no 0
0 - do not disable
1 - disable
Whether remote commands from Zabbix server are allowed.
EnableRemoteCommands no 0 0 - not allowed
1 - allowed
Unique, case sensitive hostname.
Hostname system.hostname Required for active checks and must match hostname as configured on the server.
System hostname is used if undefined.
Include no You may include individual file in the configuration file.
ListenIP no 0.0.0.0 Agent will listen on the specified interface.
ListenPort no 1024-32767 10050 Agent will listen on this port for connections from the server.
Name of log file.
LogFile no
If not set, Windows Event Log is used.
Enable logging of executed shell commands as warnings.
LogRemoteCommands no 0 0 - disabled
1 - enabled
Maximum number of new lines the agent will send per second to Zabbix Server
or Proxy processing 'log', 'logrt' and 'eventlog' active checks.
MaxLinesPerSecond no 1-1000 100
The provided value will be overridden by the parameter 'maxlines',
provided in 'log', 'logrt' or 'eventlog' item keys.
Syntax: <parameter_name>,”<perf_counter_path>”,<period>
Defines new parameter <parameter_name> which is an average value for system performance counter <perf_counter_path> for the
specified time period <period> (in seconds).
For example, if you wish to receive average number of processor interrupts per second for last minute, you can define new parameter
“interrupts” as following:
PerfCounter = interrupts,”Processor(0)Interrupts/sec”,60
PerfCounter no
Please note double quotes around performance counter path.
Samples for calculating average value will be taken every second.
You may run “typeperf -qx” to get list of all performance counters available in Windows.

Starting from version 1.8.6 Zabbix Agent will not start up in case incorrectly formatted PerfCounter entry or duplicate PerfCounter key is
present in configuration file.
RefreshActiveChecks no 60-3600 120 How often list of active checks is refreshed, in seconds.
ServerPort no 10051 Server port for retrieving list of and sending active checks.
List of comma delimited IP addresses (or hostnames) of Zabbix servers.
Server yes No spaces allowed. First entry is used for receiving list of and sending active checks.
If IPv6 support is enabled then '127.0.0.1', '::127.0.0.1', '::ffff:127.0.0.1' are treated equally.
Number of pre-forked instances of zabbix_agentd that process passive checks.
StartAgents no 1-100 3
Timeout no 1-30 3 Spend no more than Timeout seconds on processing
Allow all characters to be passed in arguments to user-defined parameters.
UnsafeUserParameters no 0-1 0 0 - do not allow
1 - allow
UserParameter Example: UserParameter=system.test,echo 1

Starting from version 1.8.6 Zabbix Agent will not start up in case incorrectly formatted UserParameter entry or duplicate UserParameter
key is present in configuration file.

Starting from version 1.8.6 Zabbix agent will not start up if invalid (not following parameter=value notation) or unknown parameter entry is present in configuration file.

6 Zabbix Sender (UNIX)

Zabbix UNIX Sender is a command line utility which may be used to send performance data to Zabbix server for processing.

The utility is usually used in long running user scripts for periodical sending of availability and performance data. Zabbix Sender can be started by executing:

第31页共155页


shell> cd bin
shell> ./zabbix_sender -z zabbix -s LinuxDB3 -k db.connections -o 43

Starting with Zabbix 1.8.4, zabbix_sender has been improved in realtime sending scenarios by gathering multiple values that are passed to it in close succession, and
sending them to the server in single connection. Value that is not further apart from previous value than 0.2 seconds can be put in the same stack, but maximum pooling
time still is 1 second.

If sending many values from an input file, Zabbix sender will batch them at 250 values in one go (all values will be processed), for example:

# zabbix_sender -z 127.0.0.1 -i /tmp/traptest.txt
Info from server: "Processed 250 Failed 0 Total 250 Seconds spent 0.002668"
Info from server: "Processed 50 Failed 0 Total 50 Seconds spent 0.000540"
sent: 300; skipped: 0; total: 300

Starting from version 1.8.6 Zabbix Sender will terminate if invalid (not following parameter=value notation) parameter entry is present in specified configuration file.

See Zabbix Sender manpage for more information.

7 Zabbix Get (UNIX)

Zabbix get is a process which communicates with Zabbix agent and retrieves required information.

The utility is usually used for troubleshooting of Zabbix agents.

Zabbix get can be started by executing:

shell> cd bin
shell> ./zabbix_get -s 127.0.0.1 -p 10050 -k "system.cpu.load[all,avg1]"

Zabbix get accepts the following command line parameters:

-s --host <host name or IP> Specify host name or IP address of a host.
-p --port <port number> Specify port number of agent running on the host. Default is 10050.
-I --source-address <IP address> Specify source IP address.
-k --key <item key> Specify key of item to retrieve value for.
-h --help Give this help.
-v --version Display version number.

In order to get this help run:

shell> zabbix_get --help

4 Configuration

1 Actions
Zabbix reacts to events by executing set of operations. An action can be defined for any event or set of events generated by Zabbix.

Action attributes:

Parameter Description
Name Unique action name.
Source of event.
Currently three sources are supported:
Event source Triggers - events generated by trigger status changes
Discovery - events generated by network discovery module
Auto registration - events generated by new active agents
Enable escalations Enable escalations. If enabled, the action will be escalated according to operation steps defined for operations.
Period (seconds) Time period for increase of escalation step.
Default subject Default notification subject. The subject may contain macros.
Default message Default notification message. The message may contain macros.
Recovery message If enabled, Zabbix will send a recovery message after the original problem is resolved. The messages will be sent only to those who received any message regarding this problem before.
Recovery subject Subject of the recovery message. It may contain macros.
Recovery message Recovery message. It may contain macros.
Action status:
Status Enabled - action is active
Disabled - action is disabled

Warning: before enabling recovery messages or escalations, make sure to add “Trigger value = PROBLEM” condition to the action, otherwise remedy events can become
escalated as well.

Action conditions

An action is executed only in case if an event matches defined set of conditions.

The following conditions can be defined for trigger based events:

Condition type Supported operators Description
= = - event came from a trigger, which refers to an item that is linked to the specified application
Application like like - event came from a trigger, which refers to an item that is linked to an application, containing the string
not like not like - event came from trigger, which refers to an item that is linked to an application not containing the string
Compare against host group having a trigger which generated event.
=
Host group = - event came from this host group
<>
<> - event did not come from this host group
Compare against Host Template the trigger belongs to.
=
Host template = - event came from a trigger inherited from this Host Template
<>
<> - event did not come from a trigger inherited from this Host Template
Compare against Host having a trigger which generated event.
=
Host = - event came from this Host
<>
<> - event did not come from this Host
Compare against Trigger which generated event.
=
Trigger = - event generated by this Trigger
<>
<> - event generated by other Trigger
Compare against Trigger Name which generated event.
like
Trigger description (name) like – String can be found in Trigger Name. Case sensitive.
not like
not like – String cannot be found in Trigger Name. Case sensitive.
= Compare with Trigger Severity. = - equal to trigger severity
<> <> - not equal to trigger severity
Trigger severity
>= >= - more or equal to trigger severity
<= <= - less or equal to trigger severity
Compare with Trigger Value.
Trigger value =
= - equal to trigger value (OK or PROBLEM)
Event is within time period.
Time period in in in – event time matches the time period.
See Time period specification page for description of the format.

第32页共155页


Check if host is in maintenance.
=
Maintenance status = - Host is in maintenance mode.
<>
<> - Host is not in maintenance mode.

Trigger value:

Trigger changes status from OK to PROBLEM (trigger value is PROBLEM) Trigger changes status from PROBLEM to OK (trigger value is OK)

Status change OK→UNKNOWN→PROBLEM is treated as OK→PROBLEM, and PROBLEM→UNKNOWN→OK as PROBLEM→OK.

The following conditions can be defined for Discovery based events:

Check if IP address of a discovered Host is or is not in the range of IP addresses.
=
Host IP = - Host IP is in the range
<>
<> - Host IP is out of the range
Check if a discovered service.
=
Service type = - matches discovered service
<>
<> - event came from a different service
Check if TCP port number of a discovered service is or is not in the range of ports.
=
Service port = - service port is in the range
<>
<> - service port is out of the range
Up – matches Host Up and Service Up events
Discovery status =
Down – matches Host Down and Service Down events
Downtime for Host Down and Service Down events. Uptime for Host Up and Service Up events.
>=
Uptime/Downtime >= - uptime/downtime is more or equal
<=
<= - uptime/downtime is less or equal. Parameter is given in seconds.
Compare with value received from an agent (Zabbix, SNMP). String comparison.
=
= - equal to the value
<>
<> - not equal to the value
>=
Received value >= - more or equal to the value
<=
<= - less or equal to the value
like not
like – has a substring
like
not like – does not have a substring. Parameter is given as a string.

For example this set of conditions (calculation type: AND/OR):

Host group = Oracle servers
Host group = MySQL servers
Trigger name like 'Database is down'
Trigger name like 'Database is unavailable'

is evaluated as

(Host group = Oracle servers or Host group = MySQL servers) and (Trigger name like 'Database is down' or Trigger name like 'Database is unavailable')

Operations

Operation or a set of operations is executed when event matches conditions.

Zabbix supports the following operations:

Send message
Remote command(s), including IPMI.

To successfully receive and read e-mails from Zabbix, e-mail servers/clients must support standard 'SMTP/MIME e-mail' format since Zabbix sends UTF-8 data. Starting
from 1.8.2 the subject and the body of the message are base64-encoded to follow 'SMTP/MIME e-mail' format standard.

Starting with 1.8.3, if the subject contains ASCII characters only, it is not UTF-8 encoded.

Additional operations available for discovery events:

Add host
Remove host
Enable host
Disable host
Add to group
Delete from group
Link to template
Unlink from template

When adding a host, its name is decided by standard gethostbyname function. If the host can be resolved, resolved name is used. If not, IP address is used. Besides, if
IPv6 address must be used for a host name, then all ”:” (colons) are replaced by “_” (underscores), since ”:” (colons) are not allowed in host names.

If performing discovery by a proxy, currently hostname lookup still takes place on Zabbix server.

If a host exists in Zabbix configuration with the same name as a newly discovered one, versions of Zabbix prior to 1.8 would add another host with the same name.
Zabbix 1.8.1 and later adds _N to the hostname, where N is increasing number, starting with 2.
If escalation is enabled for this action, escalation settings:
From - execute for each step starting from this one
Step
To - till this (0, for all steps starting from From)
Period - increase step number after this period, 0 - use default period.
Type of action:
Operation type Send message - send message to user
Execute command - execute remote command
Event Source
Send message to:
Send message to Single user - a single user
User group - to all members of a group
Default message If selected, default message will be used.
Subject Subject of the message. The subject may contain macros.
Message The message itself. The message may contain macros.
Remote command List of remote commands.

Starting from 1.6.2, Zabbix sends notifications only to those users, which have read permissions to a host (trigger), which generated the event. At least one host of a
trigger expression must be accessible.

Macros for messages and remote commands

The macros can be used for more efficient reporting.

Example 1

Subject: {TRIGGER.NAME}: {TRIGGER.STATUS}

Message subject will be replaced by something like:

第33页共155页


'Processor load is too high on server zabbix.zabbix.com: ON'

Example 2

Message:

Processor load is:
{zabbix.zabbix.com:system.cpu.load[,avg1].last(0)}

The message will be replaced by something like:

'Processor load is: 1.45'

Example 3

Message:

Latest value:
{{HOSTNAME}:{TRIGGER.KEY}.last(0)}
MAX for 15 minutes:
{{HOSTNAME}:{TRIGGER.KEY}.max(900)}
MIN for 15 minutes:
{{HOSTNAME}:{TRIGGER.KEY}.min(900)}


Latest value: 1.45
MAX for 15 minutes: 2.33
MIN for 15 minutes: 1.01

1 Actions
Zabbix reacts to events by executing set of operations. An action can be defined for any event or set of events generated by Zabbix.

Action attributes:

Name Unique action name.
Source of event.
Currently three sources are supported:
Event source Triggers - events generated by trigger status changes
Discovery - events generated by network discovery module
Auto registration - events generated by new active agents
Enable escalations Enable escalations. If enabled, the action will be escalated according to operation steps defined for operations.
Period (seconds) Time period for increase of escalation step.
Default subject Default notification subject. The subject may contain macros.
Default message Default notification message. The message may contain macros.
Recovery message If enabled, Zabbix will send a recovery message after the original problem is resolved. The messages will be sent only to those who received any message regarding this problem before.
Recovery subject Subject of the recovery message. It may contain macros.
Recovery message Recovery message. It may contain macros.
Action status:
Status Enabled - action is active
Disabled - action is disabled

escalated as well.

Action conditions

An action is executed only in case if an event matches defined set of conditions.

The following conditions can be defined for trigger based events:

= = - event came from a trigger, which refers to an item that is linked to the specified application
Application like like - event came from a trigger, which refers to an item that is linked to an application, containing the string
not like not like - event came from trigger, which refers to an item that is linked to an application not containing the string
Compare against host group having a trigger which generated event.
=
Host group = - event came from this host group
<>
<> - event did not come from this host group
Compare against Host Template the trigger belongs to.
=
Host template = - event came from a trigger inherited from this Host Template
<>
<> - event did not come from a trigger inherited from this Host Template
Compare against Host having a trigger which generated event.
=
Host = - event came from this Host
<>
<> - event did not come from this Host
Compare against Trigger which generated event.
=
Trigger = - event generated by this Trigger
<>
<> - event generated by other Trigger
Compare against Trigger Name which generated event.
like
Trigger description (name) like – String can be found in Trigger Name. Case sensitive.
not like
not like – String cannot be found in Trigger Name. Case sensitive.
= Compare with Trigger Severity. = - equal to trigger severity
<> <> - not equal to trigger severity
Trigger severity
>= >= - more or equal to trigger severity
<= <= - less or equal to trigger severity
Compare with Trigger Value.
Trigger value =
= - equal to trigger value (OK or PROBLEM)
Event is within time period.
Time period in in in – event time matches the time period.
See Time period specification page for description of the format.
Check if host is in maintenance.
=
Maintenance status = - Host is in maintenance mode.
<>
<> - Host is not in maintenance mode.

Trigger value:

Trigger changes status from OK to PROBLEM (trigger value is PROBLEM) Trigger changes status from PROBLEM to OK (trigger value is OK)

Status change OK→UNKNOWN→PROBLEM is treated as OK→PROBLEM, and PROBLEM→UNKNOWN→OK as PROBLEM→OK.

The following conditions can be defined for Discovery based events:

Check if IP address of a discovered Host is or is not in the range of IP addresses.
=
Host IP = - Host IP is in the range
<>
<> - Host IP is out of the range
Check if a discovered service.
=
Service type = - matches discovered service
<>
<> - event came from a different service

第34页共155页


Check if TCP port number of a discovered service is or is not in the range of ports.
=
Service port = - service port is in the range
<>
<> - service port is out of the range
Up – matches Host Up and Service Up events
Discovery status =
Down – matches Host Down and Service Down events
Downtime for Host Down and Service Down events. Uptime for Host Up and Service Up events.
>=
Uptime/Downtime >= - uptime/downtime is more or equal
<=
<= - uptime/downtime is less or equal. Parameter is given in seconds.
Compare with value received from an agent (Zabbix, SNMP). String comparison.
=
= - equal to the value
<>
<> - not equal to the value
>=
Received value >= - more or equal to the value
<=
<= - less or equal to the value
like not
like – has a substring
like
not like – does not have a substring. Parameter is given as a string.

For example this set of conditions (calculation type: AND/OR):

Host group = Oracle servers
Host group = MySQL servers
Trigger name like 'Database is down'
Trigger name like 'Database is unavailable'

is evaluated as

(Host group = Oracle servers or Host group = MySQL servers) and (Trigger name like 'Database is down' or Trigger name like 'Database is unavailable')

Operations

Operation or a set of operations is executed when event matches conditions.

Zabbix supports the following operations:

Send message
Remote command(s), including IPMI.

To successfully receive and read e-mails from Zabbix, e-mail servers/clients must support standard 'SMTP/MIME e-mail' format since Zabbix sends UTF-8 data. Starting
from 1.8.2 the subject and the body of the message are base64-encoded to follow 'SMTP/MIME e-mail' format standard.

Starting with 1.8.3, if the subject contains ASCII characters only, it is not UTF-8 encoded.

Additional operations available for discovery events:

Add host
Remove host
Enable host
Disable host
Add to group
Delete from group
Link to template
Unlink from template

When adding a host, its name is decided by standard gethostbyname function. If the host can be resolved, resolved name is used. If not, IP address is used. Besides, if
IPv6 address must be used for a host name, then all ”:” (colons) are replaced by “_” (underscores), since ”:” (colons) are not allowed in host names.

If performing discovery by a proxy, currently hostname lookup still takes place on Zabbix server.

If a host exists in Zabbix configuration with the same name as a newly discovered one, versions of Zabbix prior to 1.8 would add another host with the same name.
Zabbix 1.8.1 and later adds _N to the hostname, where N is increasing number, starting with 2.
If escalation is enabled for this action, escalation settings:
From - execute for each step starting from this one
Step
To - till this (0, for all steps starting from From)
Period - increase step number after this period, 0 - use default period.
Type of action:
Operation type Send message - send message to user
Execute command - execute remote command
Event Source
Send message to:
Send message to Single user - a single user
User group - to all members of a group
Default message If selected, default message will be used.
Subject Subject of the message. The subject may contain macros.
Message The message itself. The message may contain macros.
Remote command List of remote commands.

Starting from 1.6.2, Zabbix sends notifications only to those users, which have read permissions to a host (trigger), which generated the event. At least one host of a
trigger expression must be accessible.

Macros for messages and remote commands

The macros can be used for more efficient reporting.

Example 1

Subject: {TRIGGER.NAME}: {TRIGGER.STATUS}

Message subject will be replaced by something like:

'Processor load is too high on server zabbix.zabbix.com: ON'

Example 2

Message:

Processor load is:
{zabbix.zabbix.com:system.cpu.load[,avg1].last(0)}


'Processor load is: 1.45'

Example 3

Message:

第35页共155页


Latest value:
{{HOSTNAME}:{TRIGGER.KEY}.last(0)}
MAX for 15 minutes:
{{HOSTNAME}:{TRIGGER.KEY}.max(900)}
MIN for 15 minutes:
{{HOSTNAME}:{TRIGGER.KEY}.min(900)}


Latest value: 1.45
MAX for 15 minutes: 2.33
MIN for 15 minutes: 1.01

2 Macros
Zabbix supports number of macros which may be used in various situations. Effective use of macros allows to save time and make Zabbix configuration more transparent.

List of supported macros

The table contains complete list of macros supported by Zabbix.

Item descriptions
Trigger names
Trigger expressions

Map labels1
Item key's parameters
DESCRIPTION
GUI Scripts ▼▼
▼▼
Auto registration notifications ▼▼
▼▼
Discovery notifications ▼▼
▼▼
Notifications and commands ▼▼
▼▼
MACRO ▼▼
▼▼ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
{DATE} X X X Current date in yyyy.mm.dd. format.
{DISCOVERY.DEVICE.IPADDRESS} X
{DISCOVERY.DEVICE.STATUS} X
{DISCOVERY.DEVICE.UPTIME} X
{DISCOVERY.RULE.NAME} X
{DISCOVERY.SERVICE.NAME} X
{DISCOVERY.SERVICE.PORT} X
{DISCOVERY.SERVICE.STATUS} X
{DISCOVERY.SERVICE.UPTIME} X
Escalation history. Log of previously sent messages. Shows previously sent notifications, on which escalation
{ESC.HISTORY} X
step they were sent and their status (sent, in progress or failed).
{EVENT.ACK.HISTORY} X
{EVENT.ACK.STATUS} X
{EVENT.AGE} X X X Age of the event. Useful in escalated messages.
{EVENT.DATE} X X X Date of the event.
{EVENT.ID} X X X Numeric event ID which triggered this action.
{EVENT.TIME} X X X Time of the event.
Host name of the Nth item of the trigger which caused a notification. Supported in auto registration notifications
{HOSTNAME<1-9>} X X X X X
since 1.8.4.
{HOST.CONN<1-9>} X X X X IP and host DNS name depending on host settings.
{HOST.DNS<1-9>} X X X X Host DNS name.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
{IPADDRESS<1-9>} X X X X IP address of the Nth item of the trigger which caused a notification.
The latest value of the Nth item of the trigger expression which caused a notification. Supported from Zabbix
{ITEM.LASTVALUE<1-9>} X X
1.4.3. It is alias to {{HOSTNAME}:{TRIGGER.KEY}.last(0)}
{ITEM.LOG.AGE<1-9>} X
{ITEM.LOG.DATE<1-9>} X
{ITEM.LOG.EVENTID<1-9>} X
{ITEM.LOG.NSEVERITY<1-9>} X
{ITEM.LOG.SEVERITY<1-9>} X
{ITEM.LOG.SOURCE<1-9>} X
{ITEM.LOG.TIME<1-9>} X
{ITEM.NAME<1-9>} X Name of the Nth item of the trigger which caused a notification.
The latest value of Nth item of the trigger expression if used for displaying triggers.
{ITEM.VALUE<1-9>} X X Historical (when event happened) value of Nth item of the trigger expression if used for displaying events and
notifications. Supported from Zabbix 1.4.3.
{NODE.ID<1-9>} X X X
{NODE.NAME<1-9>} X X X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
{PROFILE.CONTACT<1-9>} X Contact from host profile.
{PROFILE.DEVICETYPE<1-9>} X Device type from of host profile.
{PROFILE.HARDWARE<1-9>} X Hardware from host profile.
{PROFILE.LOCATION<1-9>} X Location from host profile.
{PROFILE.MACADDRESS<1-9>} X Mac Address from host profile.
{PROFILE.NAME<1-9>} X Name from host profile.
{PROFILE.NOTES<1-9>} X Notes from host profile.
{PROFILE.OS<1-9>} X OS from host profile.
{PROFILE.SERIALNO<1-9>} X Serial No from host profile.
{PROFILE.SOFTWARE<1-9>} X Software from host profile.
{PROFILE.TAG<1-9>} X Tag from host profile.
{PROXY.NAME<1-9>} X X X Proxy name of the Nth item of the trigger which caused a notification. Supported since 1.8.4.
{TIME} X X X Current time in hh:mm.ss.
{TRIGGER.COMMENT} X Trigger comment.
Number of unacknowledged events for a map element in maps, or for the trigger which generated current event
{TRIGGER.EVENTS.UNACK} X X
in notifications. Supported in map element labels since 1.8.3.
{TRIGGER.EVENTS.PROBLEM.UNACK} X X Number of unacknowledged PROBLEM events for all triggers disregarding their state. Supported since 1.8.3.
{TRIGGER.PROBLEM.EVENTS.PROBLEM.UNACK} X Number of unacknowledged PROBLEM events for triggers in PROBLEM state. Supported since 1.8.3.
Number of acknowledged events for a map element in maps, or for the trigger which generated current event in
{TRIGGER.EVENTS.ACK} X X
notifications. Supported since 1.8.3.
{TRIGGER.EVENTS.PROBLEM.ACK} X X Number of acknowledged PROBLEM events for all triggers disregarding their state. Supported since 1.8.3.
{TRIGGER.PROBLEM.EVENTS.PROBLEM.ACK} X Number of acknowledged PROBLEM events for triggers in PROBLEM state. Supported since 1.8.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

第36页共155页


{TRIGGER.ID} X Numeric trigger ID which triggered this action.
{TRIGGER.KEY<1-9>} X Key of the Nth item of the trigger which caused a notification.
{TRIGGER.NAME} X Name (description) of the trigger.
Numerical trigger severity. Possible values: 0 - Not classified, 1 - Information, 2 - Warning, 3 - Average, 4 -
{TRIGGER.NSEVERITY} X
High, 5 - Disaster. Supported starting from Zabbix 1.6.2.
{TRIGGER.SEVERITY} X Trigger severity. Possible values: Not classified, Information, Warning, Average, High, Disaster, Unknown
{TRIGGER.STATUS} X Trigger state. Can be either PROBLEM or OK. {STATUS} is deprecated.
{TRIGGER.URL} X Trigger URL.
Current trigger value: 0 - trigger is in OK state, 1 – trigger is in PROBLEM state, 2 – trigger UNKNOWN. This
{TRIGGER.VALUE} X X
macro can also be used in trigger expressions.
Number of unacknowledged triggers for a map element, disregarding trigger state. Trigger is considered to be
{TRIGGERS.UNACK} X
unacknowledged if at least one of its PROBLEM events is unacknowledged.
Number of unacknowledged PROBLEM triggers for a map element. Trigger is considered to be unacknowledged if
{TRIGGERS.PROBLEM.UNACK} X
at least one of its PROBLEM events is unacknowledged. Supported since 1.8.3.
Number of acknowledged triggers for a map element, disregarding trigger state. Trigger is considered to be
{TRIGGERS.ACK} X
acknowledged if all of it's PROBLEM events are acknowledged. Supported since 1.8.3.
Number of acknowledged PROBLEM triggers for a map element. Trigger is considered to be acknowledged if all of
{TRIGGERS.PROBLEM.ACK} X
it's PROBLEM events are acknowledged. Supported since 1.8.3.
{host:key.func(param)} X X2 X Simple macros as used in trigger expressions.
{$MACRO} X X X X User macros. Supported in trigger names and item descriptions since 1.8.4.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

[1] Macros for map labels are supported since 1.8.
[2] Only functions last, avg, max and min with seconds as arguments are supported in map labels.

User macros

For a greater flexibility, Zabbix supports user macros, which can be defined on global, template and host level. These macros have a special syntax: {$MACRO}. The
macros can be used in item keys and trigger expressions. Since Zabbix version 1.8.4 user macros can also be used in item descriptions and trigger names.

The following characters are allowed in the macro names: A-Z , 0-9 , _ , .

Zabbix substitutes macros according to the following precedence:

1. host macros (checked first)
2. macros defined for first level templates of the host (i.e., templates linked directly to the host), sorted by template ID
3. macros defined for second level templates of the host, sorted by template ID
4. macros defined for third level templates of the host, sorted by template ID
5. …
6. global macros (checked last)

In other words, if a macro does not exist for a host, Zabbix will try to find it in host templates of increasing depth. If still not found, a global macro will be used, if exists.

If Zabbix is unable to find a macro, the macro will not be substituted.

To define user macros, go to the corresponding locations in the frontend:

for global macros, visit Administration → General → Macros
for host and template macros, open host or template properties and look for the Macros block on the right hand side

If a user macro is used in items or triggers in a template, it is suggested to add that macro to the template even if it is defined on a global level. That way, exporting the
template to XML and importing it in another system will still allow it to work as expected.

Most common use cases of global and host macros:

1. taking advantage of templates with host specific attributes: passwords, port numbers, file names, regular expressions, etc
2. global macros for global one-click configuration changes and fine tuning

Example 1

Use of host macro in item “Status of SSH daemon” key:

ssh,{$SSH_PORT}

Example 2

Use of host macro in trigger “CPU load is too high”:

{ca_001:system.cpu.load[,avg1].last(0)}>{$MAX_CPULOAD}

Such a trigger would be created on the template, not edited in individual hosts.

If you want to use amount of values as the function parameter (for example, max(#3)), include hash mark in the macro like this: SOME_PERIOD ⇒ #3
Example 3

Use of two macros in trigger “CPU load is too high”:


Note that a macro can be used as a parameter of trigger function, in this example function min().

User macros are supported in SNMP OID field since Zabbix 1.8.4.

2 Macros
Zabbix supports number of macros which may be used in various situations. Effective use of macros allows to save time and make Zabbix configuration more transparent.

List of supported macros

The table contains complete list of macros supported by Zabbix.

Item descriptions
Trigger names
Trigger expressions

Map labels1
Item key's parameters
DESCRIPTION
GUI Scripts ▼▼
▼▼
Auto registration notifications ▼▼
▼▼
Discovery notifications ▼▼
▼▼
Notifications and commands ▼▼
▼▼
MACRO ▼▼

第37页共155页


▼▼ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
{DATE} X X X Current date in yyyy.mm.dd. format.
{DISCOVERY.DEVICE.IPADDRESS} X
{DISCOVERY.DEVICE.STATUS} X
{DISCOVERY.DEVICE.UPTIME} X
{DISCOVERY.RULE.NAME} X
{DISCOVERY.SERVICE.NAME} X
{DISCOVERY.SERVICE.PORT} X
{DISCOVERY.SERVICE.STATUS} X
{DISCOVERY.SERVICE.UPTIME} X
Escalation history. Log of previously sent messages. Shows previously sent notifications, on which escalation
{ESC.HISTORY} X
step they were sent and their status (sent, in progress or failed).
{EVENT.ACK.HISTORY} X
{EVENT.ACK.STATUS} X
{EVENT.AGE} X X X Age of the event. Useful in escalated messages.
{EVENT.DATE} X X X Date of the event.
{EVENT.ID} X X X Numeric event ID which triggered this action.
{EVENT.TIME} X X X Time of the event.
Host name of the Nth item of the trigger which caused a notification. Supported in auto registration notifications
{HOSTNAME<1-9>} X X X X X
since 1.8.4.
{HOST.CONN<1-9>} X X X X IP and host DNS name depending on host settings.
{HOST.DNS<1-9>} X X X X Host DNS name.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
{IPADDRESS<1-9>} X X X X IP address of the Nth item of the trigger which caused a notification.
The latest value of the Nth item of the trigger expression which caused a notification. Supported from Zabbix
{ITEM.LASTVALUE<1-9>} X X
1.4.3. It is alias to {{HOSTNAME}:{TRIGGER.KEY}.last(0)}
{ITEM.LOG.AGE<1-9>} X
{ITEM.LOG.DATE<1-9>} X
{ITEM.LOG.EVENTID<1-9>} X
{ITEM.LOG.NSEVERITY<1-9>} X
{ITEM.LOG.SEVERITY<1-9>} X
{ITEM.LOG.SOURCE<1-9>} X
{ITEM.LOG.TIME<1-9>} X
{ITEM.NAME<1-9>} X Name of the Nth item of the trigger which caused a notification.
The latest value of Nth item of the trigger expression if used for displaying triggers.
{ITEM.VALUE<1-9>} X X Historical (when event happened) value of Nth item of the trigger expression if used for displaying events and
notifications. Supported from Zabbix 1.4.3.
{NODE.ID<1-9>} X X X
{NODE.NAME<1-9>} X X X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
{PROFILE.CONTACT<1-9>} X Contact from host profile.
{PROFILE.DEVICETYPE<1-9>} X Device type from of host profile.
{PROFILE.HARDWARE<1-9>} X Hardware from host profile.
{PROFILE.LOCATION<1-9>} X Location from host profile.
{PROFILE.MACADDRESS<1-9>} X Mac Address from host profile.
{PROFILE.NAME<1-9>} X Name from host profile.
{PROFILE.NOTES<1-9>} X Notes from host profile.
{PROFILE.OS<1-9>} X OS from host profile.
{PROFILE.SERIALNO<1-9>} X Serial No from host profile.
{PROFILE.SOFTWARE<1-9>} X Software from host profile.
{PROFILE.TAG<1-9>} X Tag from host profile.
{PROXY.NAME<1-9>} X X X Proxy name of the Nth item of the trigger which caused a notification. Supported since 1.8.4.
{TIME} X X X Current time in hh:mm.ss.
{TRIGGER.COMMENT} X Trigger comment.
Number of unacknowledged events for a map element in maps, or for the trigger which generated current event
{TRIGGER.EVENTS.UNACK} X X
in notifications. Supported in map element labels since 1.8.3.
{TRIGGER.EVENTS.PROBLEM.UNACK} X X Number of unacknowledged PROBLEM events for all triggers disregarding their state. Supported since 1.8.3.
{TRIGGER.PROBLEM.EVENTS.PROBLEM.UNACK} X Number of unacknowledged PROBLEM events for triggers in PROBLEM state. Supported since 1.8.3.
Number of acknowledged events for a map element in maps, or for the trigger which generated current event in
{TRIGGER.EVENTS.ACK} X X
notifications. Supported since 1.8.3.
{TRIGGER.EVENTS.PROBLEM.ACK} X X Number of acknowledged PROBLEM events for all triggers disregarding their state. Supported since 1.8.3.
{TRIGGER.PROBLEM.EVENTS.PROBLEM.ACK} X Number of acknowledged PROBLEM events for triggers in PROBLEM state. Supported since 1.8.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
{TRIGGER.ID} X Numeric trigger ID which triggered this action.
{TRIGGER.KEY<1-9>} X Key of the Nth item of the trigger which caused a notification.
{TRIGGER.NAME} X Name (description) of the trigger.
Numerical trigger severity. Possible values: 0 - Not classified, 1 - Information, 2 - Warning, 3 - Average, 4 -
{TRIGGER.NSEVERITY} X
High, 5 - Disaster. Supported starting from Zabbix 1.6.2.
{TRIGGER.SEVERITY} X Trigger severity. Possible values: Not classified, Information, Warning, Average, High, Disaster, Unknown
{TRIGGER.STATUS} X Trigger state. Can be either PROBLEM or OK. {STATUS} is deprecated.
{TRIGGER.URL} X Trigger URL.
Current trigger value: 0 - trigger is in OK state, 1 – trigger is in PROBLEM state, 2 – trigger UNKNOWN. This
{TRIGGER.VALUE} X X
macro can also be used in trigger expressions.
Number of unacknowledged triggers for a map element, disregarding trigger state. Trigger is considered to be
{TRIGGERS.UNACK} X
unacknowledged if at least one of its PROBLEM events is unacknowledged.
Number of unacknowledged PROBLEM triggers for a map element. Trigger is considered to be unacknowledged if
{TRIGGERS.PROBLEM.UNACK} X
at least one of its PROBLEM events is unacknowledged. Supported since 1.8.3.
Number of acknowledged triggers for a map element, disregarding trigger state. Trigger is considered to be
{TRIGGERS.ACK} X
acknowledged if all of it's PROBLEM events are acknowledged. Supported since 1.8.3.
Number of acknowledged PROBLEM triggers for a map element. Trigger is considered to be acknowledged if all of
{TRIGGERS.PROBLEM.ACK} X
it's PROBLEM events are acknowledged. Supported since 1.8.3.
{host:key.func(param)} X 2 X Simple macros as used in trigger expressions.
X
{$MACRO} X X X X User macros. Supported in trigger names and item descriptions since 1.8.4.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

[1] Macros for map labels are supported since 1.8.
[2] Only functions last, avg, max and min with seconds as arguments are supported in map labels.

User macros

For a greater flexibility, Zabbix supports user macros, which can be defined on global, template and host level. These macros have a special syntax: {$MACRO}. The
macros can be used in item keys and trigger expressions. Since Zabbix version 1.8.4 user macros can also be used in item descriptions and trigger names.

The following characters are allowed in the macro names: A-Z , 0-9 , _ , .

Zabbix substitutes macros according to the following precedence:

第38页共155页


1. host macros (checked first)
2. macros defined for first level templates of the host (i.e., templates linked directly to the host), sorted by template ID
3. macros defined for second level templates of the host, sorted by template ID
4. macros defined for third level templates of the host, sorted by template ID
5. …
6. global macros (checked last)

In other words, if a macro does not exist for a host, Zabbix will try to find it in host templates of increasing depth. If still not found, a global macro will be used, if exists.

If Zabbix is unable to find a macro, the macro will not be substituted.

To define user macros, go to the corresponding locations in the frontend:

for global macros, visit Administration → General → Macros
for host and template macros, open host or template properties and look for the Macros block on the right hand side

If a user macro is used in items or triggers in a template, it is suggested to add that macro to the template even if it is defined on a global level. That way, exporting the
template to XML and importing it in another system will still allow it to work as expected.

Most common use cases of global and host macros:

1. taking advantage of templates with host specific attributes: passwords, port numbers, file names, regular expressions, etc
2. global macros for global one-click configuration changes and fine tuning

Example 1

Use of host macro in item “Status of SSH daemon” key:

ssh,{$SSH_PORT}

Example 2

Use of host macro in trigger “CPU load is too high”:

{ca_001:system.cpu.load[,avg1].last(0)}>{$MAX_CPULOAD}

Such a trigger would be created on the template, not edited in individual hosts.

If you want to use amount of values as the function parameter (for example, max(#3)), include hash mark in the macro like this: SOME_PERIOD ⇒ #3
Example 3

Use of two macros in trigger “CPU load is too high”:


Note that a macro can be used as a parameter of trigger function, in this example function min().

User macros are supported in SNMP OID field since Zabbix 1.8.4.

4.3 Applications
Application is a set of host items. For example, application 'MySQL Server' may contain all items which are related to the MySQL server: availability of MySQL, disk space,
processor load, transactions per second, number of slow queries, etc.

An item may be linked with one or more applications.

Applications are used in Zabbix front-end to group items.

Currently a host cannot be linked to different templates having same application.

4.3 Applications
Application is a set of host items. For example, application 'MySQL Server' may contain all items which are related to the MySQL server: availability of MySQL, disk space,
processor load, transactions per second, number of slow queries, etc.

An item may be linked with one or more applications.

Applications are used in Zabbix front-end to group items.

Currently a host cannot be linked to different templates having same application.

4.4 Graphs
Custom (user defined) graphs allow the creation of complex graphs.

These graphs, once configured, can be easily accessed via Monitoring→Graphs.

Configuration of custom graphs can be accessed by navigating to Configuration→Templates or Configuration→Hosts and clicking on Graphs link for corresponding template
or host.

When creating a new graph, first item can be added from any template or host. Then, depending on the choice, further items can be added :

1. if the first item was from a template, only from that template;
2. if the first item was from any host, from any host (but not from templates anymore)

4.4 Graphs
Custom (user defined) graphs allow the creation of complex graphs.

These graphs, once configured, can be easily accessed via Monitoring→Graphs.

Configuration of custom graphs can be accessed by navigating to Configuration→Templates or Configuration→Hosts and clicking on Graphs link for corresponding template
or host.

When creating a new graph, first item can be added from any template or host. Then, depending on the choice, further items can be added :

1. if the first item was from a template, only from that template;
2. if the first item was from any host, from any host (but not from templates anymore)

4.5 Media

第39页共155页


A medium is a delivery channel for Zabbix alerts. None, one or more media types can be assigned to user.

Email

Email notification.

Jabber

Notifications using Jabber messaging.

When sending notifications, Zabbix tries to look up a Jabber SRV record first, and if that fails, it uses an address record for that domain. Among Jabber SRV records, the
one with the highest priority and maximum weight is chosen. If it fails, other records are not tried.

Looking up Jabber SRV records is supported since Zabbix 1.8.6. Prior to that Zabbix only tried an address record.

Script

Custom media scripts are executed from the path defined in the Zabbix server configuration file variable AlertScriptPath. The script has three command line variables
passed to it:

Recipient
Subject
Message

Environment variables are not preserved or created for the script, so they should be handled explicitly.

GSM Modem

Zabbix supports sending of SMS messages using Serial GSM Modem connected to Zabbix Server's serial port.

Make sure that:

Speed of a serial device (normally /dev/ttyS0 under Linux) matches GSM Modem. Zabbix does not set speed of the serial link. It uses default settings.
The serial device has read/write access for user zabbix. Run commans ls –l /dev/ttyS0 to see current permission of the serial device.
GSM Modem has PIN entered and it preserves it after power reset. Alternatively you may disable PIN on the SIM card. PIN can be entered by issuing command
AT+CPIN=“NNNN” (NNNN is your PIN number, the quotes must present) in a terminal software, such as Unix minicom or Windows HyperTerminal.

Zabbix has been tested with the following GSM modems:

Siemens MC35
Teltonika ModemCOM/G10

4.5 Media
A medium is a delivery channel for Zabbix alerts. None, one or more media types can be assigned to user.

Email

Email notification.

Jabber

Notifications using Jabber messaging.

When sending notifications, Zabbix tries to look up a Jabber SRV record first, and if that fails, it uses an address record for that domain. Among Jabber SRV records, the
one with the highest priority and maximum weight is chosen. If it fails, other records are not tried.

Looking up Jabber SRV records is supported since Zabbix 1.8.6. Prior to that Zabbix only tried an address record.

Script

Custom media scripts are executed from the path defined in the Zabbix server configuration file variable AlertScriptPath. The script has three command line variables
passed to it:

Recipient
Subject
Message

Environment variables are not preserved or created for the script, so they should be handled explicitly.

GSM Modem

Zabbix supports sending of SMS messages using Serial GSM Modem connected to Zabbix Server's serial port.

Make sure that:

Speed of a serial device (normally /dev/ttyS0 under Linux) matches GSM Modem. Zabbix does not set speed of the serial link. It uses default settings.
The serial device has read/write access for user zabbix. Run commans ls –l /dev/ttyS0 to see current permission of the serial device.
GSM Modem has PIN entered and it preserves it after power reset. Alternatively you may disable PIN on the SIM card. PIN can be entered by issuing command
AT+CPIN=“NNNN” (NNNN is your PIN number, the quotes must present) in a terminal software, such as Unix minicom or Windows HyperTerminal.

Zabbix has been tested with the following GSM modems:

Siemens MC35
Teltonika ModemCOM/G10

4.6 Host templates
Use of templates is an excellent way of making maintenance of Zabbix much easier.

A template can be linked to a number of hosts. Items, triggers and graphs of the template will be automatically added to the linked hosts. Change definition of a template
item (trigger, graph) and the change will be automatically applied to the hosts.

Host template attributes:


第40页共155页


Name Unique template (host) name. The name must be unique within ZABBIX Node.
Groups List of host groups the template belongs to.
New group Assign new host group to the template.
Link with template Used to create hierarchical templates.

4.6 Host templates
Use of templates is an excellent way of making maintenance of Zabbix much easier.

A template can be linked to a number of hosts. Items, triggers and graphs of the template will be automatically added to the linked hosts. Change definition of a template
item (trigger, graph) and the change will be automatically applied to the hosts.

Host template attributes:

Name Unique template (host) name. The name must be unique within ZABBIX Node.
New group Assign new host group to the template.
Link with template Used to create hierarchical templates.

4.7 Host groups
Host group may have zero, one or more hosts.

Host group attributes:

Group name Unique host group name. The name must be unique within Zabbix Node.
Hosts List of hosts of this group.

4.7 Host groups
Host group may have zero, one or more hosts.

Host group attributes:

Group name Unique host group name. The name must be unique within Zabbix Node.
Hosts List of hosts of this group.

4.8 Host and trigger dependencies
Zabbix does not support host dependencies. Host dependencies can be defined using more flexible option, i.e. trigger dependencies.

How it works?

A trigger may have list of one or more triggers it depends on. It means that the trigger will still change its status regardless of state of the triggers in the list, yet the
trigger won't generate notifications and actions in case if one of the trigger in the list has state PROBLEM.

Example 1

Host dependency

Suppose you have two hosts: a router and a server. The server is behind the router. So, we want to receive only one notification if the route is down:

“The router is down”

instead of:

“The router is down” and “The host is down”

In order to achieve this, we create a trigger dependency:

"The host is down" depends on "The router is down"

In case if both the server and the router is down, Zabbix will not execute actions for trigger “The host is down”.

4.8 Host and trigger dependencies
Zabbix does not support host dependencies. Host dependencies can be defined using more flexible option, i.e. trigger dependencies.

How it works?

A trigger may have list of one or more triggers it depends on. It means that the trigger will still change its status regardless of state of the triggers in the list, yet the
trigger won't generate notifications and actions in case if one of the trigger in the list has state PROBLEM.

Example 1

Host dependency

Suppose you have two hosts: a router and a server. The server is behind the router. So, we want to receive only one notification if the route is down:

“The router is down”

instead of:

“The router is down” and “The host is down”

In order to achieve this, we create a trigger dependency:

"The host is down" depends on "The router is down"

In case if both the server and the router is down, Zabbix will not execute actions for trigger “The host is down”.

19 Items

第41页共155页


An Item is a single performance or availability check (metric).

19.1 Item key

19.1.1 Flexible and non-flexible parameters

A flexible parameter is a parameter which accepts an argument. For example, vfs.fs.size[*] is a flexible parameter. '*' is any string that will be passed as an argument to
the parameter. Correct definition examples:

vfs.fs.size[/]
vfs.fs.size[/opt]

19.1.2 Key format

Item key format, including key parameters, must follow syntax rules. The following illustrations depict supported syntax. Allowed elements and characters at each point
can be determined by following the arrows - if some block can be reached through the line, it is allowed, if not - it is not allowed.

Item key

To construct a valid item key, one starts with specifying the key name, then there's a choice to either have parameters or not - as depicted by the two lines that could be
followed.

Key name

The key name itself has a limited range of allowed characters, which just follow each other. Allowed characters are:

0-9a-zA-Z_-.

Which means:

all numbers;
all lowercase letters;
all uppercase letters;
underscore;
dash;
dot.

Key parameters

An item key can have multiple parameters that are comma separated.

Individual key parameter

Each key parameter can be either a quoted string, an unquoted string or an array.

The parameter can also be left empty, thus using the default value. In that case, the appropriate number of commas must be added if any further parameters are
specified. For example, item key icmpping[,,200,,500] would specify that the interval between individual pings is 200 milliseconds, timeout - 500 milliseconds, and all
other parameters are left at their defaults.

Parameter - quoted string

If the key parameter is a quoted string, any Unicode character is allowed, and included double quotes must be backslash escaped.

Parameter - unquoted string

If the key parameter is an unquoted string, any Unicode character is allowed except comma and right square bracket (]).

第42页共155页


Parameter - array

If the key parameter is an array, it is again enclosed in square brackets, where individual parameters come following multiple parameters specifying rules and syntax.

19.1.3 Available encodings

The parameter “encoding” is used to specify encoding for processing corresponding item checks, so that data acquired will not be corrupted. For a list of supported
encodings (code page identifiers), please consult respective documentation, such as documentation for libiconv [http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv/] (GNU Project) or
Microsoft Windows SDK documentation for “Code Page Identifiers”. If an empty “encoding” parameter is passed, then ANSI with system specific extension (Windows) or
UTF-8 (default locale for newer Unix/Linux distributions, see your system's settings) is used by default.

19.2 Unsupported items

An item can become unsupported if its value can not be retrieved for some reason. Such items are still rechecked at a fixed interval, configurable in Administration
section.

19.3 Supported by Platform

In the following lists parameters that are included in angle brackets <like_this> are optional.

Items marked with “X” are supported, the ones marked with ”-” are not supported.
If an item is marked with ”?”, it is not known whether it is supported or not.
If an item is marked with “r”, it means that it requires root privileges.
If a parameter is marked with “i”, it means that it is ignored.
NetBSD
OpenBSD
Mac OS/X
Tru64
AIX
HP-UX
Solaris ▼▼
▼▼
FreeBSD ▼▼
▼▼
Linux 2.6 ▼▼
▼▼
Linux 2.4 ▼▼
▼▼
Windows ▼▼
▼▼
Parameter / system ▼▼
▼▼ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
agent.ping X X X X X X X X X X X
agent.version X X X X X X X X X X X
kernel.maxfiles - X X X - - - ? ? X X
kernel.maxproc - - X X X - - ? ? X X
log[file,<regexp>,<encoding>,<maxlines>] X X X X X X X X X X X
logrt[file_format,<regexp>,<encoding>,<maxlines>] X X X X X X X X X X X
eventlog[name,<regexp>,<severity>,<source>,<eventid>,
X - - - - - - - - - -
<maxlines>]
net.if.collisions[if] - X X X X - X - - X r
net.if.in[if,<mode>] X X X X X - X - - X r
bytes (default) X X X X X - X - - X r
packets X X X X X - X - - X r
mode ▲
errors X X X X X - X - - X r
dropped X X X X - - - - - X r
net.if.list X - - - - - - - - - -
net.if.out[if,<mode>] X X X X X - X - - X r
mode ▲
dropped X X X - - - - - - - -
net.if.total[if,<mode>] X X X X X - X - - X r
mode ▲
dropped X X X - - - - - - - -
net.tcp.dns[<ip>,zone] - X X X X X X X X X X
net.tcp.dns.query[<ip>,zone,<type>] - X X X X X X X X X X
net.tcp.listen[port] X X X X X - - - - - -
net.tcp.port[<ip>,port] X X X X X X X X X X X
net.tcp.service[service,<ip>,<port>] X X X X X X X X - X X
net.tcp.service.perf[service,<ip>,<port>] X X X X X X X X - X X
net.udp.listen[port] - X X - - - - - - - -
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
proc.mem[<name>,<user>,<mode>,<cmdline>] - X X X X - X X ? X X
sum (default) - X X X X - X X ? X X
avg - X X X X - X X ? X X
mode ▲
max - X X X X - X X ? X X
min - X X X X - X X ? X X
proc.num[<name>,<user>,<state>,<cmdline>] X X X X X - X X ? X X
all (default) - X X X X - X X ? X X
sleep - X X X X - X X ? X X
state ▲
zomb - X X X X - X X ? X X
run - X X X X - X X ? X X

第43页共155页


sensor[device,sensor,<mode>] - X - - - - - - - X -
services[<type>,<state>,<exclude>] X - - - - - - - - - -
system.boottime - X X X X - - - - X X
system.cpu.intr - X X X X - X - - X X
system.cpu.load[<cpu>,<mode>] X X X X X X - X ? X X
avg1 (default) X X X X X X - X ? X X
mode ▲ avg5 X X X X X X - X ? X X
avg15 X X X X X X - X ? X X
system.cpu.num[<type>] X X X X X X X - - X X
online (default) X X X X X X X - - X X
type ▲
max - X X X X - - - - - -
system.cpu.switches - X X X X - X - - X X
system.cpu.util[<cpu>,<type>,<mode>] X X X X X X X X ? X X
user (default) - X X X X X X X ? X X
nice - X X X - X - X ? X X
idle - X X X X X X X ? X X
system X X X X - X X X ? X X
kernel - - - - X - - - - - -
type ▲
iowait - - X - - - X - - - -
wait - - - - X - - - - - -
interrupt - - X X - - - - - X -
softirq - - X - - - - - - - -
steal - - X - - - - - - - -
avg1 (default) X X X X - X X X ? X -
mode ▲ avg5 X X X X - X X - ? X -
avg15 X X X X - X X - ? X -
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
system.hostname[<type>] X X X X X X X X X X X
system.localtime X X X X X X X X X X X
utc (default) X X X X X X X X X X X
type ▲
local X X X X X X X X X X X
system.run[command,<mode>] X X X X X X X X X X X
wait (default) X X X X X X X X X X X
mode ▲
nowait X X X X X X X X X X X
system.stat[resource,<type>] - - - - - - X - - - -
system.swap.in[<device>,<type>] - X X - X - - - - X -
count (default) - X X - X - - - - X -
type ▲ sectors - X X - - - - - - - -
pages - X X - X - - - - X -
system.swap.out[<device>,<type>] - X X - X - - - - X -
type ▲ sectors - X X - - - - - - - -
pages - X X - X - - - - X -
system.swap.size[<device>,<type>] X X X X X - - X ? X -
free (default) X X X X X - - X ? X -
total X X X X X - - X ? X -
type ▲ used - X X X - - - - - X -
pfree - X X X X - - - ? X -
pused - X X X X - - - ? X -
system.uname X X X X X X X X - X X
system.uptime X X X X X - X ? ? X X
system.users.num - X X X X X X X - X X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
vfs.dev.read[device,<type>,<mode>] - X X X X - - - - X -
sectors (default) - X X - - - - - - - -
operations - X X X X - - - - X -
bytes - - - X X - - - - X -
type ▲
sps - X X - - - - - - - -
ops - X X X - - - - - - -
bps - - - X - - - - - - -
avg1 - X X X - - - - - i -
mode ▲ avg5 - X X X - - - - - i -
avg15 - X X X - - - - - i -
vfs.dev.write[device,<type>,<mode>] - X X X X - - - - X -
bytes - - - X X - - - - X -
type ▲
sps - X X - - - - - - - -
ops - X X X - - - - - - -
bps - - - X - - - - - - -
avg1 (default) - X X X - - - - - i -
mode ▲ avg5 - X X X - - - - - i -
avg15 - X X X - - - - - i -
vfs.file.cksum[file] X X X X X X X X - X X
vfs.file.exists[file] X X X X X X X X X X X
vfs.file.md5sum[file] X X X X X X X X - X X
vfs.file.regexp[file,regexp,<encoding>] X X X X X X X X - X X
vfs.file.regmatch[file,regexp,<encoding>] X X X X X X X X - X X
vfs.file.size[file] X X X X X X X X - X X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
vfs.file.time[file,<mode>] X X X X X X X X - X X
modify (default) X X X X X X X X - X X
mode ▲ access X X X X X X X X - X X
change X X X X X X X X - X X
vfs.fs.inode[fs,<mode>] - X X X X X X X ? X X
total (default) - X X X X X X X ? X X
free - X X X X X X X ? X X
mode ▲ used - X X X X X X X ? X X
pfree - X X X X X X X ? X X
pused - X X X X X X X ? X X

第44页共155页


vfs.fs.size[fs,<mode>] X X X X X X X X ? X X
total (default) X X X X X X X X ? X X
free X X X X X X X X ? X X
mode ▲ used X X X X X X X X ? X X
pfree X X X X X X X X ? X X
pused X X X X X X X X ? X X
vm.memory.size[<mode>] X X X X X X X X ? X X
used - - - X - - - - - X X
shared - X X X - X X - ? X X
mode ▲ buffers - X X - - X X - ? X X
cached X X X X - X X - ? X X
pfree X X X X - - - - - X X
pused - - - X - - - - - X X
available - X X - - - - - - - -
web.page.get[host,<path>,<port>] X X X X X X X X X X X
web.page.perf[host,<path>,<port>] X X X X X X X X X X X
web.page.regexp[host,<path>,<port>,<regexp>,<length>] X X X X X X X X X X X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

19.4 Zabbix Agent

List of supported parameters

Key
▲ Description Return value Parameters Comments

agent.ping
Returns '1' if agent is
Can be used as a TCP ping. Use function nodata() to check for host
Check the agent availability. available, nothing if -
unavailability.
unavailable.

agent.version
Version of Zabbix Agent. String - Example of returned value: 1.8.2

kernel.maxfiles
Maximum number of opened
Number of files. Integer.
files supported by OS.

kernel.maxproc
Maximum number of processes Number of processes.
supported by OS. Integer.

log[file,<regexp>,<encoding>,<maxlines>]
file – full file name
regexp – regular expression for pattern
Must be configured as an Active Check.
encoding - Code Page identifier
Example:
Monitoring of log file. Log. maxlines - Maximum number of new lines per second the
log[/home/zabbix/logs/logfile,,,100]
agent will send to Zabbix Server or Proxy. This parameter
See detailed description.
overrides the 'MaxLinesPerSecond' option in
zabbix_agentd.conf

logrt[file_format,<regexp>,<encoding>,<maxlines>]
file_format – full file name in format [absolute
path][filename format as regexp]
Example:
Monitoring of log file with log encoding - Code Page identifier
Log. logrt[”/home/zabbix/logs/^logfile[0-9]{1,3}$”,,,100]
rotation support. maxlines - Maximum number of new lines per second the
Log rotation is based on last modification times of files.
zabbix_agentd.conf

eventlog[name,<regexp>,<severity>,<source>,<eventid>,<maxlines>]
name – event log name
Examples:
regexp – regular expression
severity – regular expression
eventlog[Application]
The parameter accepts the following values: “Information”,
“Warning”, “Error”, “Failure Audit”, “Success Audit”
eventlog[Security,,"Failure Audit",,529|680]
Monitoring of event logs. Log. source - Source identifier
eventid - regular expression
eventlog[System,,"Warning|Error"]
maxlines - Maximum number of new lines per second the
eventlog[System,,,,^1$]
zabbix_agentd.conf
eventlog[System,,,,@TWOSHORT] - here custom regular expression TWOSHORT
is defined as type Result is TRUE and expression itself is ^1$|^70$.

net.if.collisions[if]
Number of collisions.
Out-of-window collision. if - interface
Integer.

net.if.in[if,<mode>]
Multi-byte interface names on Windows supported since Zabbix agent version
if - interface 1.8.6.
mode –
Network interface incoming bytes number of bytes (default) Examples:
Integer.
statistic. packets number of packets net.if.in[eth0,errors]
errors number of errors net.if.in[eth0]
dropped number of dropped packets You may use this key with Delta (speed per second) in order to get bytes per
second statistics.

net.if.list
Supported since Zabbix agent version 1.8.1. Multi-byte interface names supported
since Zabbix agent version 1.8.6. Disabled interfaces are not listed.
List of network interfaces:
String
Type Status IPv4 Description
Note that enabling/disabling some components may change their ordering in the
Windows interface name.

net.if.out[if,<mode>]
mode –
Network interface outgoing bytes number of bytes (default) Examples:
Integer.
statistic. packets number of packets net.if.out[eth0,errors]
errors number of errors net.if.out[eth0]
second statistics.

net.if.total[if,<mode>]
Examples:
if - interface
net.if.total[eth0,errors]
mode –
Sum of network interface net.if.total[eth0]
bytes number of bytes (default)
incoming and outgoing Integer. You may use this key with Delta (speed per second) in order to get bytes per
packets number of packets
statistics. second statistics.
errors number of errors
Note that dropped packets are supported only if both net.if.in and net.if.out work
dropped number of dropped packets
for dropped packets on your platform.

第45页共155页


net.tcp.dns[<ip>,zone]
Example:
net.tcp.dns[127.0.0.1,zabbix.com]
0 - DNS is down ip - IP address of DNS server (ignored)
Checks if DNS service is up.
1 - DNS is up zone - zone to test the DNS
Internationalized domain names are not supported, please use IDNA encoded
names instead.

net.tcp.dns.query[<ip>,zone,<type>]
Example:
net.tcp.dns.query[127.0.0.1,zabbix.com,MX]
type can be one of:
On success returns a A, NS, CNAME, MB, MG, MR, PTR, MD, MF, MX, SOA, NULL, WKS, HINFO, MINFO,
ip - IP address of DNS server (ignored)
Performs a query for the character string with the TXT, SRV
zone - zone to test the DNS
supplied DNS record type. required type of
type - Record type to be queried (default is SOA)
information. SRV record type is supported since Zabbix agent version 1.8.6.

names instead.

net.tcp.listen[port]
Example:
Checks if this TCP port is in 0 - it is not net.tcp.listen[80]
port - TCP port number
LISTEN state. 1 - it is in LISTEN state
On Linux supported since Zabbix agent version 1.8.4

net.tcp.port[<ip>,port]
Example:
net.tcp.port[,80] can be used to test availability of WEB server running on port 80.
Check, if it is possible to make
0 - cannot connect ip - IP address(default is 127.0.0.1) Old naming: check_port[*]
TCP connection to port number
1 - can connect port - port number For simple TCP performance testing use net.tcp.[tcp,<ip>,<port>]
port.
Note that these checks may result in additional messages in system daemon
logfiles (SMTP and SSH sessions being logged usually).

net.tcp.service[service,<ip>,<port>]
Example:
net.tcp.service[ftp,,45] can be used to test availability of FTP server on TCP port
45.
service - one of ssh, ntp, ldap, smtp, ftp, http, pop, nntp, Old naming: check_service[*]
imap, tcp Note that before Zabbix version 1.8.3 service.ntp should be used instead of ntp.
Check if service is running and 0 - service is down
ip - IP address (default is 127.0.0.1) Note that these checks may result in additional messages in system daemon
accepting TCP connections. 1 - service is running
port - port number (by default standard service port number logfiles (SMTP and SSH sessions being logged usually).
is used) Checking of encrypted protocols (like IMAP on port 993 or POP on port 995) is
currently not supported. As a workaround, please use net.tcp.port for checks like
these.
Checking of LDAP by Windows agent is currently not supported.

net.tcp.service.perf[service,<ip>,<port>]
Example:
net.tcp.service.perf[ssh] can be used to test speed of initial response from SSH
service - one of ssh, ntp, ldap, smtp, ftp, http, pop, nntp, server.
0 - service is down
imap, tcp Old naming: check_service_perf[*]
sec - number of seconds
Check performance of service ip - IP address (default is 127.0.0.1) Note that before Zabbix version 1.8.3 service.ntp should be used instead of ntp.
spent while connecting
port - port number (by default standard service port number Checking of encrypted protocols (like IMAP on port 993 or POP on port 995) is
to the service
is used) currently not supported. As a workaround, please use net.tcp.service.perf[tcp,
<ip>,<port>] for checks like these.

net.udp.listen[port]
Example:
Checks if this UDP port is in 0 - it is not net.udp.listen[68]
port - UDP port number

proc.mem[<name>,<user>,<mode>,<cmdline>]
Example:
name - process name proc.mem[,root] - memory used by all processes running under user “root”.
Memory used by process name user - user name (default is all users) proc.mem[zabbix_server,zabbix] - memory used by all processes zabbix_server
Memory used by process.
running under user user mode - one of avg, max, min, sum (default) running under user zabbix
cmdline - filter by command line proc.mem[,oracle,max,oracleZABBIX] - memory used by most memory hungry
process running under oracle having oracleZABBIX in its command line

proc.num[<name>,<user>,<state>,<cmdline>]
Example:
name - process name proc.num[,mysql] - number of processes running under user mysql
Number of processes name
user - user name (default is all users) proc.num[apache2,www-data] - number of apache2 running under user www-data
having state running under Number of processes.
state - one of all (default), run, sleep, zomb proc.num[,oracle,sleep,oracleZABBIX] - number of processes in sleep state running
user user
cmdline - filter by command line under oracle having oracleZABBIX in its command line
On Windows, only name and user arguments are supported.

sensor[device,sensor,<mode>]
On Linux 2.4, reads /proc/sys/dev/sensors. Example:
device - device name (if <mode> is used, it is a regular sensor[w83781d-i2c-0-2d,temp1]
expression) Prior to Zabbix 1.8.4, format sensor[temp1] was used.
sensor - sensor name (if <mode> is used, it is a regular
Hardware sensor reading.
expression) On OpenBSD, reads hw.sensors MIB. Example:
mode - one of avg, max, min (if omitted, device and sensor sensor[cpu0,temp0] - one temperature of one CPU
are treated verbatim). sensor[cpu[0-2]$,temp,avg] - average temperature of the first three CPU's
Supported on OpenBSD since Zabbix 1.8.4.

system.boottime
Timestamp of system boot. Integer. Time in seconds.

system.cpu.intr
Device interrupts. Integer.

system.cpu.load[<cpu>,<mode>]
cpu - CPU number (default is all CPUs) Example:
CPU load [http://en.wikipedia.org Processor load.
mode - one of avg1 (default),avg5 (average within 5 system.cpu.load[]
/wiki/Load_(computing)]. Float.
minutes), avg15 Old naming: system.cpu.loadX

system.cpu.num[<type>]
Number of available Example:
Number of CPUs. type - one of online (default), max
processors. system.cpu.num

system.cpu.switches
Context switches. Switches count. Old naming: system[switches]

system.cpu.util[<cpu>,<type>,<mode>]
cpu - CPU number (default is all CPUs)
Old naming: system.cpu.idleX, system.cpu.niceX, system.cpu.systemX,
type - one of idle, nice, user (default), system, kernel,
Processor utilisation in system.cpu.userX
CPU(s) utilisation. iowait, interrupt, softirq, steal
percents Example:
mode - one of avg1 (default),avg5 (average within 5
system.cpu.util[0,user,avg5]
minutes), avg15

system.hostname[<type>]
On Windows the value is acquired from either GetComputerName() (for netbios) or
gethostname() (for host) function and from “hostname” command on other
systems.
type (only on Windows, ignored on other systems) - netbios
Returns host name. String value
(default) or host Example of returned value
www.zabbix.com

Parameters for this item is supported starting from version 1.8.6.

system.localtime

第46页共155页


utc - (default) the time since the Epoch (00:00:00 UTC,
January 1, 1970), measured in seconds.
System time. Integer or string value.
local - the time in the 'yyyy-mm-dd,hh:mm:ss.nn,+hh:mm'
format

system.run[command,<mode>]
Example:
command - command for execution system.run[ls -l /] - detailed file list of root directory.
Run specified command on the Text result of the
mode - one of wait (default, wait end of execution), nowait Note:
host. command
(do not wait) To enable this functionality, agent configuration file must have
EnableRemoteCommands=1 option.

system.stat[resource,<type>]
ent - number of processor units this partition is entitled to receive (float)
kthr,<type> - information about kernel thread states:
r - average number of runnable kernel threads (float)
b - average number of kernel threads placed in the Virtual Memory Manager wait queue (float)
memory,<type> - information about the usage of virtual and real memory:
avm - active virtual pages (integer)
fre - size of the free list (integer)
page,<type> - information about page faults and paging activity:
fi - file page-ins per second (float)
fo - file page-outs per second (float)
pi - pages paged in from paging space (float)
po - pages paged out to paging space (float)
fr - pages freed (page replacement) (float)
sr - pages scanned by page-replacement algorithm (float)
faults,<type> - trap and interrupt rate:
Virtual memory statistics Numeric value in - device interrupts (float)
sy - system calls (float)
cs - kernel thread context switches (float)
cpu,<type> - breakdown of percentage usage of processor time:
us - user time (float)
sy - system time (float)
id - idle time (float)
wa - idle time during which the system had outstanding disk/NFS I/O request(s) (float)
pc - number of physical processors consumed (float)
ec - the percentage of entitled capacity consumed (float)
lbusy - indicates the percentage of logical processor(s) utilization that occurred while executing at the user and system level (float)
app - indicates the available physical processors in the shared pool (float)
disk,<type> - disk statistics:
bps - indicates the amount of data transferred (read or written) to the drive in bytes per second (integer)
tps - indicates the number of transfers per second that were issued to the physical disk/tape (float)
This item is supported starting from version 1.8.1.

system.swap.in[<device>,<type>]
device - swap device (default is all), type - one of count
Example: system.swap.in[,pages]
Swap in. Swap statistics (default, number of swapins), sectors (sectors swapped in),
Old naming: swap[in]
pages (pages swapped in)

system.swap.out[<device>,<type>]
Example: system.swap.out[,pages]
Swap out. Swap statistics (default, number of swapouts), sectors (sectors swapped
Old naming: swap[out]
out), pages (pages swapped out)

system.swap.size[<device>,<type>]
device - swap device (default is all), type - one of free
Number of bytes or (default, free swap space), total (total swap space), pfree Example: system.swap.size[,pfree] - percentage of free swap space
Swap space.
percentage (free swap space, percentage), pused (used swap space, Old naming: system.swap.free, system.swap.total
percentage)

system.uname
Example of returned value:
Returns detailed host
String value FreeBSD localhost 4.4-RELEASE FreeBSD 4.4-RELEASE #0: Tue Sep 18 11:57:08
information.
PDT 2001 murray@builder.FreeBSD.org: /usr/src/sys/compile/GENERIC i386

system.uptime
System's uptime in seconds. Number of seconds Use Units s or uptime to get readable values.

system.users.num
Number of users connected. Number of users Command who is used on agent side.

vfs.dev.read[device,<type>,<mode>]
Example: vfs.dev.read[,operations] Old naming: io[*]
device - disk device (default is all)
On Linux and FreeBSD vfs.dev.read[<device>, ops/bps/sps] is limited to 8 devices
type - one of sectors, operations, bytes, sps, ops, bps (must
(7 individual devices and one “all” device)
specify exactly which parameter to use, since defaults are
Disk read statistics. Numeric value
different under various OSes)
Supports LVM since Zabbix 1.8.6.
minutes), avg15
Until Zabbix 1.8.6, only relative device names may be used (for example, sda),
since 1.8.6 optional /dev/ prefix may be used (for example, /dev/sda)

vfs.dev.write[device,<type>,<mode>]
Example: vfs.dev.write[,operations] Old naming: io[*]
On Linux and FreeBSD vfs.dev.write[<device>, ops/bps/sps] is limited to 8 devices
Disk write statistics. Numeric value
minutes), avg15

vfs.file.cksum[file]
1938292000
File checksum,
Calculate file checksum calculated by algorithm file - full path to file Example:
used by UNIX cksum. vfs.file.cksum[/etc/passwd]

Old naming: cksum

vfs.file.exists[file]
0 - file does not exist
Check if file exists file - full path to file Example: vfs.file.exists[/tmp/application.pid]
1 - file exists

vfs.file.md5sum[file]
b5052decb577e0fffd622d6ddc017e82

File's MD5 checksum MD5 hash of the file. file - full path to file Example:
vfs.file.md5sum[/etc/zabbix/zabbix_agentd.conf]

The file size limit (64 MB) for this item was removed in version 1.8.6.

vfs.file.regexp[file,regexp,<encoding>]
file - full path to file
Matched string or EOF if
Find string in a file regexp - GNU regular expression Example: vfs.file.regexp[/etc/passwd,zabbix]
expression not found

vfs.file.regmatch[file,regexp,<encoding>]
0 - expression not found
Find string in a file regexp - GNU regular expression Example: vfs.file.regmatch[/var/log/app.log,error]
1 - found

vfs.file.size[file]

第47页共155页


File must have read permissions for user zabbix
File size Size in bytes. file - full path to file
Example: vfs.file.size[/var/log/syslog]

vfs.file.time[file,<mode>]
File time information. Number of seconds. mode - one of modify (default, modification time), access - Example: vfs.file.time[/etc/passwd,modify]
last access time, change - last change time

vfs.fs.inode[fs,<mode>]
fs - filesystem
Example: vfs.fs.inode[/,pfree] Old naming: vfs.fs.inode.free[*],
Number of inodes Numeric value mode - one of total (default), free, used, pfree (free,
vfs.fs.inode.pfree[*], vfs.fs.inode.total[*]
percentage), pused (used, percentage)

vfs.fs.size[fs,<mode>]
fs - filesystem In case of a mounted volume, disk space for local file system is returned.
Disk space Disk space in bytes mode - one of total (default), free, used, pfree (free, Example: vfs.fs.size[/tmp,free] Old naming: vfs.fs.free[*], vfs.fs.total[*],
percentage), pused (used, percentage) vfs.fs.used[*], vfs.fs.pfree[*], vfs.fs.pused[*]

vm.memory.size[<mode>]
mode - one of total (default), shared, free, buffers, cached, Old naming: vm.memory.buffers, vm.memory.cached, vm.memory.free,
Memory size Memory size in bytes
pfree, available vm.memory.shared, vm.memory.total

web.page.get[host,<path>,<port>]
host - hostname
Returns EOF on fail. Example:
Get content of WEB page WEB page source as text path - path to HTML document (default is /)
web.page.get[www.zabbix.com,index.php,80]
port - port number (default is 80)

web.page.perf[host,<path>,<port>]
host - hostname
Get timing of loading full WEB Returns 0 on fail. Example:
Time in seconds path - path to HTML document (default is /)
page web.page.perf[www.zabbix.com,index.php,80]

web.page.regexp[host,<path>,<port>,<regexp>,<length>]
host - hostname
path - path to HTML document (default is /) Returns EOF in case of no match or any other failures (such as timeout, failed
Get first occurrence of regexp
Matched string port - port number (default is 80) connection, etc). Example:
in WEB page
regexp - GNU regular expression web.page.regexp[www.zabbix.com,index.php,80,OK,2]
length - maximum number of characters to return

Linux-specific note. Zabbix agent must have read-only access to filesystem /proc. Kernel patches from www.grsecurity.org [http://www.grsecurity.org] limit access rights of
non-privileged users.

19.5 WIN32-specific parameters

This section contains descriptions of parameters supported by Zabbix WIN32 agent only.

Key
▲ Description Return value Comments

perf_counter[counter,<interval>]
Value of any performance counter, Performance Monitor can be used to obtain list of available counters. Until version 1.6 this parameter will return
Average value of the “counter” during last
where “counter” is the counter path, correct value only for counters that require just one sample (like SystemThreads). It will not work as expected for
“interval” seconds. Default value, if not
and “interval” is the time period for counters that require more that one sample - like CPU utilisation. Since 1.6 interval is used, so the check returns an
given, for “interval” is 1.
storing the average value. average value for last “interval” seconds every time.

service_state[*]
0 – running
1 – paused
2 - start pending
3 - pause pending
State of service. Parameter is service
4 - continue pending Parameter must be real service name as seen in service properties under “Name:” or name of EXE file.
name.
5 - stop pending
6 – stopped
7 - unknown
255 – no such service

services[<type>,<state>,<exclude>]
type - one of all (default), automatic,
manual, disabled
state - one of all (default), stopped,
started, start_pending, stop_pending,
running, continue_pending, Examples:
pause_pending, paused services[,started] - list of started services
List of services, separated by a newline
exclude - list of services to exclude it from services[automatic, stopped] - list of stopped services, that should be run
or 0, if list would be empty.
the result. services[automatic, stopped, “service1,service2,service3”] -list of stopped services, that should be run, excluding
Excluded services should be written in services with names service1,service2 and service3
double quotes, separated by comma,
without spaces.
This parameter is supported starting
from version 1.8.1.

proc_info[<process>,<attribute>,<type>]
The following attributes are currently supported:
vmsize - Size of process virtual memory in Kbytes
wkset - Size of process working set (amount of physical memory used by process) in Kbytes
pf - Number of page faults
ktime - Process kernel time in milliseconds
utime - Process user time in milliseconds
io_read_b - Number of bytes read by process during I/O operations
io_read_op - Number of read operation performed by process
io_write_b - Number of bytes written by process during I/O operations
io_write_op - Number of write operation performed by process
io_other_b - Number of bytes transferred by process during operations other than read and write operations
<process> - process name (same as in io_other_op - Number of I/O operations performed by process, other than read and write operations
proc_cnt[] parameter) gdiobj - Number of GDI objects used by process
Different information about specific <attribute> - requested process attribute. userobj - Number of USER objects used by process
process(es). <type> - representation type (meaningful
when more than one process with the Valid types are:
same name exists) min - minimal value among all processes named <process>
max - maximal value among all processes named <process>
avg - average value for all processes named <process>
sum - sum of values for all processes named <process>

Examples:
1. In order to get the amount of physical memory taken by all Internet Explorer processes, use the following
parameter: proc_info[iexplore.exe,wkset,sum]
2. In order to get the average number of page faults for Internet Explorer processes, use the following parameter:
proc_info[iexplore.exe,pf,avg]
Note: All io_xxx,gdiobj and userobj attributes available only on Windows 2000 and later versions of Windows, not on
Windows NT 4.0.

19.6 SNMP Agent

Zabbix must be configured with SNMP support in order to be able to retrieve data provided by SNMP agents.

If monitoring SNMPv3 devices, make sure that msgAuthoritativeEngineID (also known as snmpEngineID or “Engine ID”) is never shared by two devices. It must be unique
for each device.

For SNMPv3 privacy and authentication currently MD5 and DES protocols are supported.

The following steps have to be performed in order to add monitoring of SNMP parameters:

Step 1

第48页共155页


Create a host for the SNMP device.

Enter an IP address and a port of 161. Set the host Status to NOT MONITORED. You can use the host.SNMP template which will automatically add the set of items.
However, the template may not be compatible with the host.

Step 2

Find out the SNMP string of the item you want to monitor.

After creating the host, use 'snmpwalk' (part of ucd-snmp/net-snmp [http://www.net-snmp.org/] software which you should have installed as part of the Zabbix installation)
or equivalent tool:

shell> snmpwalk <host or host IP> public

This will give you a list of SNMP strings and their last value. If it doesn't then it is possible that the SNMP 'community' is different from the standard public in which case
you will need to find out what it is. You would then go through the list until you find the string you want to monitor, e.g. you wanted to monitor the bytes coming in to
your switch on port 3 you would use:

interfaces.ifTable.ifEntry.ifOctetsIn.3 = Counter 32: 614794138

You should now use the snmpget command to find the OID for interfaces.ifTable.ifEntry.ifInOctets.3:

shell> snmpget -On 10.62.1.22 interfaces.ifTable.ifEntry.ifOctetsIn.3

where the last number in the string is the port number you are looking to monitor. This should give you something like the following:

.1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10.3 = Counter32: 614794138

again the last number in the OID is the port number.

3COM seem to use port numbers in the hundreds, e.g. port 1 = port 101, port 3 = port 103, but Cisco use regular numbers, e.g. port 3 = 3.

Step 3

Create an item for monitoring.

So, now go back to Zabbix and click on Items, selecting the SNMP host you created earlier. Depending on whether you used a template or not when creating your host,
you will have either a list of SNMP items associated with your host or just a new item box. We will work on the assumption that you are going to create the item yourself
using the information you have just gathered using snmpwalk and snmpget, so enter a plain English description in the 'Description' field of the new item box. Make sure
the 'Host' field has your switch/router in it and change the 'Type' field to “SNMPv* agent”. Enter the community (usually public) and enter the numeric OID that you
retrieved earlier in to the 'SNMP OID' field, i.e. .1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10.3

Enter the 'SNMP port' as 161 and the 'Key' as something meaningful, e.g. SNMP-InOctets-Bps. Choose a Multiplier if you want one and enter an 'update interval' and 'keep
history' if you want it to be different from the default. Set the 'Status' to Monitored, the 'Type of information' to Numeric (float) and the 'Store value' to DELTA (important
otherwise you will get cumulative values from the SNMP device instead of the latest change).

Now save the item and go back to the hosts area of Zabbix. From here check that the SNMP device Status shows 'Monitored' and check in Latest data for your SNMP data!

Example 1

General example

Community public
Oid 1.2.3.45.6.7.8.0 (or .1.2.3.45.6.7.8.0)
<Unique string to be used as reference to triggers>
Key
For example, ‘my_param’.

Note that OID can be given in either numeric or string form. However, in some cases, string OID must be converted to numeric representation. Utility snmpget may be
used for this purpose:

shell> snmpget -On localhost public enterprises.ucdavis.memory.memTotalSwap.0

Monitoring of SNMP parameters is possible if either -with-net-snmp or -with-ucd-snmp flag was specified while configuring Zabbix sources.

Example 2

Monitoring of Uptime

Community public
Oid MIB::sysUpTime.0
Key router.uptime
Value type Float
Units uptime
Multiplier 0.01

19.7 Simple checks

Simple checks are normally used for agent-less monitoring or for remote checks of services. Note that Zabbix agent is not needed for simple checks. Zabbix server is
responsible for processing of simple checks (making external connections, etc).

All simple checks, except tcp and tcp_perf, accept one optional parameter:

port - port number. If missing, standard default service port is used.

Examples of using simple checks:

ftp,155
http
http_perf,8080

IP is taken from the Zabbix host definition.

Checking of encrypted protocols (like IMAP on port 993 or POP on port 995) is currently not supported. As a workaround, please use tcp and tcp_perf for checks like these.

List of supported simple checks:

Key
▲ Description Return value

ftp,<port>
0 - FTP server is down
Checks if FTP server is running and accepting connections 1 - FTP server is running
2 - timeout

第49页共155页


ftp_perf,<port>
Checks if FTP server is running and accepting connections
Otherwise, number of seconds spent connecting to FTP server.

http,<port>
0 - HTTP server is down
Checks if HTTP server is running and accepting connections 1 - HTTP server is running
2 - timeout

http_perf,<port>
0 - HTTP (WEB) server is down
Checks if HTTP (WEB) server is running and accepting connections
Otherwise, number of seconds spent connecting to HTTP server.

icmpping[<target>,<packets>,<interval>,<size>,<timeout>]
Checks if server is accessible by ICMP ping
target - host IP or DNS name
packets - number of packets 0 - ICMP ping fails
interval - time between successive packets in milliseconds 1 - ICMP ping successful
size - packet size in bytes
timeout - timeout in milliseconds

icmppingloss[<target>,<packets>,<interval>,<size>,<timeout>]
Return percentage of lost packets
packets - number of packets
Loss of packets in percents
interval - time between successive packets in milliseconds

icmppingsec[<target>,<packets>,<interval>,<size>,<timeout>,<mode>]
Return ICMP ping response time
interval - time between successive packets in milliseconds Number of seconds
mode - one of min, max, avg (default)

imap,<port>
0 - IMAP server is down
Checks if IMAP server is running and accepting connections 1 - IMAP server is running
2 - timeout

imap_perf,<port>
Checks if IMAP server is running and accepting connections
Otherwise, number of seconds spent connecting to IMAP server.

ldap,<port>
0 - LDAP server is down
Checks if LDAP server is running and accepting connections 1 - LDAP server is running
2 - timeout

ldap_perf,<port>
Checks if LDAP server is running and accepting connections
Otherwise, number of seconds spent connecting to LDAP server.

nntp,<port>
0 - NNTP server is down
Checks if NNTP server is running and accepting connections 1 - NNTP server is running
2 - timeout

nntp_perf,<port>
Checks if NNTP server is running and accepting connections
Otherwise, number of seconds spent connecting to NNTP server.

ntp,<port>
0 - NTP server is down
Checks if NTP server is running and accepting connections 1 - NTP server is running
2 - timeout

ntp_perf,<port>
Checks if NTP server is running and accepting connections
Otherwise, number of seconds spent connecting to NTP server.

pop,<port>
0 - POP server is down
Checks if POP server is running and accepting connections 1 - POP server is running
2 - timeout

pop_perf,<port>
Checks if POP server is running and accepting connections
Otherwise, number of seconds spent connecting to POP server.

smtp,<port>
0 - SMTP server is down
Checks if SMTP server is running and accepting connections 1 - SMTP server is running
2 - timeout

smtp_perf,<port>
Checks if SMTP server is running and accepting connections
Otherwise, number of seconds spent connecting to SMTP server.

ssh,<port>
0 - SSH server is down
Checks if SSH server is running and accepting connections 1 - SSH server is running
2 - timeout

ssh_perf,<port>
Checks if SSH server is running and accepting connections
Otherwise, number of seconds spent connecting to SSH server.

tcp,port
0 - TCP service is down
Checks if TCP service is running and accepting connections 1 - TCP service is running
2 - timeout

tcp_perf,port
0 - the service on the port is down
Checks if TCP service is running and accepting connections
Otherwise, number of seconds spent connecting to the TCP service.

Timeout processing

Zabbix will not process a simple check longer than Timeout seconds defined in Zabbix server configuration file.

In case if Timeout time is exceeded, 2 is returned.

ICMP pings

Zabbix uses external utility fping for processing of ICMP pings. The utility is not part of Zabbix distribution and has to be additionally installed. If the utility is missing, has
wrong permissions or its location does not match FpingLocation defined in configuration file, ICMP pings (icmpping, icmppingsec and icmppingloss) will not be
processed.

第50页共155页


fping must be executable by user Zabbix daemons run as and setuid root. Run these commands as user root in order to setup correct permissions:

shell> chown root:zabbix /usr/sbin/fping
shell> chmod 710 /usr/sbin/fping
shell> chmod ug+s /usr/sbin/fping

The default values for ICMP checks parameters:

Parameter Value Description fping flag Min Max
packets 3 pings to the target -c 1 10000
interval 25 milliseconds, “fping” default -p 20
size 56 or 68 bytes, “fping” default; 56 bytes on x86, 68 bytes on x86_64 -b 24 65507
timeout 500 milliseconds, “fping” default -t 50

Warning: fping defaults can differ depending on platform and version - if in doubt, check fping documentation.

Zabbix writes addresses to be checked to a temporary file, which is then passed to fping. If items have different parameters, only ones with identical parameters are
written to a single file.

19.8 Internal checks

Internal checks allow monitoring of the internals of Zabbix. Internal checks are calculated by Zabbix server.

Internal checks are still processed by Zabbix pollers.
Key
▲ Description Comments

zabbix[boottime]
Startup time of Zabbix server process in seconds. In seconds since the epoch.

zabbix[history]
Number of values stored in table HISTORY Do not use if MySQL InnoDB, Oracle or PostgreSQL is used!

zabbix[history_log]
Do not use if MySQL InnoDB, Oracle or PostgreSQL is used!
Number of values stored in table HISTORY_LOG

zabbix[history_str]
Number of values stored in table HISTORY_STR Do not use if MySQL InnoDB, Oracle or PostgreSQL is used!

zabbix[history_text]
Number of values stored in table HISTORY_TEXT

zabbix[history_uint]
Number of values stored in table HISTORY_UINT

zabbix[items]
Number of items in Zabbix database

zabbix[items_unsupported]
Number of unsupported items in Zabbix database

zabbix[log]
Character. Add item with this key to have Zabbix internal messages
Stores warning and error messages generated by Zabbix server.
stored.

zabbix[process,<type>,<mode>,<state>]
The following process types are currently supported:
alerter - process for sending notifications
configuration syncer - process for managing in-memory cache of
configuration data
db watchdog - sender of a warning message in case DB is not
available
discoverer - process for discovery of devices
escalator - process for escalation of actions
history syncer - history DB writer
http poller - web monitoring poller
housekeeper - process for removal of old historical data
icmp pinger - poller for icmpping checks
ipmi poller - poller for IPMI checks
node watcher - process for sending historical data and configuration
changes between nodes
self-monitoring - process for collecting internal server statistics
poller - normal poller for passive checks
proxy poller - poller for passive proxies
Time a particular Zabbix process or a group of processes (identified by <type> and <mode>) spent in <state> in percentage. It is timer - process for evaluation of time-related trigger functions and
calculated for last minute only. maintenances
trapper - trapper for active checks, traps, inter-node and -proxy
If <mode> is Zabbix process number that is not running (for example, with 5 pollers running <mode> is specified to be 6), such an communication
item will turn into unsupported state. unreachable poller - poller for unreachable devices
Minimum and maximum refers to the usage percentage for a single process. So if in a group of 3 pollers usage percentages per Note: You can also see these process types in a server log file.
process were 2, 18 and 66, min would return 2 and max would return 66.
Processes report what they are doing in shared memory and the self-monitoring process summarizes that data each second. State Valid modes are:
changes (busy/idle) are registered upon change - thus a process that becomes busy registers as such and doesn't change or update avg - average value for all processes of a given type (default)
the state until it becomes idle. This ensures that even fully hung processes will be correctly registered as 100% busy. count - returns number of forks for a given process type, <state>
Currently, “busy” means “not sleeping”, but in the future additional states might be introduced - waiting for locks, performing should not be specified
database queries, etc. max - maximum value
On Linux and most other systems, resolution is 1/100 of a second. min - minimum value
<process number> - process number (between 1 and the number of
pre-forked instances). For example, if 4 trappers are running, the
value is between 1 and 4.

Valid states are:
busy - process is in busy state, for example, processing request
(default).
idle - process is in idle state doing nothing.

Examples:
zabbix[process,poller,avg,busy] - average time of poller processes
spent doing something during the last minute
zabbix[process,”icmp pinger”,max,busy] - maximum time spent doing
something by any ICMP pinger process during the last minute
zabbix[process,trapper,count] - amount of currently running trapper
processes


zabbix[proxy,<name>,<param>]
<name> - Proxy name
List of supported parameters (<param>):
lastaccess – timestamp of last heart beat message received from
Access to Proxy related information. Proxy
For example, zabbix[proxy,”Germany”,lastaccess]
Trigger function fuzzytime() can be used to check availability of
proxies.

zabbix[queue,<from>,<to>]
<from> - default: 6 seconds
<to> - default: infinity
Number of server monitored items in the Queue which are delayed by <from> to <to> seconds, inclusive.
Suffixes s,m,h,d,w are supported for these parameters.
Parameters from and to are supported starting from version 1.8.3.

第51页共155页


zabbix[requiredperformance]
Approximately correlates with “Required server performance, new
Required performance of the Zabbix server, in new values per second expected. values per second” in Reports → Status of Zabbix. Supported since
Zabbix 1.6.2.

zabbix[trends]
Number of values stored in table TRENDS Do not use if MySQL InnoDB, Oracle or PostgreSQL is used!

zabbix[trends_uint]
Number of values stored in table TRENDS_UINT

zabbix[triggers]
Number of triggers in Zabbix database

zabbix[uptime]
Uptime of Zabbix server process in seconds.

zabbix[wcache,<cache>,<mode>]
Cache Mode
all Number of values processed by Zabbix server, except not supported. It is the best indicator of Zabbix performance.
float
uint
values str
log
text
not supported Number of processed not supported items. This item is supported starting from version 1.8.6.
pfree Free space in the history buffer in percentage. Low number indicates performance problems on the database side.
total
history
used
free
pfree
total
trend
used
free
pfree
total
text
used
free

zabbix[rcache,<cache>,<mode>]
Cache Mode
pfree
total
buffer
used
free

19.9 Aggregated checks

Aggregate checks do not require any agent running on a host being monitored. Zabbix server collects aggregate information by doing direct database queries.

Syntax of an aggregate item's key

groupfunc["Host group","Item key","item func","parameter"]

Supported group functions:

GROUP FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
grpavg Average value
grpmax Maximum value
grpmin Minimum value
grpsum Sum of values

Supported item functions:

ITEM FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
avg Average value
count Number of values
last Last value
max Maximum value
min Minimum value
sum Sum of values

Examples of keys for aggregate items:

Example 1

Total disk space of host group 'MySQL Servers'.

grpsum["MySQL Servers","vfs.fs.size[/,total]","last","0"]

Example 2

Average processor load of host group 'MySQL Servers'.

grpavg["MySQL Servers","system.cpu.load[,avg1]","last","0"]

Example 3

Average (5min) number of queries per second for host group 'MySQL Servers'

grpavg["MySQL Servers","mysql.qps","avg","300"]

19.10 External checks

External check is a check executed by Zabbix Server by running a shell script or a binary.

External checks do not require any agent running on a host being monitored.

Syntax of item's key:

第52页共155页


script[parameters]
* script – name of the script.
* parameters – list of command line parameters.

If you don't want to pass your parameters to the script you may use:

script[] or
script <- this simplified syntax is supported starting from Zabbix 1.8.1

Zabbix server will find and execute the command in the directory defined in configuration parameter ExternalScripts in zabbix_server.conf. The command will be
executed as the user Zabbix server runs as, so any access permissions or environment variables should be handled in a wrapper script, if necessary, and permissions on
the command should allow that user to execute it. Only commands in the specified directory are available.

This directory is located on the Zabbix server. For custom command execution using Zabbix agents see user parameter documentation.

First command line parameter is host name, other parameters are substituted by parameters.

Zabbix uses the standard output of the script as the value. Standard error and exit code are discarded.

Do not overuse external checks! It can decrease performance of the Zabbix system a lot.
Example 1

Execute script check_oracle.sh with parameters ”-h 192.168.1.4”. Host name 'www1.company.com'.

check_oracle.sh[-h 192.168.1.4]

Zabbix will execute:

check_oracle.sh www1.company.com -h 192.168.1.4.

19.11 SSH checks

Zabbix must be configured with SSH2 support.

The minimal supported libssh2 library version is 1.0.0.

SSH checks are used for agent-less monitoring. Note that Zabbix agent is not needed for SSH checks.

Actual commands to be executed must be placed in the Executed script field in the item configuration. Multiple commands can be executed one after another by placing
them on a new line.

Key Description Comments
ssh.run[<unique short description>,<ip>,<port>,<encoding>] Run a command by using SSH remote session

19.12 Telnet checks

Telnet checks are used for agent-less monitoring. Zabbix agent is not needed for Telnet checks.

them on a new line.

Till version 1.8.1, supported characters that the prompt can end with:

$
#
>

Zabbix version 1.8.2 adds support for additional character:

%

telnet.run[<unique short description>,<ip>,<port>,<encoding>] Run a command on a remote device using telnet connection

19.13 Calculated items

Support of calculated items was introduced in Zabbix 1.8.1

Calculated items is a way of creating virtual data sources. Item values will be periodically calculated based on an arithmetical expression.

Resulting data will be stored in the Zabbix database as for any other item - this means storing both history and trends values for fast graph generation. Calculated items
may be used in trigger expressions, referenced by macros or other entities same as any other item type.

To use calculated items, choose item type Calculated. You can create any key name using supported symbols. Calculation definition should be entered in the Formula
field (named Expression in 1.8.1 and 1.8.2). Key is a unique identifier (per host), using allowed symbols. There is virtually no connection between the formula and key.
Key parameters are not used in formula in any way - variables may be passed to the formula with user macros.

All items that are referenced from the calculated item formula must be created and collecting data.

A very simple formula might look like:

func(<key>|<hostname:key>,<parameter1>,<parameter2>,...)

More complex formula may use a combination of functions, operators and brackets. You could use all functions and operators supported in trigger expressions. Note that
syntax is slightly different, however logic and operator precedence are exactly the same.

ARGUMENT DEFINITION
func One of functions supported by trigger expressions: last, min, max, avg, count, etc
host:key Is a reference to an item. It may be defined as key or hostname:key
parameter(s) Optional parameters

Supported characters for a hostname:

a..zA..Z0..9 ._-

Supported characters for a key:

a..zA..Z0..9.,_

Supported characters for a function:

a..zA..Z0..9_

Unlike trigger expressions, Zabbix processes calculated items according to item update interval, not upon receiving a new value. Also if you change item key of a
referenced item, you have to update all formulas that used the old key manually.

第53页共155页


A calculated item may become unsupported in several cases:

1. referenced item(s) not found
2. no data to calculate a function
3. division by zero
4. syntax errors

Example 1

Calculate percentage of free disk space on '/'.

Use of function last:

100*last("vfs.fs.size[/,free]")/last("vfs.fs.size[/,total]")

Zabbix will take the latest values for free and total disk spaces and calculate percentage according to the given formula.

Example 2

Calculate 10 minute average number of values processed by Zabbix.

Use of function avg:

avg("Zabbix Server:zabbix[wcache,values]",600)

Note that extensive use of calculated items with long time periods may affect performance of the Zabbix Server.

Example 3

Calculate total bandwidth on eth0.

Sum of two functions:

last("net.if.in[eth0,bytes]")+last("net.if.out[eth0,bytes]")

Example 4

Calculate percentage of incoming traffic.

More complex expression:

100*last("net.if.in[eth0,bytes]")/(last("net.if.in[eth0,bytes]")+last("net.if.out[eth0,bytes]"))

19 Items
An Item is a single performance or availability check (metric).

19.1 Item key

19.1.1 Flexible and non-flexible parameters

A flexible parameter is a parameter which accepts an argument. For example, vfs.fs.size[*] is a flexible parameter. '*' is any string that will be passed as an argument to
the parameter. Correct definition examples:

vfs.fs.size[/]
vfs.fs.size[/opt]

19.1.2 Key format

Item key format, including key parameters, must follow syntax rules. The following illustrations depict supported syntax. Allowed elements and characters at each point
can be determined by following the arrows - if some block can be reached through the line, it is allowed, if not - it is not allowed.

Item key

To construct a valid item key, one starts with specifying the key name, then there's a choice to either have parameters or not - as depicted by the two lines that could be
followed.

Key name

The key name itself has a limited range of allowed characters, which just follow each other. Allowed characters are:

0-9a-zA-Z_-.

Which means:

all numbers;
all lowercase letters;
all uppercase letters;
underscore;
dash;
dot.

Key parameters

An item key can have multiple parameters that are comma separated.

第54页共155页


Individual key parameter

Each key parameter can be either a quoted string, an unquoted string or an array.

The parameter can also be left empty, thus using the default value. In that case, the appropriate number of commas must be added if any further parameters are
specified. For example, item key icmpping[,,200,,500] would specify that the interval between individual pings is 200 milliseconds, timeout - 500 milliseconds, and all
other parameters are left at their defaults.

Parameter - quoted string

If the key parameter is a quoted string, any Unicode character is allowed, and included double quotes must be backslash escaped.

Parameter - unquoted string

If the key parameter is an unquoted string, any Unicode character is allowed except comma and right square bracket (]).

Parameter - array

If the key parameter is an array, it is again enclosed in square brackets, where individual parameters come following multiple parameters specifying rules and syntax.

19.1.3 Available encodings

The parameter “encoding” is used to specify encoding for processing corresponding item checks, so that data acquired will not be corrupted. For a list of supported
encodings (code page identifiers), please consult respective documentation, such as documentation for libiconv [http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv/] (GNU Project) or
Microsoft Windows SDK documentation for “Code Page Identifiers”. If an empty “encoding” parameter is passed, then ANSI with system specific extension (Windows) or
UTF-8 (default locale for newer Unix/Linux distributions, see your system's settings) is used by default.

19.2 Unsupported items

An item can become unsupported if its value can not be retrieved for some reason. Such items are still rechecked at a fixed interval, configurable in Administration
section.

19.3 Supported by Platform

In the following lists parameters that are included in angle brackets <like_this> are optional.

Items marked with “X” are supported, the ones marked with ”-” are not supported.
If an item is marked with ”?”, it is not known whether it is supported or not.
If an item is marked with “r”, it means that it requires root privileges.
If a parameter is marked with “i”, it means that it is ignored.
NetBSD
OpenBSD
Mac OS/X
Tru64
AIX
HP-UX
Solaris ▼▼
▼▼
FreeBSD ▼▼
▼▼
Linux 2.6 ▼▼
▼▼
Linux 2.4 ▼▼
▼▼
Windows ▼▼
▼▼
Parameter / system ▼▼
▼▼ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
agent.ping X X X X X X X X X X X

第55页共155页


agent.version X X X X X X X X X X X
kernel.maxfiles - X X X - - - ? ? X X
kernel.maxproc - - X X X - - ? ? X X
log[file,<regexp>,<encoding>,<maxlines>] X X X X X X X X X X X
logrt[file_format,<regexp>,<encoding>,<maxlines>] X X X X X X X X X X X
eventlog[name,<regexp>,<severity>,<source>,<eventid>,
X - - - - - - - - - -
<maxlines>]
net.if.collisions[if] - X X X X - X - - X r
net.if.in[if,<mode>] X X X X X - X - - X r
mode ▲
dropped X X X X - - - - - X r
net.if.list X - - - - - - - - - -
net.if.out[if,<mode>] X X X X X - X - - X r
mode ▲
dropped X X X - - - - - - - -
net.if.total[if,<mode>] X X X X X - X - - X r
mode ▲
dropped X X X - - - - - - - -
net.tcp.dns[<ip>,zone] - X X X X X X X X X X
net.tcp.dns.query[<ip>,zone,<type>] - X X X X X X X X X X
net.tcp.listen[port] X X X X X - - - - - -
net.tcp.port[<ip>,port] X X X X X X X X X X X
net.tcp.service[service,<ip>,<port>] X X X X X X X X - X X
net.tcp.service.perf[service,<ip>,<port>] X X X X X X X X - X X
net.udp.listen[port] - X X - - - - - - - -
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
proc.mem[<name>,<user>,<mode>,<cmdline>] - X X X X - X X ? X X
sum (default) - X X X X - X X ? X X
avg - X X X X - X X ? X X
mode ▲
max - X X X X - X X ? X X
min - X X X X - X X ? X X
proc.num[<name>,<user>,<state>,<cmdline>] X X X X X - X X ? X X
all (default) - X X X X - X X ? X X
sleep - X X X X - X X ? X X
state ▲
zomb - X X X X - X X ? X X
run - X X X X - X X ? X X
sensor[device,sensor,<mode>] - X - - - - - - - X -
services[<type>,<state>,<exclude>] X - - - - - - - - - -
system.boottime - X X X X - - - - X X
system.cpu.intr - X X X X - X - - X X
system.cpu.load[<cpu>,<mode>] X X X X X X - X ? X X
avg1 (default) X X X X X X - X ? X X
mode ▲ avg5 X X X X X X - X ? X X
avg15 X X X X X X - X ? X X
system.cpu.num[<type>] X X X X X X X - - X X
online (default) X X X X X X X - - X X
type ▲
max - X X X X - - - - - -
system.cpu.switches - X X X X - X - - X X
system.cpu.util[<cpu>,<type>,<mode>] X X X X X X X X ? X X
user (default) - X X X X X X X ? X X
nice - X X X - X - X ? X X
idle - X X X X X X X ? X X
system X X X X - X X X ? X X
kernel - - - - X - - - - - -
type ▲
iowait - - X - - - X - - - -
wait - - - - X - - - - - -
interrupt - - X X - - - - - X -
softirq - - X - - - - - - - -
steal - - X - - - - - - - -
avg1 (default) X X X X - X X X ? X -
mode ▲ avg5 X X X X - X X - ? X -
avg15 X X X X - X X - ? X -
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
system.hostname[<type>] X X X X X X X X X X X
system.localtime X X X X X X X X X X X
utc (default) X X X X X X X X X X X
type ▲
local X X X X X X X X X X X
system.run[command,<mode>] X X X X X X X X X X X
wait (default) X X X X X X X X X X X
mode ▲
nowait X X X X X X X X X X X
system.stat[resource,<type>] - - - - - - X - - - -
system.swap.in[<device>,<type>] - X X - X - - - - X -
type ▲ sectors - X X - - - - - - - -
pages - X X - X - - - - X -
system.swap.out[<device>,<type>] - X X - X - - - - X -
type ▲ sectors - X X - - - - - - - -
pages - X X - X - - - - X -
system.swap.size[<device>,<type>] X X X X X - - X ? X -
free (default) X X X X X - - X ? X -
total X X X X X - - X ? X -
type ▲
used - X X X - - - - - X -
pfree - X X X X - - - ? X -

第56页共155页


pused - X X X X - - - ? X -
system.uname X X X X X X X X - X X
system.uptime X X X X X - X ? ? X X
system.users.num - X X X X X X X - X X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
vfs.dev.read[device,<type>,<mode>] - X X X X - - - - X -
bytes - - - X X - - - - X -
type ▲
sps - X X - - - - - - - -
ops - X X X - - - - - - -
bps - - - X - - - - - - -
avg1 - X X X - - - - - i -
mode ▲ avg5 - X X X - - - - - i -
avg15 - X X X - - - - - i -
vfs.dev.write[device,<type>,<mode>] - X X X X - - - - X -
bytes - - - X X - - - - X -
type ▲
sps - X X - - - - - - - -
ops - X X X - - - - - - -
bps - - - X - - - - - - -
avg1 (default) - X X X - - - - - i -
mode ▲ avg5 - X X X - - - - - i -
avg15 - X X X - - - - - i -
vfs.file.cksum[file] X X X X X X X X - X X
vfs.file.exists[file] X X X X X X X X X X X
vfs.file.md5sum[file] X X X X X X X X - X X
vfs.file.regexp[file,regexp,<encoding>] X X X X X X X X - X X
vfs.file.regmatch[file,regexp,<encoding>] X X X X X X X X - X X
vfs.file.size[file] X X X X X X X X - X X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
vfs.file.time[file,<mode>] X X X X X X X X - X X
modify (default) X X X X X X X X - X X
mode ▲ access X X X X X X X X - X X
change X X X X X X X X - X X
vfs.fs.inode[fs,<mode>] - X X X X X X X ? X X
total (default) - X X X X X X X ? X X
free - X X X X X X X ? X X
mode ▲ used - X X X X X X X ? X X
pfree - X X X X X X X ? X X
pused - X X X X X X X ? X X
vfs.fs.size[fs,<mode>] X X X X X X X X ? X X
mode ▲ used X X X X X X X X ? X X
pfree X X X X X X X X ? X X
pused X X X X X X X X ? X X
vm.memory.size[<mode>] X X X X X X X X ? X X
used - - - X - - - - - X X
shared - X X X - X X - ? X X
mode ▲ buffers - X X - - X X - ? X X
cached X X X X - X X - ? X X
pfree X X X X - - - - - X X
pused - - - X - - - - - X X
available - X X - - - - - - - -
web.page.get[host,<path>,<port>] X X X X X X X X X X X
web.page.perf[host,<path>,<port>] X X X X X X X X X X X
web.page.regexp[host,<path>,<port>,<regexp>,<length>] X X X X X X X X X X X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

19.4 Zabbix Agent

List of supported parameters

Key
▲ Description Return value Parameters Comments

agent.ping
Returns '1' if agent is
Can be used as a TCP ping. Use function nodata() to check for host
Check the agent availability. available, nothing if -
unavailability.
unavailable.

agent.version
Version of Zabbix Agent. String - Example of returned value: 1.8.2

kernel.maxfiles
Maximum number of opened
Number of files. Integer.
files supported by OS.

kernel.maxproc
Maximum number of processes Number of processes.
supported by OS. Integer.

log[file,<regexp>,<encoding>,<maxlines>]
file – full file name
Example:
Monitoring of log file. Log. maxlines - Maximum number of new lines per second the
log[/home/zabbix/logs/logfile,,,100]
zabbix_agentd.conf

logrt[file_format,<regexp>,<encoding>,<maxlines>]

第57页共155页


file_format – full file name in format [absolute
path][filename format as regexp]
Example:
Monitoring of log file with log encoding - Code Page identifier
Log. logrt[”/home/zabbix/logs/^logfile[0-9]{1,3}$”,,,100]
rotation support. maxlines - Maximum number of new lines per second the
Log rotation is based on last modification times of files.
zabbix_agentd.conf

eventlog[name,<regexp>,<severity>,<source>,<eventid>,<maxlines>]
name – event log name
Examples:
regexp – regular expression
severity – regular expression
eventlog[Application]
The parameter accepts the following values: “Information”,
“Warning”, “Error”, “Failure Audit”, “Success Audit”
eventlog[Security,,"Failure Audit",,529|680]
Monitoring of event logs. Log. source - Source identifier
eventid - regular expression
eventlog[System,,"Warning|Error"]
maxlines - Maximum number of new lines per second the
eventlog[System,,,,^1$]
zabbix_agentd.conf
eventlog[System,,,,@TWOSHORT] - here custom regular expression TWOSHORT
is defined as type Result is TRUE and expression itself is ^1$|^70$.

net.if.collisions[if]
Number of collisions.
Out-of-window collision. if - interface
Integer.

net.if.in[if,<mode>]
mode –
Network interface incoming bytes number of bytes (default) Examples:
Integer.
statistic. packets number of packets net.if.in[eth0,errors]
errors number of errors net.if.in[eth0]
second statistics.

net.if.list
Supported since Zabbix agent version 1.8.1. Multi-byte interface names supported
since Zabbix agent version 1.8.6. Disabled interfaces are not listed.
List of network interfaces:
String
Type Status IPv4 Description
Note that enabling/disabling some components may change their ordering in the
Windows interface name.

net.if.out[if,<mode>]
mode –
Network interface outgoing bytes number of bytes (default) Examples:
Integer.
statistic. packets number of packets net.if.out[eth0,errors]
errors number of errors net.if.out[eth0]
second statistics.

net.if.total[if,<mode>]
Examples:
if - interface
net.if.total[eth0,errors]
mode –
Sum of network interface net.if.total[eth0]
bytes number of bytes (default)
incoming and outgoing Integer. You may use this key with Delta (speed per second) in order to get bytes per
packets number of packets
statistics. second statistics.
errors number of errors
Note that dropped packets are supported only if both net.if.in and net.if.out work
dropped number of dropped packets
for dropped packets on your platform.

net.tcp.dns[<ip>,zone]
Example:
net.tcp.dns[127.0.0.1,zabbix.com]
0 - DNS is down ip - IP address of DNS server (ignored)
Checks if DNS service is up.
1 - DNS is up zone - zone to test the DNS
names instead.

net.tcp.dns.query[<ip>,zone,<type>]
Example:
net.tcp.dns.query[127.0.0.1,zabbix.com,MX]
type can be one of:
On success returns a A, NS, CNAME, MB, MG, MR, PTR, MD, MF, MX, SOA, NULL, WKS, HINFO, MINFO,
ip - IP address of DNS server (ignored)
Performs a query for the character string with the TXT, SRV
zone - zone to test the DNS
supplied DNS record type. required type of
type - Record type to be queried (default is SOA)
information. SRV record type is supported since Zabbix agent version 1.8.6.

names instead.

net.tcp.listen[port]
Example:
Checks if this TCP port is in 0 - it is not net.tcp.listen[80]
port - TCP port number

net.tcp.port[<ip>,port]
Example:
net.tcp.port[,80] can be used to test availability of WEB server running on port 80.
Check, if it is possible to make
0 - cannot connect ip - IP address(default is 127.0.0.1) Old naming: check_port[*]
TCP connection to port number
1 - can connect port - port number For simple TCP performance testing use net.tcp.[tcp,<ip>,<port>]
port.
Note that these checks may result in additional messages in system daemon
logfiles (SMTP and SSH sessions being logged usually).

net.tcp.service[service,<ip>,<port>]
Example:
net.tcp.service[ftp,,45] can be used to test availability of FTP server on TCP port
45.
service - one of ssh, ntp, ldap, smtp, ftp, http, pop, nntp, Old naming: check_service[*]
imap, tcp Note that before Zabbix version 1.8.3 service.ntp should be used instead of ntp.
Check if service is running and 0 - service is down
ip - IP address (default is 127.0.0.1) Note that these checks may result in additional messages in system daemon
accepting TCP connections. 1 - service is running
port - port number (by default standard service port number logfiles (SMTP and SSH sessions being logged usually).
is used) Checking of encrypted protocols (like IMAP on port 993 or POP on port 995) is
currently not supported. As a workaround, please use net.tcp.port for checks like
these.

net.tcp.service.perf[service,<ip>,<port>]
Example:
net.tcp.service.perf[ssh] can be used to test speed of initial response from SSH
service - one of ssh, ntp, ldap, smtp, ftp, http, pop, nntp, server.
0 - service is down
imap, tcp Old naming: check_service_perf[*]
sec - number of seconds
Check performance of service ip - IP address (default is 127.0.0.1) Note that before Zabbix version 1.8.3 service.ntp should be used instead of ntp.
spent while connecting
port - port number (by default standard service port number Checking of encrypted protocols (like IMAP on port 993 or POP on port 995) is
to the service
is used) currently not supported. As a workaround, please use net.tcp.service.perf[tcp,
<ip>,<port>] for checks like these.

net.udp.listen[port]
Example:
Checks if this UDP port is in 0 - it is not net.udp.listen[68]
port - UDP port number

proc.mem[<name>,<user>,<mode>,<cmdline>]

第58页共155页


Example:
name - process name proc.mem[,root] - memory used by all processes running under user “root”.
Memory used by process name user - user name (default is all users) proc.mem[zabbix_server,zabbix] - memory used by all processes zabbix_server
Memory used by process.
running under user user mode - one of avg, max, min, sum (default) running under user zabbix
cmdline - filter by command line proc.mem[,oracle,max,oracleZABBIX] - memory used by most memory hungry
process running under oracle having oracleZABBIX in its command line

proc.num[<name>,<user>,<state>,<cmdline>]
Example:
name - process name proc.num[,mysql] - number of processes running under user mysql
Number of processes name
user - user name (default is all users) proc.num[apache2,www-data] - number of apache2 running under user www-data
having state running under Number of processes.
state - one of all (default), run, sleep, zomb proc.num[,oracle,sleep,oracleZABBIX] - number of processes in sleep state running
user user
cmdline - filter by command line under oracle having oracleZABBIX in its command line
On Windows, only name and user arguments are supported.

sensor[device,sensor,<mode>]
On Linux 2.4, reads /proc/sys/dev/sensors. Example:
device - device name (if <mode> is used, it is a regular sensor[w83781d-i2c-0-2d,temp1]
expression) Prior to Zabbix 1.8.4, format sensor[temp1] was used.
sensor - sensor name (if <mode> is used, it is a regular
Hardware sensor reading.
expression) On OpenBSD, reads hw.sensors MIB. Example:
mode - one of avg, max, min (if omitted, device and sensor sensor[cpu0,temp0] - one temperature of one CPU
are treated verbatim). sensor[cpu[0-2]$,temp,avg] - average temperature of the first three CPU's
Supported on OpenBSD since Zabbix 1.8.4.

system.boottime
Timestamp of system boot. Integer. Time in seconds.

system.cpu.intr
Device interrupts. Integer.

system.cpu.load[<cpu>,<mode>]
cpu - CPU number (default is all CPUs) Example:
CPU load [http://en.wikipedia.org Processor load.
mode - one of avg1 (default),avg5 (average within 5 system.cpu.load[]
/wiki/Load_(computing)]. Float.
minutes), avg15 Old naming: system.cpu.loadX

system.cpu.num[<type>]
Number of available Example:
Number of CPUs. type - one of online (default), max
processors. system.cpu.num

system.cpu.switches
Context switches. Switches count. Old naming: system[switches]

system.cpu.util[<cpu>,<type>,<mode>]
cpu - CPU number (default is all CPUs)
Old naming: system.cpu.idleX, system.cpu.niceX, system.cpu.systemX,
type - one of idle, nice, user (default), system, kernel,
Processor utilisation in system.cpu.userX
CPU(s) utilisation. iowait, interrupt, softirq, steal
percents Example:
system.cpu.util[0,user,avg5]
minutes), avg15

system.hostname[<type>]
On Windows the value is acquired from either GetComputerName() (for netbios) or
gethostname() (for host) function and from “hostname” command on other
systems.
type (only on Windows, ignored on other systems) - netbios
Returns host name. String value
(default) or host Example of returned value
www.zabbix.com

Parameters for this item is supported starting from version 1.8.6.

system.localtime
utc - (default) the time since the Epoch (00:00:00 UTC,
January 1, 1970), measured in seconds.
System time. Integer or string value.
local - the time in the 'yyyy-mm-dd,hh:mm:ss.nn,+hh:mm'
format

system.run[command,<mode>]
Example:
command - command for execution system.run[ls -l /] - detailed file list of root directory.
Run specified command on the Text result of the
mode - one of wait (default, wait end of execution), nowait Note:
host. command
(do not wait) To enable this functionality, agent configuration file must have
EnableRemoteCommands=1 option.

system.stat[resource,<type>]
ent - number of processor units this partition is entitled to receive (float)
kthr,<type> - information about kernel thread states:
r - average number of runnable kernel threads (float)
b - average number of kernel threads placed in the Virtual Memory Manager wait queue (float)
memory,<type> - information about the usage of virtual and real memory:
avm - active virtual pages (integer)
fre - size of the free list (integer)
page,<type> - information about page faults and paging activity:
fi - file page-ins per second (float)
fo - file page-outs per second (float)
pi - pages paged in from paging space (float)
po - pages paged out to paging space (float)
fr - pages freed (page replacement) (float)
sr - pages scanned by page-replacement algorithm (float)
faults,<type> - trap and interrupt rate:
Virtual memory statistics Numeric value in - device interrupts (float)
sy - system calls (float)
cs - kernel thread context switches (float)
cpu,<type> - breakdown of percentage usage of processor time:
us - user time (float)
sy - system time (float)
id - idle time (float)
wa - idle time during which the system had outstanding disk/NFS I/O request(s) (float)
pc - number of physical processors consumed (float)
ec - the percentage of entitled capacity consumed (float)
lbusy - indicates the percentage of logical processor(s) utilization that occurred while executing at the user and system level (float)
app - indicates the available physical processors in the shared pool (float)
disk,<type> - disk statistics:
bps - indicates the amount of data transferred (read or written) to the drive in bytes per second (integer)
tps - indicates the number of transfers per second that were issued to the physical disk/tape (float)

system.swap.in[<device>,<type>]
Example: system.swap.in[,pages]
Swap in. Swap statistics (default, number of swapins), sectors (sectors swapped in),
Old naming: swap[in]
pages (pages swapped in)

system.swap.out[<device>,<type>]
Example: system.swap.out[,pages]
Swap out. Swap statistics (default, number of swapouts), sectors (sectors swapped
Old naming: swap[out]
out), pages (pages swapped out)

system.swap.size[<device>,<type>]
device - swap device (default is all), type - one of free
Number of bytes or (default, free swap space), total (total swap space), pfree Example: system.swap.size[,pfree] - percentage of free swap space
Swap space.
percentage (free swap space, percentage), pused (used swap space, Old naming: system.swap.free, system.swap.total
percentage)

system.uname
Returns detailed host
String value FreeBSD localhost 4.4-RELEASE FreeBSD 4.4-RELEASE #0: Tue Sep 18 11:57:08
information.
PDT 2001 murray@builder.FreeBSD.org: /usr/src/sys/compile/GENERIC i386

system.uptime

第59页共155页


System's uptime in seconds. Number of seconds Use Units s or uptime to get readable values.

system.users.num
Number of users connected. Number of users Command who is used on agent side.

vfs.dev.read[device,<type>,<mode>]
Example: vfs.dev.read[,operations] Old naming: io[*]
On Linux and FreeBSD vfs.dev.read[<device>, ops/bps/sps] is limited to 8 devices
Disk read statistics. Numeric value
minutes), avg15

vfs.dev.write[device,<type>,<mode>]
Example: vfs.dev.write[,operations] Old naming: io[*]
On Linux and FreeBSD vfs.dev.write[<device>, ops/bps/sps] is limited to 8 devices
Disk write statistics. Numeric value
minutes), avg15

vfs.file.cksum[file]
1938292000
File checksum,
Calculate file checksum calculated by algorithm file - full path to file Example:
used by UNIX cksum. vfs.file.cksum[/etc/passwd]

Old naming: cksum

vfs.file.exists[file]
0 - file does not exist
Check if file exists file - full path to file Example: vfs.file.exists[/tmp/application.pid]
1 - file exists

vfs.file.md5sum[file]
b5052decb577e0fffd622d6ddc017e82

File's MD5 checksum MD5 hash of the file. file - full path to file Example:
vfs.file.md5sum[/etc/zabbix/zabbix_agentd.conf]

The file size limit (64 MB) for this item was removed in version 1.8.6.

vfs.file.regexp[file,regexp,<encoding>]
Matched string or EOF if
Find string in a file regexp - GNU regular expression Example: vfs.file.regexp[/etc/passwd,zabbix]
expression not found

vfs.file.regmatch[file,regexp,<encoding>]
0 - expression not found
Find string in a file regexp - GNU regular expression Example: vfs.file.regmatch[/var/log/app.log,error]
1 - found

vfs.file.size[file]
File must have read permissions for user zabbix
File size Size in bytes. file - full path to file
Example: vfs.file.size[/var/log/syslog]

vfs.file.time[file,<mode>]
File time information. Number of seconds. mode - one of modify (default, modification time), access - Example: vfs.file.time[/etc/passwd,modify]
last access time, change - last change time

vfs.fs.inode[fs,<mode>]
fs - filesystem
Example: vfs.fs.inode[/,pfree] Old naming: vfs.fs.inode.free[*],
Number of inodes Numeric value mode - one of total (default), free, used, pfree (free,
vfs.fs.inode.pfree[*], vfs.fs.inode.total[*]
percentage), pused (used, percentage)

vfs.fs.size[fs,<mode>]
fs - filesystem In case of a mounted volume, disk space for local file system is returned.
Disk space Disk space in bytes mode - one of total (default), free, used, pfree (free, Example: vfs.fs.size[/tmp,free] Old naming: vfs.fs.free[*], vfs.fs.total[*],
percentage), pused (used, percentage) vfs.fs.used[*], vfs.fs.pfree[*], vfs.fs.pused[*]

vm.memory.size[<mode>]
mode - one of total (default), shared, free, buffers, cached, Old naming: vm.memory.buffers, vm.memory.cached, vm.memory.free,
Memory size Memory size in bytes
pfree, available vm.memory.shared, vm.memory.total

web.page.get[host,<path>,<port>]
host - hostname
Returns EOF on fail. Example:
Get content of WEB page WEB page source as text path - path to HTML document (default is /)
web.page.get[www.zabbix.com,index.php,80]

web.page.perf[host,<path>,<port>]
host - hostname
Get timing of loading full WEB Returns 0 on fail. Example:
Time in seconds path - path to HTML document (default is /)
page web.page.perf[www.zabbix.com,index.php,80]

web.page.regexp[host,<path>,<port>,<regexp>,<length>]
host - hostname
path - path to HTML document (default is /) Returns EOF in case of no match or any other failures (such as timeout, failed
Get first occurrence of regexp
Matched string port - port number (default is 80) connection, etc). Example:
in WEB page
regexp - GNU regular expression web.page.regexp[www.zabbix.com,index.php,80,OK,2]
length - maximum number of characters to return

Linux-specific note. Zabbix agent must have read-only access to filesystem /proc. Kernel patches from www.grsecurity.org [http://www.grsecurity.org] limit access rights of
non-privileged users.

19.5 WIN32-specific parameters

This section contains descriptions of parameters supported by Zabbix WIN32 agent only.

Key
▲ Description Return value Comments

perf_counter[counter,<interval>]
Value of any performance counter, Performance Monitor can be used to obtain list of available counters. Until version 1.6 this parameter will return
Average value of the “counter” during last
where “counter” is the counter path, correct value only for counters that require just one sample (like SystemThreads). It will not work as expected for
“interval” seconds. Default value, if not
and “interval” is the time period for counters that require more that one sample - like CPU utilisation. Since 1.6 interval is used, so the check returns an
given, for “interval” is 1.
storing the average value. average value for last “interval” seconds every time.

service_state[*]
0 – running
1 – paused
2 - start pending
State of service. Parameter is service 3 - pause pending Parameter must be real service name as seen in service properties under “Name:” or name of EXE file.
name. 4 - continue pending
5 - stop pending
6 – stopped

第60页共155页


7 - unknown
255 – no such service

services[<type>,<state>,<exclude>]
type - one of all (default), automatic,
manual, disabled
state - one of all (default), stopped,
started, start_pending, stop_pending,
running, continue_pending, Examples:
pause_pending, paused services[,started] - list of started services
List of services, separated by a newline
exclude - list of services to exclude it from services[automatic, stopped] - list of stopped services, that should be run
or 0, if list would be empty.
the result. services[automatic, stopped, “service1,service2,service3”] -list of stopped services, that should be run, excluding
Excluded services should be written in services with names service1,service2 and service3
double quotes, separated by comma,
without spaces.
This parameter is supported starting
from version 1.8.1.

proc_info[<process>,<attribute>,<type>]
The following attributes are currently supported:
vmsize - Size of process virtual memory in Kbytes
wkset - Size of process working set (amount of physical memory used by process) in Kbytes
pf - Number of page faults
ktime - Process kernel time in milliseconds
utime - Process user time in milliseconds
io_read_b - Number of bytes read by process during I/O operations
io_read_op - Number of read operation performed by process
io_write_b - Number of bytes written by process during I/O operations
io_write_op - Number of write operation performed by process
io_other_b - Number of bytes transferred by process during operations other than read and write operations
<process> - process name (same as in io_other_op - Number of I/O operations performed by process, other than read and write operations
proc_cnt[] parameter) gdiobj - Number of GDI objects used by process
Different information about specific <attribute> - requested process attribute. userobj - Number of USER objects used by process
process(es). <type> - representation type (meaningful
when more than one process with the Valid types are:
same name exists) min - minimal value among all processes named <process>
max - maximal value among all processes named <process>
avg - average value for all processes named <process>
sum - sum of values for all processes named <process>

Examples:
1. In order to get the amount of physical memory taken by all Internet Explorer processes, use the following
parameter: proc_info[iexplore.exe,wkset,sum]
2. In order to get the average number of page faults for Internet Explorer processes, use the following parameter:
proc_info[iexplore.exe,pf,avg]
Note: All io_xxx,gdiobj and userobj attributes available only on Windows 2000 and later versions of Windows, not on
Windows NT 4.0.

19.6 SNMP Agent

Zabbix must be configured with SNMP support in order to be able to retrieve data provided by SNMP agents.

If monitoring SNMPv3 devices, make sure that msgAuthoritativeEngineID (also known as snmpEngineID or “Engine ID”) is never shared by two devices. It must be unique
for each device.

For SNMPv3 privacy and authentication currently MD5 and DES protocols are supported.

The following steps have to be performed in order to add monitoring of SNMP parameters:

Step 1

Create a host for the SNMP device.

Enter an IP address and a port of 161. Set the host Status to NOT MONITORED. You can use the host.SNMP template which will automatically add the set of items.
However, the template may not be compatible with the host.

Step 2

Find out the SNMP string of the item you want to monitor.

After creating the host, use 'snmpwalk' (part of ucd-snmp/net-snmp [http://www.net-snmp.org/] software which you should have installed as part of the Zabbix installation)
or equivalent tool:

shell> snmpwalk <host or host IP> public

This will give you a list of SNMP strings and their last value. If it doesn't then it is possible that the SNMP 'community' is different from the standard public in which case
you will need to find out what it is. You would then go through the list until you find the string you want to monitor, e.g. you wanted to monitor the bytes coming in to
your switch on port 3 you would use:

interfaces.ifTable.ifEntry.ifOctetsIn.3 = Counter 32: 614794138

You should now use the snmpget command to find the OID for interfaces.ifTable.ifEntry.ifInOctets.3:

shell> snmpget -On 10.62.1.22 interfaces.ifTable.ifEntry.ifOctetsIn.3

where the last number in the string is the port number you are looking to monitor. This should give you something like the following:

.1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10.3 = Counter32: 614794138

again the last number in the OID is the port number.

3COM seem to use port numbers in the hundreds, e.g. port 1 = port 101, port 3 = port 103, but Cisco use regular numbers, e.g. port 3 = 3.

Step 3

Create an item for monitoring.

So, now go back to Zabbix and click on Items, selecting the SNMP host you created earlier. Depending on whether you used a template or not when creating your host,
you will have either a list of SNMP items associated with your host or just a new item box. We will work on the assumption that you are going to create the item yourself
using the information you have just gathered using snmpwalk and snmpget, so enter a plain English description in the 'Description' field of the new item box. Make sure
the 'Host' field has your switch/router in it and change the 'Type' field to “SNMPv* agent”. Enter the community (usually public) and enter the numeric OID that you
retrieved earlier in to the 'SNMP OID' field, i.e. .1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10.3

Enter the 'SNMP port' as 161 and the 'Key' as something meaningful, e.g. SNMP-InOctets-Bps. Choose a Multiplier if you want one and enter an 'update interval' and 'keep
history' if you want it to be different from the default. Set the 'Status' to Monitored, the 'Type of information' to Numeric (float) and the 'Store value' to DELTA (important
otherwise you will get cumulative values from the SNMP device instead of the latest change).

Now save the item and go back to the hosts area of Zabbix. From here check that the SNMP device Status shows 'Monitored' and check in Latest data for your SNMP data!

Example 1

General example

Community public
Oid 1.2.3.45.6.7.8.0 (or .1.2.3.45.6.7.8.0)

第61页共155页


<Unique string to be used as reference to triggers>
Key
For example, ‘my_param’.

Note that OID can be given in either numeric or string form. However, in some cases, string OID must be converted to numeric representation. Utility snmpget may be
used for this purpose:

shell> snmpget -On localhost public enterprises.ucdavis.memory.memTotalSwap.0

Monitoring of SNMP parameters is possible if either -with-net-snmp or -with-ucd-snmp flag was specified while configuring Zabbix sources.

Example 2

Monitoring of Uptime

Community public
Oid MIB::sysUpTime.0
Key router.uptime
Value type Float
Units uptime
Multiplier 0.01

19.7 Simple checks

Simple checks are normally used for agent-less monitoring or for remote checks of services. Note that Zabbix agent is not needed for simple checks. Zabbix server is
responsible for processing of simple checks (making external connections, etc).

All simple checks, except tcp and tcp_perf, accept one optional parameter:

port - port number. If missing, standard default service port is used.

Examples of using simple checks:

ftp,155
http
http_perf,8080

IP is taken from the Zabbix host definition.

Checking of encrypted protocols (like IMAP on port 993 or POP on port 995) is currently not supported. As a workaround, please use tcp and tcp_perf for checks like these.

List of supported simple checks:

Key
▲ Description Return value

ftp,<port>
Checks if FTP server is running and accepting connections 1 - FTP server is running
2 - timeout

ftp_perf,<port>
Checks if FTP server is running and accepting connections
Otherwise, number of seconds spent connecting to FTP server.

http,<port>
0 - HTTP server is down
Checks if HTTP server is running and accepting connections 1 - HTTP server is running
2 - timeout

http_perf,<port>
0 - HTTP (WEB) server is down
Checks if HTTP (WEB) server is running and accepting connections
Otherwise, number of seconds spent connecting to HTTP server.

icmpping[<target>,<packets>,<interval>,<size>,<timeout>]
Checks if server is accessible by ICMP ping
packets - number of packets 0 - ICMP ping fails
interval - time between successive packets in milliseconds 1 - ICMP ping successful

icmppingloss[<target>,<packets>,<interval>,<size>,<timeout>]
Return percentage of lost packets
Loss of packets in percents
interval - time between successive packets in milliseconds

icmppingsec[<target>,<packets>,<interval>,<size>,<timeout>,<mode>]
Return ICMP ping response time
interval - time between successive packets in milliseconds Number of seconds
mode - one of min, max, avg (default)

imap,<port>
Checks if IMAP server is running and accepting connections 1 - IMAP server is running
2 - timeout

imap_perf,<port>
Checks if IMAP server is running and accepting connections
Otherwise, number of seconds spent connecting to IMAP server.

ldap,<port>
Checks if LDAP server is running and accepting connections 1 - LDAP server is running
2 - timeout

ldap_perf,<port>
Checks if LDAP server is running and accepting connections
Otherwise, number of seconds spent connecting to LDAP server.

nntp,<port>
Checks if NNTP server is running and accepting connections 1 - NNTP server is running
2 - timeout

nntp_perf,<port>
Checks if NNTP server is running and accepting connections
Otherwise, number of seconds spent connecting to NNTP server.

第62页共155页


ntp,<port>
Checks if NTP server is running and accepting connections 1 - NTP server is running
2 - timeout

ntp_perf,<port>
Checks if NTP server is running and accepting connections
Otherwise, number of seconds spent connecting to NTP server.

pop,<port>
Checks if POP server is running and accepting connections 1 - POP server is running
2 - timeout

pop_perf,<port>
Checks if POP server is running and accepting connections
Otherwise, number of seconds spent connecting to POP server.

smtp,<port>
Checks if SMTP server is running and accepting connections 1 - SMTP server is running
2 - timeout

smtp_perf,<port>
Checks if SMTP server is running and accepting connections
Otherwise, number of seconds spent connecting to SMTP server.

ssh,<port>
Checks if SSH server is running and accepting connections 1 - SSH server is running
2 - timeout

ssh_perf,<port>
Checks if SSH server is running and accepting connections
Otherwise, number of seconds spent connecting to SSH server.

tcp,port
0 - TCP service is down
Checks if TCP service is running and accepting connections 1 - TCP service is running
2 - timeout

tcp_perf,port
0 - the service on the port is down
Checks if TCP service is running and accepting connections
Otherwise, number of seconds spent connecting to the TCP service.

Timeout processing

Zabbix will not process a simple check longer than Timeout seconds defined in Zabbix server configuration file.

In case if Timeout time is exceeded, 2 is returned.

ICMP pings

Zabbix uses external utility fping for processing of ICMP pings. The utility is not part of Zabbix distribution and has to be additionally installed. If the utility is missing, has
wrong permissions or its location does not match FpingLocation defined in configuration file, ICMP pings (icmpping, icmppingsec and icmppingloss) will not be
processed.

fping must be executable by user Zabbix daemons run as and setuid root. Run these commands as user root in order to setup correct permissions:

shell> chown root:zabbix /usr/sbin/fping
shell> chmod 710 /usr/sbin/fping
shell> chmod ug+s /usr/sbin/fping

The default values for ICMP checks parameters:

Parameter Value Description fping flag Min Max
packets 3 pings to the target -c 1 10000
interval 25 milliseconds, “fping” default -p 20
size 56 or 68 bytes, “fping” default; 56 bytes on x86, 68 bytes on x86_64 -b 24 65507
timeout 500 milliseconds, “fping” default -t 50

Warning: fping defaults can differ depending on platform and version - if in doubt, check fping documentation.

Zabbix writes addresses to be checked to a temporary file, which is then passed to fping. If items have different parameters, only ones with identical parameters are
written to a single file.

19.8 Internal checks

Internal checks allow monitoring of the internals of Zabbix. Internal checks are calculated by Zabbix server.

Internal checks are still processed by Zabbix pollers.
Key
▲ Description Comments

zabbix[boottime]
Startup time of Zabbix server process in seconds. In seconds since the epoch.

zabbix[history]
Number of values stored in table HISTORY Do not use if MySQL InnoDB, Oracle or PostgreSQL is used!

zabbix[history_log]
Number of values stored in table HISTORY_LOG

zabbix[history_str]
Number of values stored in table HISTORY_STR Do not use if MySQL InnoDB, Oracle or PostgreSQL is used!

zabbix[history_text]
Number of values stored in table HISTORY_TEXT

zabbix[history_uint]
Number of values stored in table HISTORY_UINT

zabbix[items]
Number of items in Zabbix database

zabbix[items_unsupported]
Number of unsupported items in Zabbix database

zabbix[log]

第63页共155页


Character. Add item with this key to have Zabbix internal messages
Stores warning and error messages generated by Zabbix server.
stored.

zabbix[process,<type>,<mode>,<state>]
The following process types are currently supported:
alerter - process for sending notifications
configuration syncer - process for managing in-memory cache of
configuration data
db watchdog - sender of a warning message in case DB is not
available
discoverer - process for discovery of devices
escalator - process for escalation of actions
history syncer - history DB writer
http poller - web monitoring poller
housekeeper - process for removal of old historical data
icmp pinger - poller for icmpping checks
ipmi poller - poller for IPMI checks
node watcher - process for sending historical data and configuration
changes between nodes
self-monitoring - process for collecting internal server statistics
poller - normal poller for passive checks
proxy poller - poller for passive proxies
Time a particular Zabbix process or a group of processes (identified by <type> and <mode>) spent in <state> in percentage. It is timer - process for evaluation of time-related trigger functions and
calculated for last minute only. maintenances
trapper - trapper for active checks, traps, inter-node and -proxy
If <mode> is Zabbix process number that is not running (for example, with 5 pollers running <mode> is specified to be 6), such an communication
item will turn into unsupported state. unreachable poller - poller for unreachable devices
Minimum and maximum refers to the usage percentage for a single process. So if in a group of 3 pollers usage percentages per Note: You can also see these process types in a server log file.
process were 2, 18 and 66, min would return 2 and max would return 66.
Processes report what they are doing in shared memory and the self-monitoring process summarizes that data each second. State Valid modes are:
changes (busy/idle) are registered upon change - thus a process that becomes busy registers as such and doesn't change or update avg - average value for all processes of a given type (default)
the state until it becomes idle. This ensures that even fully hung processes will be correctly registered as 100% busy. count - returns number of forks for a given process type, <state>
Currently, “busy” means “not sleeping”, but in the future additional states might be introduced - waiting for locks, performing should not be specified
database queries, etc. max - maximum value
On Linux and most other systems, resolution is 1/100 of a second. min - minimum value
<process number> - process number (between 1 and the number of
pre-forked instances). For example, if 4 trappers are running, the
value is between 1 and 4.

Valid states are:
busy - process is in busy state, for example, processing request
(default).
idle - process is in idle state doing nothing.

Examples:
zabbix[process,poller,avg,busy] - average time of poller processes
spent doing something during the last minute
zabbix[process,”icmp pinger”,max,busy] - maximum time spent doing
something by any ICMP pinger process during the last minute
zabbix[process,trapper,count] - amount of currently running trapper
processes


zabbix[proxy,<name>,<param>]
<name> - Proxy name
List of supported parameters (<param>):
lastaccess – timestamp of last heart beat message received from
Access to Proxy related information. Proxy
For example, zabbix[proxy,”Germany”,lastaccess]
Trigger function fuzzytime() can be used to check availability of
proxies.

zabbix[queue,<from>,<to>]
<from> - default: 6 seconds
<to> - default: infinity
Number of server monitored items in the Queue which are delayed by <from> to <to> seconds, inclusive.
Suffixes s,m,h,d,w are supported for these parameters.
Parameters from and to are supported starting from version 1.8.3.

zabbix[requiredperformance]
Approximately correlates with “Required server performance, new
Required performance of the Zabbix server, in new values per second expected. values per second” in Reports → Status of Zabbix. Supported since
Zabbix 1.6.2.

zabbix[trends]
Number of values stored in table TRENDS Do not use if MySQL InnoDB, Oracle or PostgreSQL is used!

zabbix[trends_uint]
Number of values stored in table TRENDS_UINT

zabbix[triggers]
Number of triggers in Zabbix database

zabbix[uptime]
Uptime of Zabbix server process in seconds.

zabbix[wcache,<cache>,<mode>]
Cache Mode
all Number of values processed by Zabbix server, except not supported. It is the best indicator of Zabbix performance.
float
uint
values str
log
text
not supported Number of processed not supported items. This item is supported starting from version 1.8.6.
pfree Free space in the history buffer in percentage. Low number indicates performance problems on the database side.
total
history
used
free
pfree
total
trend
used
free
pfree
total
text
used
free

zabbix[rcache,<cache>,<mode>]
Cache Mode
pfree
total
buffer
used
free

19.9 Aggregated checks

Aggregate checks do not require any agent running on a host being monitored. Zabbix server collects aggregate information by doing direct database queries.

第64页共155页


Syntax of an aggregate item's key

groupfunc["Host group","Item key","item func","parameter"]

Supported group functions:

GROUP FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
grpavg Average value
grpmax Maximum value
grpmin Minimum value
grpsum Sum of values

Supported item functions:

ITEM FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
avg Average value
count Number of values
last Last value
max Maximum value
min Minimum value
sum Sum of values

Examples of keys for aggregate items:

Example 1

Total disk space of host group 'MySQL Servers'.

grpsum["MySQL Servers","vfs.fs.size[/,total]","last","0"]

Example 2

Average processor load of host group 'MySQL Servers'.

grpavg["MySQL Servers","system.cpu.load[,avg1]","last","0"]

Example 3

Average (5min) number of queries per second for host group 'MySQL Servers'

grpavg["MySQL Servers","mysql.qps","avg","300"]

19.10 External checks

External check is a check executed by Zabbix Server by running a shell script or a binary.

External checks do not require any agent running on a host being monitored.

Syntax of item's key:

script[parameters]
* script – name of the script.
* parameters – list of command line parameters.

If you don't want to pass your parameters to the script you may use:

script[] or
script <- this simplified syntax is supported starting from Zabbix 1.8.1

Zabbix server will find and execute the command in the directory defined in configuration parameter ExternalScripts in zabbix_server.conf. The command will be
executed as the user Zabbix server runs as, so any access permissions or environment variables should be handled in a wrapper script, if necessary, and permissions on
the command should allow that user to execute it. Only commands in the specified directory are available.

This directory is located on the Zabbix server. For custom command execution using Zabbix agents see user parameter documentation.

First command line parameter is host name, other parameters are substituted by parameters.

Zabbix uses the standard output of the script as the value. Standard error and exit code are discarded.

Do not overuse external checks! It can decrease performance of the Zabbix system a lot.
Example 1

Execute script check_oracle.sh with parameters ”-h 192.168.1.4”. Host name 'www1.company.com'.

check_oracle.sh[-h 192.168.1.4]

Zabbix will execute:

check_oracle.sh www1.company.com -h 192.168.1.4.

19.11 SSH checks

Zabbix must be configured with SSH2 support.

The minimal supported libssh2 library version is 1.0.0.

SSH checks are used for agent-less monitoring. Note that Zabbix agent is not needed for SSH checks.

them on a new line.

ssh.run[<unique short description>,<ip>,<port>,<encoding>] Run a command by using SSH remote session

19.12 Telnet checks

Telnet checks are used for agent-less monitoring. Zabbix agent is not needed for Telnet checks.

them on a new line.

Till version 1.8.1, supported characters that the prompt can end with:

$

第65页共155页


#
>

Zabbix version 1.8.2 adds support for additional character:

%

telnet.run[<unique short description>,<ip>,<port>,<encoding>] Run a command on a remote device using telnet connection

19.13 Calculated items

Support of calculated items was introduced in Zabbix 1.8.1

Calculated items is a way of creating virtual data sources. Item values will be periodically calculated based on an arithmetical expression.

Resulting data will be stored in the Zabbix database as for any other item - this means storing both history and trends values for fast graph generation. Calculated items
may be used in trigger expressions, referenced by macros or other entities same as any other item type.

To use calculated items, choose item type Calculated. You can create any key name using supported symbols. Calculation definition should be entered in the Formula
field (named Expression in 1.8.1 and 1.8.2). Key is a unique identifier (per host), using allowed symbols. There is virtually no connection between the formula and key.
Key parameters are not used in formula in any way - variables may be passed to the formula with user macros.

All items that are referenced from the calculated item formula must be created and collecting data.

A very simple formula might look like:

func(<key>|<hostname:key>,<parameter1>,<parameter2>,...)

More complex formula may use a combination of functions, operators and brackets. You could use all functions and operators supported in trigger expressions. Note that
syntax is slightly different, however logic and operator precedence are exactly the same.

ARGUMENT DEFINITION
func One of functions supported by trigger expressions: last, min, max, avg, count, etc
host:key Is a reference to an item. It may be defined as key or hostname:key
parameter(s) Optional parameters

Supported characters for a hostname:

a..zA..Z0..9 ._-

Supported characters for a key:

a..zA..Z0..9.,_

Supported characters for a function:

a..zA..Z0..9_

Unlike trigger expressions, Zabbix processes calculated items according to item update interval, not upon receiving a new value. Also if you change item key of a
referenced item, you have to update all formulas that used the old key manually.

A calculated item may become unsupported in several cases:

1. referenced item(s) not found
2. no data to calculate a function
3. division by zero
4. syntax errors

Example 1

Calculate percentage of free disk space on '/'.

Use of function last:

100*last("vfs.fs.size[/,free]")/last("vfs.fs.size[/,total]")

Zabbix will take the latest values for free and total disk spaces and calculate percentage according to the given formula.

Example 2

Calculate 10 minute average number of values processed by Zabbix.

Use of function avg:

avg("Zabbix Server:zabbix[wcache,values]",600)

Note that extensive use of calculated items with long time periods may affect performance of the Zabbix Server.

Example 3

Calculate total bandwidth on eth0.

Sum of two functions:

last("net.if.in[eth0,bytes]")+last("net.if.out[eth0,bytes]")

Example 4

Calculate percentage of incoming traffic.

More complex expression:

100*last("net.if.in[eth0,bytes]")/(last("net.if.in[eth0,bytes]")+last("net.if.out[eth0,bytes]"))

4.10 User Parameters
Functionality of Zabbix agents can be enhanced by defining user parameters (UserParameter configuration parameter) in agent's configuration file. Once user
parameters are defined, they can be accessed in the same way as any other agent items by using the key, specified in the parameter definition.

User parameters are commands executed by Zabbix agent. /bin/sh is used as a command line interpreter under UNIX operating systems.

第66页共155页


4.10.1 Simple user parameters

In order to define a new parameter for monitoring, one line has to be added to configuration file of Zabbix agent and the agent must be restarted.

User parameter has the following syntax:

UserParameter=key,command

Key Unique item key.
Command Command to be executed to evaluate value of the Key.

Example 1

Simple command

UserParameter=ping,echo 1

The agent will always return '1' for item with key 'ping'.

Example 2

More complex example

UserParameter=mysql.ping,mysqladmin -uroot ping|grep alive|wc –l

The agent will return '1', if MySQL server is alive, '0' - otherwise.

4.10.2 Flexible user parameters

Flexible user parameters can be used for more control and flexibility.

For flexible user parameters,

UserParameter=key[*],command

Key Unique item key. The [*] defines that this key accepts parameters.
Command to be executed to evaluate value of the Key.
Command Zabbix parses content of [] and substitutes $1,…,$9 in the command.
$0 will be substituted by the original command (prior to expansion of $0,…,$9) to be run.

To use positional references unaltered, specify double dollar sign - for example, awk '{print $$2}'.

Unless UnsafeUserParameters agent daemon configuration option is enabled, it is not allowed to pass flexible parameters containing these symbols: ' ” ` * ? [ ] { } ~ $ !
&;()<>|#@

Command used should always return a value that is not empty (and not a newline). If non-valid value is returned, ZBX_NOTSUPPORTED will be sent back by the agent.
Example 1

Something very simple

UserParameter=ping[*],echo $1

We may define unlimited number of items for monitoring all having format ping[something].

ping[0] – will always return '0'
ping[aaa] – will always return 'aaa'

Example 2

Let's add more sense!

UserParameter=mysql.ping[*],mysqladmin –u$1 –p$2 ping|grep alive|wc –l

This parameter can be used for monitoring availability of MySQL database. We can pass user name and password:

mysql.ping[zabbix,our_password]

Example 3

How many lines matching a regular expression in a file?

UserParameter=wc[*],grep "$2" $1|wc -l

This parameter can be used to calculate number of lines in a file.

wc[/etc/passwd,root]
wc[/etc/services|zabbix]

Note that Zabbix agent daemon does not support user parameters with -t or -p agent switches (used to test single item or print out a list of all supported items) until
version 1.8.3. See manpage in earlier versions for more information.

4.10 User Parameters
Functionality of Zabbix agents can be enhanced by defining user parameters (UserParameter configuration parameter) in agent's configuration file. Once user
parameters are defined, they can be accessed in the same way as any other agent items by using the key, specified in the parameter definition.

User parameters are commands executed by Zabbix agent. /bin/sh is used as a command line interpreter under UNIX operating systems.

4.10.1 Simple user parameters

In order to define a new parameter for monitoring, one line has to be added to configuration file of Zabbix agent and the agent must be restarted.

User parameter has the following syntax:

UserParameter=key,command

Command Command to be executed to evaluate value of the Key.

第67页共155页


Example 1

Simple command

UserParameter=ping,echo 1

The agent will always return '1' for item with key 'ping'.

Example 2

More complex example

UserParameter=mysql.ping,mysqladmin -uroot ping|grep alive|wc –l

The agent will return '1', if MySQL server is alive, '0' - otherwise.

4.10.2 Flexible user parameters

Flexible user parameters can be used for more control and flexibility.

For flexible user parameters,

UserParameter=key[*],command

Key Unique item key. The [*] defines that this key accepts parameters.
Command to be executed to evaluate value of the Key.
Command Zabbix parses content of [] and substitutes $1,…,$9 in the command.
$0 will be substituted by the original command (prior to expansion of $0,…,$9) to be run.

To use positional references unaltered, specify double dollar sign - for example, awk '{print $$2}'.

Unless UnsafeUserParameters agent daemon configuration option is enabled, it is not allowed to pass flexible parameters containing these symbols: ' ” ` * ? [ ] { } ~ $ !
&;()<>|#@

Command used should always return a value that is not empty (and not a newline). If non-valid value is returned, ZBX_NOTSUPPORTED will be sent back by the agent.
Example 1

Something very simple

UserParameter=ping[*],echo $1

We may define unlimited number of items for monitoring all having format ping[something].

ping[0] – will always return '0'
ping[aaa] – will always return 'aaa'

Example 2

Let's add more sense!

UserParameter=mysql.ping[*],mysqladmin –u$1 –p$2 ping|grep alive|wc –l

This parameter can be used for monitoring availability of MySQL database. We can pass user name and password:

mysql.ping[zabbix,our_password]

Example 3

How many lines matching a regular expression in a file?

UserParameter=wc[*],grep "$2" $1|wc -l

This parameter can be used to calculate number of lines in a file.

wc[/etc/passwd,root]
wc[/etc/services|zabbix]

Note that Zabbix agent daemon does not support user parameters with -t or -p agent switches (used to test single item or print out a list of all supported items) until
version 1.8.3. See manpage in earlier versions for more information.

12 Triggers
Trigger is defined as a logical expression and represents system state.

Trigger status (expression) is recalculated every time Zabbix server receives new value, if this value is part of this expression. If time based functions are used in the
expression, it is recalculated every 30 seconds.

Time based functions are:

nodata()
date()
dayofmonth()
dayofweek()
time()
now()

The expression may have the following values:

VALUE DESCRIPTION
PROBLEM Normally means that something happened. For example, processor load is too high. Called TRUE in older Zabbix versions.
OK This is normal trigger state. Called FALSE in older Zabbix versions.
In this case, Zabbix cannot evaluate trigger expression. This may happen because of several reasons:
server is unreachable
UNKNOWN
trigger expression cannot be evaluated
trigger expression has been recently changed

12.1 Expression for triggers

The expressions used in triggers are very flexible. You can use them to create complex logical tests regarding monitored statistics. The following operators are supported
for triggers (descending priority of execution):

第68页共155页


PRIORITY OPERATOR DEFINITION
1 / Division
2 * Multiplication
3 - Arithmetical minus
4 + Arithmetical plus
5 < Less than
6 > More than
Not equal. The operator is defined as:
7 #
A#B ⇔ (A<B-0.000001) | (A>B+0.000001)
Is equal. The operator is defined as:
8 =
A=B ⇔ (A>B-0.000001) & (A<B+0.000001)
9 & Logical AND
10 | Logical OR

12.2 Trigger functions

The following functions are supported:

1) All functions return numeric values only. Comparison to strings is not supported, for example.
2) String arguments should be double quoted. Otherwise, they might get misinterpreted.
FUNCTION Parameter(s) Supported value types
▼
Definition

abschange ignored float, int, str, text, log
Returns absolute difference between last and previous values.
For strings:
0 – values are equal
1 – values differ

avg sec or #num float, int
Average value for period of time. Parameter defines length of the period in seconds.
The function accepts a second, optional parameter time_shift. It is useful when there is a need to compare the current average value with the average value time_shift seconds back. For instance,
avg(3600,86400) will return the average value for an hour one day ago.
Parameter time_shift is supported from Zabbix 1.8.2.

change ignored float, int, str, text, log
Returns difference between last and previous values.
For strings:
1 – values differ

count sec or #num float, int, str, text, log
Number of historical values for period of time in seconds or number of last #num values matching condition.
The function accepts second optional parameter pattern, third parameter operator, and fourth parameter time_shift.
For example,
count(600,12) will return exact number of values equal to '12' stored in the history.
Integer items: exact match
Float items: match within 0.00001
String, text and log items: operators like (default), eq, ne are supported
Supported operators:
eq – equal
ne – not equal
gt – greater
ge – greater or equal
lt – less
le – less or equal
like (textual search only) - matches if contains pattern.
For example,
count(600,12,”gt”) will return exact number of values which are more than '12' stored in the history for the last 600 seconds.
Another example:
count(#10,12,”gt”,86400) will return exact number of values which are larger than '12' stored in the history among last 10 values 24 hours ago.
If there is a need to count arbitrary values, for instance, for the last 600 seconds 24 hours ago, count(600,,,86400) should be used.
Parameter #num is supported from Zabbix 1.6.1.
Parameter time_shift and string operators are supported from Zabbix 1.8.2.

date ignored any
Returns current date in YYYYMMDD format.
For example: 20031025

dayofmonth ignored any
Returns day of month in range of 1 to 31.
This function is supported since Zabbix 1.8.5.

dayofweek ignored any
Returns day of week in range of 1 to 7. Mon – 1, Sun – 7.

delta sec or #num float, int
Same as max()-min().
Since Zabbix 1.8.2, the function supports a second, optional parameter time_shift. See function avg for an example of its use.

diff ignored float, int, str, text, log
Returns:
1 – last and previous values differ
0 – otherwise

fuzzytime sec float, int
Returns 1 if timestamp (item value) does not differ from Zabbix server time for more than N seconds, 0 – otherwise.
Usually used with system.localtime to check that local time is in sync with local time of Zabbix server.

iregexp 1st – string, 2nd – sec or #num str, log, text
This function is non case-sensitive analogue of regexp.

last sec or #num float, int, str, text, log
Last (most recent) value. Parameter:
sec – ignored
#num – Nth value
For example,
last(0) is always equal to last(#1)
last(#3) – third most recent value
The function also supports an optional time_shift parameter. For example,
last(0,86400) will return the most recent value one day ago.
Zabbix does not guarantee exact order of values if more than two values exist within one second in history.
Parameter #num is supported starting from Zabbix 1.6.2.
Parameter time_shift is supported starting from Zabbix 1.8.2.

logeventid string log
Check if Event ID of the last log entry matches a regular expression. Parameter defines the regular expression, POSIX style.
Returns:
0 - does not match
1 – matches

logseverity ignored log
Returns log severity of the last log entry. Parameter is ignored.
0 – default severity
N – severity (integer, useful for Windows event logs). Zabbix takes log severity from field Information of Windows event log.

logsource string log

第69页共155页


Check if log source of the last log entry matches parameter.
0 – does not match
1 – matches
Normally used for Windows event logs. For example, logsource(“VMWare Server”)

max sec or #num float, int
Maximal value for period of time. Parameter defines length of the period in seconds.

min sec or #num float, int
Minimal value for period of time. Parameter defines length of the period in seconds.

nodata sec any
Returns:
1 – if no data received during period of time in seconds. The period should not be less than 30 seconds.
0 - otherwise

now ignored any
Returns number of seconds since the Epoch (00:00:00 UTC, January 1, 1970).

prev ignored float, int, str, text, log
Returns previous value. Parameter is ignored.
Same as last(#2)

regexp 1st – string, 2nd – sec or #num str, log, text
Check if last value matches regular expression. Parameter defines regular expression, POSIX style.
Second optional parameter is number of seconds or number of lines to analyse. In this case more than one value will be processed.
This function is case-sensitive.
Returns:
1 – found
0 - otherwise

str 1st – string, 2nd – sec or #num str, log, text
Find string in last (most recent) value. Parameter defines string to find. Case sensitive!
Returns:
1 – found
0 – otherwise

strlen sec or #num str, log, text
Length of the last (most recent) value in characters (not bytes).
Parameters are the same as for function last.
For example,
strlen(0) is equal to strlen(#1)
strlen(#3) – length of the third most recent value
strlen(0,86400) – length of the most recent value one day ago.

sum sec or #num float, int
Sum of values for period of time. Parameter defines length of the period in seconds.

time ignored any
Returns current time in HHMMSS format. Example: 123055

Some of the functions cannot be used for non-numeric parameters!

Most of numeric functions accept number of seconds as an argument. You may also use prefix # to specify that argument has a different meaning:

FUNCTION CALL MEANING
sum(600) Sum of all values within 600 seconds
sum(#5) Sum of the last 5 values

Function last uses a different meaning for values, prefixed with the hash mark - it makes it choose n-th previous value, so given values (from most recent to least recent)
3, 7, 2, 6, 5, last(#2) would return 7 and last(#5) would return 5.

The following constants are supported for triggers:

CONSTANT DEFINITION
Positive float number.
<number>
Examples: 0, 1, 0.15, 123.55
K – 1024*N
M – 1024*1024*N
<number><K|M|G>
G – 1024*1024*1024*N
Examples: 2K, 4G, 0.5M

A simple useful expression might look like:

{<server>:<key>.<function>(<argument>)}<operator><const>

An argument must be given even for those functions which ignore it. Example: last(0)

Example 1

Processor load is too high on www.zabbix.com [http://www.zabbix.com]

{www.zabbix.com:system.cpu.load[all,avg1].last(0)}>5

'www.zabbix.com:system.cpu.load [http://www.zabbix.com:system.cpu.load][all,avg1]' gives a short name of the monitored parameter. It specifies that the server is
'www.zabbix.com [http://www.zabbix.com]' and the key being monitored is 'system.cpu.load[all,avg1]'. By using the function 'last()', we are referring to the most recent
value. Finally, '>5' means that the trigger is in the PROBLEM state whenever the most recent processor load measurement from www.zabbix.com [http://www.zabbix.com]
is greater than 5.

Example 2

www.zabbix.com [http://www.zabbix.com] is overloaded

{www.zabbix.com:system.cpu.load[all,avg1].last(0)}>5|{www.zabbix.com:system.cpu.load[all,avg1].min(600)}>2

The expression is true when either the current processor load is more than 5 or the processor load was more than 2 during last 10 minutes.

Example 3

/etc/passwd has been changed

Use of function diff:

{www.zabbix.com:vfs.file.cksum[/etc/passwd].diff(0)}>0

The expression is true when the previous value of checksum of /etc/passwd differs from the most recent one.

Similar expressions could be useful to monitor changes in important files, such as /etc/passwd, /etc/inetd.conf, /kernel, etc.

第70页共155页


Example 4

Someone is downloading a large file from the Internet

Use of function min:

{www.zabbix.com:net.if.in[eth0,bytes].min(300)}>100K

The expression is true when number of received bytes on eth0 is more than 100 KB within last 5 minutes.

Example 5

Both nodes of clustered SMTP server are down

Note use of two different hosts in one expression:

{smtp1.zabbix.com:net.tcp.service[smtp].last(0)}=0&{smtp2.zabbix.com:net.tcp.service[smtp].last(0)}=0

The expression is true when both SMTP servers are down on both smtp1.zabbix.com and smtp2.zabbix.com.

Example 6

Zabbix agent needs to be upgraded

Use of function str():

{zabbix.zabbix.com:agent.version.str("beta8")}=1

The expression is true if Zabbix agent has version beta8 (presumably 1.0beta8).

Example 7

Server is unreachable

{zabbix.zabbix.com:icmpping.count(1800,0)}>5

The expression is true if host “zabbix.zabbix.com” is unreachable more than 5 times in the latest 30 minutes.

Example 8

No heartbeats within last 3 minutes

Use of function nodata():

{zabbix.zabbix.com:tick.nodata(180)}=1

'tick' must have type 'Zabbix trapper'. In order to make this trigger work, item 'tick' must be defined. The host should periodically send data for this parameter using
zabbix_sender. If no data is received within 180 seconds, the trigger value becomes PROBLEM.

Example 9

CPU activity at night time

Use of function time():

{zabbix:system.cpu.load[all,avg1].min(300)}>2&{zabbix:system.cpu.load[all,avg1].time(0)}>000000&{zabbix:system.cpu.load[all,avg1].time(0)}<060000

The trigger may change its status to true, only at night (00:00-06:00) time.

Example 10

Check if client local time in sync with Zabbix Server time

Use of function fuzzytime():

{MySQL_DB:system.localtime.fuzzytime(10)}=0

The trigger will become a problem in case if local time on server MySQL_DB and Zabbix Server differs by more than 10 seconds.

12.3 Trigger dependencies

Trigger dependencies can be used to define relationship between triggers.

Trigger dependencies is a very convenient way of limiting number of messages to be sent in case if an event belongs to several resources.

For example, a host Host is behind router Router2 and the Router2 is behind Router1.

Zabbix - Router1 – Router2 - Host

If the Router1 is down, then obviously the Host and the Router2 are also unreachable. One does not want to receive three notifications about the Host, the Router1 and
the Router2. This is when Trigger dependencies may be handy.

In this case, we define these dependencies:

trigger 'Host is down' depends on trigger 'Router2 is down'
trigger 'Router2 is down' depends on trigger 'Router1 is down'

Before changing status of trigger 'Host is down', Zabbix will check if there are corresponding trigger dependencies defined. If so, and one of the triggers is in PROBLEM
state, then trigger status will not be changed and thus actions will not be executed and notifications will not be sent.

Zabbix performs this check recursively. If Router1 or Router2 is unreachable, the Host trigger won't be updated.

12.4 Trigger severity

Trigger severity defines how important is a trigger. Zabbix supports following trigger severities:

SEVERITY DEFINITION COLOR
Not classified Unknown severity. Gray.
Information For information purposes. Light green.
Warning Be warned. Light yellow.
Average Average problem. Dark red.
High Something important has happened. Red.
Disaster Disaster. Financial losses, etc. Bright red.

第71页共155页


The severities are used to:

visual representation of triggers. Different colors for different severities.
audio alarms in Status of Triggers screen. Different audio for different severities.
user medias. Different media (notification channel) for different severities. For example, SMS – high severity, email – other.

12.5 Hysteresis

Sometimes a trigger must have different conditions for different states. For example, we would like to define a trigger which would become PROBLEM when server room
temperature is higher than 20C while it should stay in the state until temperature will not become lower than 15C.

In order to do this, we define the following trigger:

Example 1

Temperature in server room is too high

({TRIGGER.VALUE}=0&{server:temp.last(0)}>20)|
({TRIGGER.VALUE}=1&{server:temp.last(0)}>15)

Note use of macro {TRIGGER.VALUE}. The macro returns current trigger value.

12 Triggers
Trigger is defined as a logical expression and represents system state.

Trigger status (expression) is recalculated every time Zabbix server receives new value, if this value is part of this expression. If time based functions are used in the
expression, it is recalculated every 30 seconds.

Time based functions are:

nodata()
date()
dayofmonth()
dayofweek()
time()
now()

The expression may have the following values:

VALUE DESCRIPTION
PROBLEM Normally means that something happened. For example, processor load is too high. Called TRUE in older Zabbix versions.
OK This is normal trigger state. Called FALSE in older Zabbix versions.
In this case, Zabbix cannot evaluate trigger expression. This may happen because of several reasons:
server is unreachable
UNKNOWN
trigger expression cannot be evaluated
trigger expression has been recently changed

12.1 Expression for triggers

The expressions used in triggers are very flexible. You can use them to create complex logical tests regarding monitored statistics. The following operators are supported
for triggers (descending priority of execution):

PRIORITY OPERATOR DEFINITION
1 / Division
2 * Multiplication
3 - Arithmetical minus
4 + Arithmetical plus
5 < Less than
6 > More than
Not equal. The operator is defined as:
7 #
A#B ⇔ (A<B-0.000001) | (A>B+0.000001)
Is equal. The operator is defined as:
8 =
A=B ⇔ (A>B-0.000001) & (A<B+0.000001)
9 & Logical AND
10 | Logical OR

12.2 Trigger functions

The following functions are supported:

1) All functions return numeric values only. Comparison to strings is not supported, for example.
2) String arguments should be double quoted. Otherwise, they might get misinterpreted.
FUNCTION Parameter(s) Supported value types
▼
Definition

abschange ignored float, int, str, text, log
Returns absolute difference between last and previous values.
For strings:
1 – values differ

avg sec or #num float, int
Average value for period of time. Parameter defines length of the period in seconds.
The function accepts a second, optional parameter time_shift. It is useful when there is a need to compare the current average value with the average value time_shift seconds back. For instance,
avg(3600,86400) will return the average value for an hour one day ago.
Parameter time_shift is supported from Zabbix 1.8.2.

change ignored float, int, str, text, log
Returns difference between last and previous values.
For strings:
1 – values differ

count sec or #num float, int, str, text, log
Number of historical values for period of time in seconds or number of last #num values matching condition.
The function accepts second optional parameter pattern, third parameter operator, and fourth parameter time_shift.
For example,
count(600,12) will return exact number of values equal to '12' stored in the history.
Integer items: exact match
Float items: match within 0.00001
String, text and log items: operators like (default), eq, ne are supported
Supported operators:
eq – equal
ne – not equal
gt – greater
ge – greater or equal

第72页共155页


lt – less
le – less or equal
like (textual search only) - matches if contains pattern.
For example,
count(600,12,”gt”) will return exact number of values which are more than '12' stored in the history for the last 600 seconds.
Another example:
count(#10,12,”gt”,86400) will return exact number of values which are larger than '12' stored in the history among last 10 values 24 hours ago.
If there is a need to count arbitrary values, for instance, for the last 600 seconds 24 hours ago, count(600,,,86400) should be used.
Parameter #num is supported from Zabbix 1.6.1.
Parameter time_shift and string operators are supported from Zabbix 1.8.2.

date ignored any
Returns current date in YYYYMMDD format.
For example: 20031025

dayofmonth ignored any
Returns day of month in range of 1 to 31.

dayofweek ignored any
Returns day of week in range of 1 to 7. Mon – 1, Sun – 7.

delta sec or #num float, int
Same as max()-min().

diff ignored float, int, str, text, log
Returns:
1 – last and previous values differ
0 – otherwise

fuzzytime sec float, int
Returns 1 if timestamp (item value) does not differ from Zabbix server time for more than N seconds, 0 – otherwise.
Usually used with system.localtime to check that local time is in sync with local time of Zabbix server.

iregexp 1st – string, 2nd – sec or #num str, log, text
This function is non case-sensitive analogue of regexp.

last sec or #num float, int, str, text, log
Last (most recent) value. Parameter:
sec – ignored
#num – Nth value
For example,
last(0) is always equal to last(#1)
last(#3) – third most recent value
The function also supports an optional time_shift parameter. For example,
last(0,86400) will return the most recent value one day ago.
Zabbix does not guarantee exact order of values if more than two values exist within one second in history.
Parameter #num is supported starting from Zabbix 1.6.2.
Parameter time_shift is supported starting from Zabbix 1.8.2.

logeventid string log
Check if Event ID of the last log entry matches a regular expression. Parameter defines the regular expression, POSIX style.
Returns:
0 - does not match
1 – matches

logseverity ignored log
Returns log severity of the last log entry. Parameter is ignored.
0 – default severity
N – severity (integer, useful for Windows event logs). Zabbix takes log severity from field Information of Windows event log.

logsource string log
Check if log source of the last log entry matches parameter.
0 – does not match
1 – matches
Normally used for Windows event logs. For example, logsource(“VMWare Server”)

max sec or #num float, int
Maximal value for period of time. Parameter defines length of the period in seconds.

min sec or #num float, int
Minimal value for period of time. Parameter defines length of the period in seconds.

nodata sec any
Returns:
1 – if no data received during period of time in seconds. The period should not be less than 30 seconds.
0 - otherwise

now ignored any
Returns number of seconds since the Epoch (00:00:00 UTC, January 1, 1970).

prev ignored float, int, str, text, log
Returns previous value. Parameter is ignored.
Same as last(#2)

regexp 1st – string, 2nd – sec or #num str, log, text
Check if last value matches regular expression. Parameter defines regular expression, POSIX style.
This function is case-sensitive.
Returns:
1 – found
0 - otherwise

str 1st – string, 2nd – sec or #num str, log, text
Find string in last (most recent) value. Parameter defines string to find. Case sensitive!
Returns:
1 – found
0 – otherwise

strlen sec or #num str, log, text
Length of the last (most recent) value in characters (not bytes).
Parameters are the same as for function last.
For example,
strlen(0) is equal to strlen(#1)
strlen(#3) – length of the third most recent value
strlen(0,86400) – length of the most recent value one day ago.

sum sec or #num float, int
Sum of values for period of time. Parameter defines length of the period in seconds.

time ignored any
Returns current time in HHMMSS format. Example: 123055

Some of the functions cannot be used for non-numeric parameters!

Most of numeric functions accept number of seconds as an argument. You may also use prefix # to specify that argument has a different meaning:

第73页共155页


FUNCTION CALL MEANING
sum(600) Sum of all values within 600 seconds
sum(#5) Sum of the last 5 values

Function last uses a different meaning for values, prefixed with the hash mark - it makes it choose n-th previous value, so given values (from most recent to least recent)
3, 7, 2, 6, 5, last(#2) would return 7 and last(#5) would return 5.

The following constants are supported for triggers:

CONSTANT DEFINITION
Positive float number.
<number>
Examples: 0, 1, 0.15, 123.55
K – 1024*N
M – 1024*1024*N
<number><K|M|G>
G – 1024*1024*1024*N
Examples: 2K, 4G, 0.5M

A simple useful expression might look like:

{<server>:<key>.<function>(<argument>)}<operator><const>

An argument must be given even for those functions which ignore it. Example: last(0)

Example 1

Processor load is too high on www.zabbix.com [http://www.zabbix.com]

{www.zabbix.com:system.cpu.load[all,avg1].last(0)}>5

'www.zabbix.com:system.cpu.load [http://www.zabbix.com:system.cpu.load][all,avg1]' gives a short name of the monitored parameter. It specifies that the server is
'www.zabbix.com [http://www.zabbix.com]' and the key being monitored is 'system.cpu.load[all,avg1]'. By using the function 'last()', we are referring to the most recent
value. Finally, '>5' means that the trigger is in the PROBLEM state whenever the most recent processor load measurement from www.zabbix.com [http://www.zabbix.com]
is greater than 5.

Example 2

www.zabbix.com [http://www.zabbix.com] is overloaded

{www.zabbix.com:system.cpu.load[all,avg1].last(0)}>5|{www.zabbix.com:system.cpu.load[all,avg1].min(600)}>2

The expression is true when either the current processor load is more than 5 or the processor load was more than 2 during last 10 minutes.

Example 3

/etc/passwd has been changed

Use of function diff:

{www.zabbix.com:vfs.file.cksum[/etc/passwd].diff(0)}>0

The expression is true when the previous value of checksum of /etc/passwd differs from the most recent one.

Similar expressions could be useful to monitor changes in important files, such as /etc/passwd, /etc/inetd.conf, /kernel, etc.

Example 4

Someone is downloading a large file from the Internet

Use of function min:

{www.zabbix.com:net.if.in[eth0,bytes].min(300)}>100K

The expression is true when number of received bytes on eth0 is more than 100 KB within last 5 minutes.

Example 5

Both nodes of clustered SMTP server are down

Note use of two different hosts in one expression:

{smtp1.zabbix.com:net.tcp.service[smtp].last(0)}=0&{smtp2.zabbix.com:net.tcp.service[smtp].last(0)}=0

The expression is true when both SMTP servers are down on both smtp1.zabbix.com and smtp2.zabbix.com.

Example 6

Zabbix agent needs to be upgraded

Use of function str():

{zabbix.zabbix.com:agent.version.str("beta8")}=1

The expression is true if Zabbix agent has version beta8 (presumably 1.0beta8).

Example 7

Server is unreachable

{zabbix.zabbix.com:status.last(0)}=2

The 'status' is a special parameter which is calculated if and only if corresponding host has at least one parameter for monitoring. See description of 'status' for more
details.
Example 8

No heartbeats within last 3 minutes

Use of function nodata():

{zabbix.zabbix.com:tick.nodata(180)}=1

'tick' must have type 'Zabbix trapper'. In order to make this trigger work, item 'tick' must be defined. The host should periodically send data for this parameter using
zabbix_sender. If no data is received within 180 seconds, the trigger value becomes PROBLEM.

Example 9

第74页共155页


CPU activity at night time

Use of function time():

{zabbix:system.cpu.load[all,avg1].min(300)}>2&{zabbix:system.cpu.load[all,avg1].time(0)}>000000&{zabbix:system.cpu.load[all,avg1].time(0)}<060000

The trigger may change its status to true, only at night (00:00-06:00) time.

Example 10

Check if client local time in sync with Zabbix Server time

Use of function fuzzytime():

{MySQL_DB:system.localtime.fuzzytime(10)}=0

The trigger will become a problem in case if local time on server MySQL_DB and Zabbix Server differs by more than 10 seconds.

12.3 Trigger dependencies

Trigger dependencies can be used to define relationship between triggers.

Trigger dependencies is a very convenient way of limiting number of messages to be sent in case if an event belongs to several resources.

For example, a host Host is behind router Router2 and the Router2 is behind Router1.

Zabbix - Router1 – Router2 - Host

If the Router1 is down, then obviously the Host and the Router2 are also unreachable. One does not want to receive three notifications about the Host, the Router1 and
the Router2. This is when Trigger dependencies may be handy.

In this case, we define these dependencies:

trigger 'Host is down' depends on trigger 'Router2 is down'
trigger 'Router2 is down' depends on trigger 'Router1 is down'

Before changing status of trigger 'Host is down', Zabbix will check if there are corresponding trigger dependencies defined. If so, and one of the triggers is in PROBLEM
state, then trigger status will not be changed and thus actions will not be executed and notifications will not be sent.

Zabbix performs this check recursively. If Router1 or Router2 is unreachable, the Host trigger won't be updated.

12.4 Trigger severity

Trigger severity defines how important is a trigger. Zabbix supports following trigger severities:

SEVERITY DEFINITION COLOR
Not classified Unknown severity. Gray.
Information For information purposes. Light green.
Warning Be warned. Light yellow.
Average Average problem. Dark red.
High Something important has happened. Red.
Disaster Disaster. Financial losses, etc. Bright red.

The severities are used to:

visual representation of triggers. Different colors for different severities.
audio alarms in Status of Triggers screen. Different audio for different severities.
user medias. Different media (notification channel) for different severities. For example, SMS – high severity, email – other.

12.5 Hysteresis

Sometimes a trigger must have different conditions for different states. For example, we would like to define a trigger which would become PROBLEM when server room
temperature is higher than 20C while it should stay in the state until temperature will not become lower than 15C.

In order to do this, we define the following trigger:

Example 1

Temperature in server room is too high

({TRIGGER.VALUE}=0&{server:temp.last(0)}>20)|
({TRIGGER.VALUE}=1&{server:temp.last(0)}>15)

Note use of macro {TRIGGER.VALUE}. The macro returns current trigger value.

4.13 Screens and Slide Shows
Zabbix screens allow grouping of various information for quick access and display on one screen. An easy-to-use screen builder makes creating screens easy and intuitive.

A screen is a table which may contain the following elements in each cell:

simple graphs
user-defined graphs
maps
other screens
plain text information
server information (overview)
trigger information (overview)
data overview
clock
history of events
history of actions
URL (data taken from other location)

The number of elements per screen is unlimited.

You can configure screens in Configuration → Screens and view them in Monitoring → Screens as well as include your favourite screens in the favourites section of
Monitoring → Dashboard.

第75页共155页


If graph height is set as less than 120 pixels, no trigger will be displayed in the legend.

A slide show is a series of screens, which will be automatically rotated according to configured update intervals.

You can configure slide shows in Configuration → Slides.

PARAMETER Description
Name Name of slide show.
Update interval (in sec) This parameter defines the default interval between screen rotation, in seconds.
Slides List of individual slides (screens)
Screen Screen name
Delay How long the screen will be displayed, in seconds. If set to 0, Update Interval of the slide show will be used.

Example 1

Slide show “Zabbix administrators”

The slide show consists of two screens which will be displayed in the following order:

Zabbix Server ⇒ Pause 60 seconds ⇒ Zabbix Server2 ⇒ Pause 30 seconds ⇒ Zabbix Server ⇒ Pause 60 seconds ⇒ Zabbix Server2 ⇒ …

4.13 Screens and Slide Shows
Zabbix screens allow grouping of various information for quick access and display on one screen. An easy-to-use screen builder makes creating screens easy and intuitive.

A screen is a table which may contain the following elements in each cell:

simple graphs
user-defined graphs
maps
other screens
plain text information
server information (overview)
trigger information (overview)
data overview
clock
history of events
history of actions
URL (data taken from other location)

The number of elements per screen is unlimited.

You can configure screens in Configuration → Screens and view them in Monitoring → Screens as well as include your favourite screens in the favourites section of
Monitoring → Dashboard.

If graph height is set as less than 120 pixels, no trigger will be displayed in the legend.

A slide show is a series of screens, which will be automatically rotated according to configured update intervals.

You can configure slide shows in Configuration → Slides.

Name Name of slide show.
Update interval (in sec) This parameter defines the default interval between screen rotation, in seconds.
Slides List of individual slides (screens)
Screen Screen name
Delay How long the screen will be displayed, in seconds. If set to 0, Update Interval of the slide show will be used.

Example 1

Slide show “Zabbix administrators”

The slide show consists of two screens which will be displayed in the following order:

Zabbix Server ⇒ Pause 60 seconds ⇒ Zabbix Server2 ⇒ Pause 30 seconds ⇒ Zabbix Server ⇒ Pause 60 seconds ⇒ Zabbix Server2 ⇒ …

第76页共155页


4.14 IT Services
IT Services are intended for those who want to get a high-level (business) view of monitored infrastructure. In many cases, we are not interested in low-level details, like
lack of disk space, high processor load, etc. What we are interested is availability of service provided by our IT department. We can also be interested in identifying weak
places of IT infrastructure, SLA of various IT services, structure of existing IT infrastructure, and many other information of higher level.

Zabbix IT Services provides answers to all mentioned questions.

IT Services is hierarchy representation of monitored data.

A very simple IT Service structure may look like:

IT Service
|
|-Workstations
| |
| |-Workstation1
| |
| |-Workstation2
|
|-Servers

Each node of the structure has attribute status. The status is calculated and propagated to upper levels according to selected algorithm. Triggers create lowest level of the
IT Services. [To be finished…]

Note that up to and including Zabbix version 1.8.1 triggers with severities Not classified and Information do not impact SLA calculation.

4.14 IT Services
IT Services are intended for those who want to get a high-level (business) view of monitored infrastructure. In many cases, we are not interested in low-level details, like
lack of disk space, high processor load, etc. What we are interested is availability of service provided by our IT department. We can also be interested in identifying weak
places of IT infrastructure, SLA of various IT services, structure of existing IT infrastructure, and many other information of higher level.

Zabbix IT Services provides answers to all mentioned questions.

IT Services is hierarchy representation of monitored data.

A very simple IT Service structure may look like:

IT Service
|
|-Workstations
| |
| |-Workstation1
| |
| |-Workstation2
|
|-Servers

Each node of the structure has attribute status. The status is calculated and propagated to upper levels according to selected algorithm. Triggers create lowest level of the
IT Services. [To be finished…]

Note that up to and including Zabbix version 1.8.1 triggers with severities Not classified and Information do not impact SLA calculation.

4.15 User permissions
All Zabbix users access the Zabbix application through the Web-based front end. Each Zabbix user is assigned a unique login name and a password. All user passwords are
encrypted and stored on the Zabbix database. Users can not use their user id and password to log directly into the UNIX server unless they have also been set up
accordingly to UNIX. Communication between the Web Server and the user's browser can be protected using SSL.

Access permissions on screen within the menu may be set for each user. By default, no permissions are granted on a screen when user is registered to the Zabbix.

Note that a user is automatically disconnected after 30 minutes of inactivity.

4.15.1 Overview

Zabbix has a flexible user permission schema which can be efficiently used to manage user permission within one Zabbix installation or in a distributed environment.

Permissions are granted to user groups on a host group level.

Zabbix supports several types of users. The type controls what administrative functions a user has permission to.

4.15.2 User types

User types are used to define access to administrative functions and to specify default permissions.

User type Description
Zabbix User The user has access to Monitoring menu. The user has no access to any resources by default. Permissions to host groups must be explicitly assigned.
Zabbix Admin The user has access to Monitoring and Configuration. The user has no access to any host groups by default. Permissions to host groups must be explicitly given.
Zabbix Super The user has access to everything: Monitoring, Configuration and Administration. The user has Read-Write access to all host groups. Permissions cannot be revoked by denying access to
Admin specific host groups.

4.15 User permissions
All Zabbix users access the Zabbix application through the Web-based front end. Each Zabbix user is assigned a unique login name and a password. All user passwords are
encrypted and stored on the Zabbix database. Users can not use their user id and password to log directly into the UNIX server unless they have also been set up
accordingly to UNIX. Communication between the Web Server and the user's browser can be protected using SSL.

Access permissions on screen within the menu may be set for each user. By default, no permissions are granted on a screen when user is registered to the Zabbix.

Note that a user is automatically disconnected after 30 minutes of inactivity.

4.15.1 Overview

Zabbix has a flexible user permission schema which can be efficiently used to manage user permission within one Zabbix installation or in a distributed environment.

Permissions are granted to user groups on a host group level.

Zabbix supports several types of users. The type controls what administrative functions a user has permission to.

4.15.2 User types

User types are used to define access to administrative functions and to specify default permissions.

第77页共155页


User type Description
Zabbix User The user has access to Monitoring menu. The user has no access to any resources by default. Permissions to host groups must be explicitly assigned.
Zabbix Admin The user has access to Monitoring and Configuration. The user has no access to any host groups by default. Permissions to host groups must be explicitly given.
Zabbix Super The user has access to everything: Monitoring, Configuration and Administration. The user has Read-Write access to all host groups. Permissions cannot be revoked by denying access to
Admin specific host groups.

4.16 The Queue

4.16.1 Overview

Zabbix Queue displays items that are waiting for a refresh. The Queue is just a logical representation of data from the database. There is no IPC queue or any other
queue mechanism in Zabbix.

Statistics shown by the Queue is a good indicator of performance of Zabbix server.

4.16.2 How to read

The Queue on a standalone application or when displayed for a master node shows items waiting for a refresh.

In this case, we see that we have three items of type Zabbix agent waiting to be refreshed 0-5 seconds, and one item of type Zabbix agent (active) waiting more than five
minutes (perhaps the agent is down?). Note that information displayed for a child node is not up-to-date. The master node receives historical data with a certain delay
(normally, up-to 10 seconds for inter-node data transfer), so the information is delayed.

On the screenshot we see that there are 93 items waiting more than 5 minutes for refresh on node “Child”, however we should not trust the information as it depends on:

performance of the Child node
communications between Master and Child nodes
possible local time difference between Master and Child nodes

A special item key zabbix[queue] can be used to monitor health of the queue by Zabbix. There's a full list of such internal items in item configuration section.

4.16 The Queue

4.16.1 Overview

Zabbix Queue displays items that are waiting for a refresh. The Queue is just a logical representation of data from the database. There is no IPC queue or any other
queue mechanism in Zabbix.

Statistics shown by the Queue is a good indicator of performance of Zabbix server.

4.16.2 How to read

The Queue on a standalone application or when displayed for a master node shows items waiting for a refresh.

第78页共155页


In this case, we see that we have three items of type Zabbix agent waiting to be refreshed 0-5 seconds, and one item of type Zabbix agent (active) waiting more than five
minutes (perhaps the agent is down?). Note that information displayed for a child node is not up-to-date. The master node receives historical data with a certain delay
(normally, up-to 10 seconds for inter-node data transfer), so the information is delayed.

On the screenshot we see that there are 93 items waiting more than 5 minutes for refresh on node “Child”, however we should not trust the information as it depends on:

performance of the Child node
communications between Master and Child nodes
possible local time difference between Master and Child nodes

A special item key zabbix[queue] can be used to monitor health of the queue by Zabbix. There's a full list of such internal items in item configuration section.

4.17 Utilities

4.17.1 Start-up scripts

The scripts are used to automatically start/stop Zabbix processes during system's start-up/shutdown.

The scripts are located under directory misc/init.d.

4.17.2 snmptrap.sh

The script is used to receive SNMP traps. The script must be used in combination with snmptrapd, which is part of package net-snmp.

Configuration guide:

Install snmptrapd (part of net-snmp or ucd-snmp)
Edit snmptrapd.conf.
Add this line:

traphandle default /bin/bash /home/zabbix/bin/snmptrap.sh

Copy misc/snmptrap/snmptrap.sh to ~zabbix/bin
Edit snmptrap.sh to configure some basic parameters
Add special host and trapper (type “string”) item to Zabbix. See snmptrap.sh for the item's key.
Run snmptrapd

4.17 Utilities

4.17.1 Start-up scripts

The scripts are used to automatically start/stop Zabbix processes during system's start-up/shutdown.

The scripts are located under directory misc/init.d.

4.17.2 snmptrap.sh

The script is used to receive SNMP traps. The script must be used in combination with snmptrapd, which is part of package net-snmp.

Configuration guide:

第79页共155页


Install snmptrapd (part of net-snmp or ucd-snmp)
Edit snmptrapd.conf.
Add this line:

traphandle default /bin/bash /home/zabbix/bin/snmptrap.sh

Copy misc/snmptrap/snmptrap.sh to ~zabbix/bin
Edit snmptrap.sh to configure some basic parameters
Add special host and trapper (type “string”) item to Zabbix. See snmptrap.sh for the item's key.
Run snmptrapd

4.18 Regular expressions
Complex regular expressions can be created and tested in the Zabbix frontend by going to Administration → General → Regular expressions.

4.18.1 Using regular expressions

After a regular expression has been created, it can be used everywhere regular expressions are supported by referring to it's name, prefixed with @, for example,
@mycustomregexp.

4.18.2 Regular expression types

All regular expressions in Zabbix, whether created with the advanced editor, or entered manually, support POSIX extended regular expressions [http://en.wikipedia.org
/wiki/Regular_expression#POSIX_Extended_Regular_Expressions].

4.18 Regular expressions
Complex regular expressions can be created and tested in the Zabbix frontend by going to Administration → General → Regular expressions.

4.18.1 Using regular expressions

After a regular expression has been created, it can be used everywhere regular expressions are supported by referring to it's name, prefixed with @, for example,
@mycustomregexp.

4.18.2 Regular expression types

All regular expressions in Zabbix, whether created with the advanced editor, or entered manually, support POSIX extended regular expressions [http://en.wikipedia.org
/wiki/Regular_expression#POSIX_Extended_Regular_Expressions].

4.20 Frontend definitions
While many things in the frontend can be configured using the frontend itself, some customisations are currently only possible by editing a definitions file. Located in the
frontend directory, this file is include/defines.inc.php. Parameters in this file that could be of interest to users:

TRIGGER_FALSE_PERIOD

For how long to show triggers in OK state after their state changed from PROBLEM, in seconds.

Default: 1800

TRIGGER_BLINK_PERIOD

For how long a trigger should blink after its state changed, in seconds.

Default: 1800

ZBX_PERIOD_DEFAULT

Default graph period, in seconds. One hour by default.

ZBX_MIN_PERIOD

Minimum graph period, in seconds. One hour by default.

ZBX_MAX_PERIOD

Maximum graph period, in seconds. Two years by default since 1.6.7, one year before that.

GRAPH_YAXIS_SIDE_DEFAULT

Default location of Y axis in simple graphs and default value for drop down box when adding items to custom graphs. Possible values: 0 - left, 1 - right.

Default: 0

ZBX_UNITS_ROUNDOFF_THRESHOLD

Threshold value for roundoff constants. Values less than it will be rounded to ZBX_UNITS_ROUNDOFF_LOWER_LIMIT number of digits after comma, greater to
ZBX_UNITS_ROUNDOFF_UPPER_LIMIT.

Default: 0.01

ZBX_UNITS_ROUNDOFF_UPPER_LIMIT

Number of digits after comma, when value is greater than roundoff threshold

Default: 2

ZBX_UNITS_ROUNDOFF_LOWER_LIMIT

Number of digits after comma, when value is less than roundoff threshold

Default: 6

ZBX_HISTORY_DATA_UPKEEP (available since 1.8.4)

Number of days, which will reflect on frontend choice when deciding which history or trends table to process for selected period on data graphing. When this define is:

less than zero - zabbix takes item values for selected graph period configured in item “keep in history” field to make calculations;

第80页共155页


equal to zero - zabbix takes item values only from trends;
greater then zero - zabbix overwrites item “keep in history” configured value with this define;

This define could be useful for partitioned history data storage.

Default: -1

ZAPCAT_COMPATIBILITY

Enables support for Zapcat Zabbix Java JMX bridge [http://www.kjkoster.org/zapcat/] item keys syntax

Default: false

ZAPCAT_COMPATIBILITY is only available for 1.8.4.

4.20 Frontend definitions
While many things in the frontend can be configured using the frontend itself, some customisations are currently only possible by editing a definitions file. Located in the
frontend directory, this file is include/defines.inc.php. Parameters in this file that could be of interest to users:

TRIGGER_FALSE_PERIOD

For how long to show triggers in OK state after their state changed from PROBLEM, in seconds.

Default: 1800

TRIGGER_BLINK_PERIOD

For how long a trigger should blink after its state changed, in seconds.

Default: 1800

ZBX_PERIOD_DEFAULT

Default graph period, in seconds. One hour by default.

ZBX_MIN_PERIOD

Minimum graph period, in seconds. One hour by default.

ZBX_MAX_PERIOD

Maximum graph period, in seconds. Two years by default since 1.6.7, one year before that.

GRAPH_YAXIS_SIDE_DEFAULT

Default location of Y axis in simple graphs and default value for drop down box when adding items to custom graphs. Possible values: 0 - left, 1 - right.

Default: 0

ZBX_UNITS_ROUNDOFF_THRESHOLD

Threshold value for roundoff constants. Values less than it will be rounded to ZBX_UNITS_ROUNDOFF_LOWER_LIMIT number of digits after comma, greater to
ZBX_UNITS_ROUNDOFF_UPPER_LIMIT.

Default: 0.01

ZBX_UNITS_ROUNDOFF_UPPER_LIMIT

Number of digits after comma, when value is greater than roundoff threshold

Default: 2

ZBX_UNITS_ROUNDOFF_LOWER_LIMIT

Number of digits after comma, when value is less than roundoff threshold

Default: 6

ZBX_HISTORY_DATA_UPKEEP (available since 1.8.4)

Number of days, which will reflect on frontend choice when deciding which history or trends table to process for selected period on data graphing. When this define is:

less than zero - zabbix takes item values for selected graph period configured in item “keep in history” field to make calculations;
equal to zero - zabbix takes item values only from trends;
greater then zero - zabbix overwrites item “keep in history” configured value with this define;

This define could be useful for partitioned history data storage.

Default: -1

ZAPCAT_COMPATIBILITY

Enables support for Zapcat Zabbix Java JMX bridge [http://www.kjkoster.org/zapcat/] item keys syntax

Default: false

ZAPCAT_COMPATIBILITY is only available for 1.8.4.

4.21 Suffixes
It is possible to simplify Zabbix trigger expressions or item keys by using suffixes.

4.21.1 Standard multipliers

The following table summarises available standard multipliers in Zabbix frontend and server:

Till_1.8.2 Additional in 1.8.2
K (Kilo)
Server M (Mega) T (Tera)
G (Giga)
K (Kilo) P (Peta)
M (Mega) E (Exa)
Frontend
G (Giga) Z (Zetta)
T (Tera) Y (Yotta)

第81页共155页


4.21.2 Time-related multipliers

Since Zabbix version 1.8.2 the following time-related multipliers are available:

s - seconds; when used, works the same as raw value;
m - minutes;
h - hours;
d - days
w - weeks.

4.21.3 Examples

These multipliers allow to write expressions that are easier to understand and maintain, for example the following expressions:

{host:zabbix[proxy,zabbix_proxy,lastaccess]}>120

{host:system.uptime[].last()}<86400

could be changed to:

{host:zabbix[proxy,zabbix_proxy,lastaccess]}>2m
{host:system.uptime.last()}<1d

4.21 Suffixes
It is possible to simplify Zabbix trigger expressions or item keys by using suffixes.

4.21.1 Standard multipliers

The following table summarises available standard multipliers in Zabbix frontend and server:

Till_1.8.2 Additional in 1.8.2
K (Kilo)
Server M (Mega) T (Tera)
G (Giga)
K (Kilo) P (Peta)
M (Mega) E (Exa)
Frontend
G (Giga) Z (Zetta)
T (Tera) Y (Yotta)

4.21.2 Time-related multipliers

Since Zabbix version 1.8.2 the following time-related multipliers are available:

s - seconds; when used, works the same as raw value;
m - minutes;
h - hours;
d - days
w - weeks.

4.21.3 Examples

These multipliers allow to write expressions that are easier to understand and maintain, for example the following expressions:

{host:zabbix[proxy,zabbix_proxy,lastaccess]}>120

{host:system.uptime[].last()}<86400

could be changed to:

{host:zabbix[proxy,zabbix_proxy,lastaccess]}>2m
{host:system.uptime.last()}<1d

4.22 Time period specification

4.22.1 The format

Time period has the following format:

d-d,hh:mm-hh:mm

You can specify more than one time period using a semicolon (;) separator:

d-d,hh:mm-hh:mm;d-d,hh:mm-hh:mm...

4.22.2 Description

Format Description
d Day of week: 1 - Monday, 2 - Tuesday ,… , 7 - Sunday
hh Hours: 00-24
mm Minutes: 00-59

The upper bound of time period specification is not included. E. g. if you specify 09:00-18:00 the last second included in the time period will be 17:59:59. This is true
starting from version 1.8.7 for everything except Working time which has always worked this way.

4.22.3 Default

Empty time specification equals to 01-07,00:00-24:00

4.22.4 Examples

Working hours. Monday - Friday from 9:00 till 18:00:

1-5,09:00-18:00

Working hours plus weekend. Monday - Friday from 9:00 till 18:00 and Saturday, Sunday from 10:00 till 16:00:

第82页共155页


1-5,09:00-18:00;6-7,10:00-16:00

4.22 Time period specification

4.22.1 The format

Time period has the following format:

d-d,hh:mm-hh:mm

You can specify more than one time period using a semicolon (;) separator:

d-d,hh:mm-hh:mm;d-d,hh:mm-hh:mm...

4.22.2 Description

Format Description
d Day of week: 1 - Monday, 2 - Tuesday ,… , 7 - Sunday
hh Hours: 00-24
mm Minutes: 00-59

The upper bound of time period specification is not included. E. g. if you specify 09:00-18:00 the last second included in the time period will be 17:59:59. This is true
starting from version 1.8.7 for everything except Working time which has always worked this way.

4.22.3 Default

Empty time specification equals to 01-07,00:00-24:00

4.22.4 Examples

Working hours. Monday - Friday from 9:00 till 18:00:

1-5,09:00-18:00

Working hours plus weekend. Monday - Friday from 9:00 till 18:00 and Saturday, Sunday from 10:00 till 16:00:

1-5,09:00-18:00;6-7,10:00-16:00

5 Quick Start Guide

5.1 Login
This is “Welcome to Zabbix” screen. When installed, use user name Admin with password zabbix to connect as Zabbix superuser.

When logged in, you will see “Connected as Admin” in the lower right corner of the page and access to Configuration and Administration areas will be granted:

5.1.1 Protection against brute force attacks

In case of five consecutive failed login attempts, Zabbix interface will pause for 30 seconds in order to prevent brute force and dictionary attacks.

IP address of a failed login attempt will be displayed after successful login.

5.2 Add user
After initial installation, Zabbix has only two users defined. User “Admin” is a Zabbix superuser, which has full permissions. User “guest” is a special default user. If a user
does not log in, the user will be accessing Zabbix with “guest” permissions. By default, “guest” has no permissions on Zabbix objects.

To add a new user, navigate to Administration → Users and switch to Users in the dropdown, then click “Create User”.

In the new user form, make sure to add your user to one of the existing groups, for example Network administrators.

第83页共155页


By default, new users have no media (notification methods) defined. To create one, click Add in the Media section.

In this popup, enter an e-mail address for the user. You can specify a time period when the medium will be active (see Time period specification page for description of the
format), by default a medium is always active. You can also customise severities for which the medium will be active, but leave all of them enabled for now. Click Add,
then click Save in the user properties. The new user appears in the userlist.

By default, a new user has no permissions. To grant the user rights, click on the group in Groups column. This opens the group properties form. This user will have
read-only access to Linux servers group, so click on Add below the Read only listbox.

In this popup, mark the checkbox next to Linux servers, then click Select.

第84页共155页


In the user group properties form, click Save.

In Zabbix, all access rights are assigned to user groups.

Done! You may try to log in using credentials of the new user.

5.3 Email settings
Initially, Zabbix has several predefined notification delivery methods (media types). Email is one of those. Email configuration can be found under Menu → Administration
→ Media types.

Click on Email in the list of pre-defined media types.

Set correct SMTP server, SMTP helo and SMTP email values. Press Save when ready.

SMTP email is used as the From address for outgoing e-mails.

Now you have media type “Email” defined. A media type must be linked with users, otherwise it will not be used.

5.4 Monitoring an agent-enabled host
The section provides details about monitoring a host which has Zabbix agent running. You must have the agent installed and configured properly.

5.4.1 Monitoring default Zabbix server

Open Configuration → Hosts to see the list of currently defined hosts. The situation will be different depending on Zabbix version being used.

If you are using Zabbix up to version 1.8.3, you will see single disabled host, Zabbix server.
If you are using Zabbix appliance version 1.8.3 or later, you will see single enabled host, Zabbix server.

第85页共155页


If the host is not monitored, click on Not monitored in the Status column and confirm the popup. That's it, we don't have to do anything else - if agent and server
daemons are running properly, the host will be monitored from now on.

5.4.2 Monitoring a different server

Open Configuration → Hosts to see the list of currently defined hosts. There will be one pre-defined host, but now we want to add another one.

Click on Create host. As the minimum, host definition for our purposes should have the following defined:

Host name;
Host must belong to at least one hostgroup;
For passive Zabbix agent monitored hosts IP address should be defined;
For a quickstart, we will use one of the pre-defined templates as well.

Other options will suit us with their defaults.

Host name

Enter a host name here. Alpha-numericals, spaces and underscores are allowed.

Groups

Host must belong to at least one host group. Move groups from the right hand side box to the left hand side box and the opposite until you are satisfied with the
result.

IP address

Enter the IP address of the host. Note that Zabbix agent daemon must have Zabbix server IP address specified in its configuration file Server directive.

Linked templates

On the right hand side block Linked templates, click on the Add button, choose Templates in the Group dropdown, then mark checkbox next to Template_Linux
entry (assuming the newly added host is running Linux) and click on Select.

When done, click Save.

The host should be successfully created. Click on Details in the upper left corner of the resulting page - that should show you what actually happened.

According to the details, the effect of using a template should be that this new host now has entities from Template_Linux - let's verify that. In the Group dropdown,
choose one of the groups you added your new host to. That should show a high level configuration overview of this host.

5.4.3 Verifying current configuration

In this list we can see that several items, triggers and graphs supposedly have been added to our new host.

If the Z icon in the Availability column is red, there is some error with communication - move your mouse cursor over it to see the error message. If that icon is gray, no
status update has happened so far. Check that Zabbix server is running, and try refreshing the page later as well.

Let's make sure that this host indeed has those items. Click on Items next to it.

第86页共155页


Looks like items have been added successfully. Note the Template_Linux text in gray prefixing them, which indicates which template do the entities come from. What
about triggers? Looking above the item list, there's a horizontal strip which allows to easily navigate between different entity categories of a host.

By default, Zabbix entity lists are limited to 50 entries per page. you can modify this in your user profile.

In there, click on Triggers.

Great - triggers also seem to be in place (the above screenshot only shows part of the output, though). There was also something about graphs - using the host bar above
the trigger list navigate to custom graph configuration.

Here we can see that some templated custom graphs are available as well.

Now it is time to see what information is available. Go to Menu→Latest data and expand some category in there.

第87页共155页


The values are being gathered and displayed along with change information, if any.

In Zabbix, for all numeric items a graph can be obtained without any configuration at all - these graphs are generated on runtime. To view such a graph, click on Graph
link next to any item.

You can change the currently displayed time period using the controls above the graph.

Feel free to explore other areas that display monitoring information, including:

Monitoring → Graphs for custom graphs;
Monitoring → Triggers for a list of currently active problems;
Monitoring → Dashboard for a high level overview;
Monitoring → Maps for network maps;
Monitoring → Screens for compound pages showing several elements at once.

After having the basic monitoring in place, we might want to actually notify on situation changes, which we'll set up in the next section.

5.5 Set up notifications
We have a host or several hosts monitored. We can see simple and custom graphs, as well as data for individual items. We also have problem conditions, called triggers,
set up, and they are changing from OK to PROBLEM state and back as situation changes. While we can look at the data to determine the current status, it is not feasible
to do so all the time - which means we will want to set up notifications. To do this, open Configuration → Actions.

By default, there are no actions configured. To create one, click Create Action. In the upcoming form, enter a name for the action. In the most simple case, if we don't add
any conditions, action will be used upon any trigger change from OK to PROBLEM and vice versa. We still should define what the action should do - and that is done in the
Action operations block. Click on New in that block, which opens new operation configuration form. Here, choose Single user in the Send message to dropdown, then click
on Select. In the upcoming popup, choose the user we created before.

Notice how the e-mail address we specified for that user will be used here.

Macros (or variables) {TRIGGER.NAME} and {STATUS}, currently visible in the Default subject and Default message fields, will be replaced with trigger name and

第88页共155页


trigger status, respectively. Trigger status will be either PROBLEM or OK. Click Add in the Edit operation block.

We are done with the simple action configuration, so click Save in the Action block.

Congratulations - we are done with the simple setup of monitoring some host and sending out notifications based on problem condition definitions.

If the notifications don't work, make sure user you created has at least read permissions on the host which generated the event, as discussed in the ”Add user” step.
Additionally, you can check out action log by going to Administration → Audit, and choosing Actions in the dropdown, located in the upper right corner.

6 XML Import and Export

6.1 Goals
Zabbix Import/Export functionality is created to make possible effective exchange of various configuration entities.

Data is exported in XML format which is easy to read and modify.

Use cases:

Sharing of templates or network maps

Zabbix users may share configuration parameters.

Integration with third-party tools

Universal XML format makes integration and data import/export possible with third party tools and applications.

Exporting and importing network maps is supported since Zabbix version 1.8.2.

6.2 Overview
Currently two main categories of configuration are supported for export - hosts and their associated data, and network maps.

6.2.1 Host import/export

Zabbix host import/export processes the following data:

Hosts and their linkage to templates;
Templates;
Applications;
Items;
Triggers;
Custom graphs;
User macros.

6.2.2 Map import/export

Zabbix map import/export supports the following elements since version 1.8.2:

Full map configuration;
All map elements, including images, triggers, hosts, host groups and maps;
All connectors with associated data, including labels and status indicators.

Additionally, since 1.8.3 used images (icons and background images) are exported as well.

6.2.3 Screen import/export

Zabbix screen import/export supports all screen elements.

6.3 Host export
For Zabbix versions up to 1.8.3, host and template export is available at Configuration → Export/Import. Starting with 1.8.3, import and export controls are available on
corresponding configuration pages (Configuration → Hosts and Configuration → Templates).

6.3.1 Since Zabbix 1.8.3

6.3.1.1 Step 1

Navigate either to Configuration → Hosts or Configuration → Templates, depending on which ones you want to export. Mark checkboxes next to elements to be exported.

6.3.1.2 Step 2

第89页共155页


Make sure that Export selected is chosen in the activity dropdown below host or template list, then click Go and save the file.

6.3.2 Up to Zabbix 1.8.3

Step 1

Select elements for export

We selected host “Template_Linux” and all its items and triggers.

Press button “Preview” to see list of elements to be exported:

Step 2

Export data

Press button “Export” to export selected elements to a local XML file with default name zabbix_export.xml. The file has the following format (one element of each type is
shown):

<?xml version="1.0"?>
<zabbix_export version="1.0" date="11.05.07" time="11.11">
<hosts>
<host name="ZABBIX Server">
<useip>1</useip>
<ip>127.0.0.1</ip>
<port>10050</port>
<status>1</status>
<groups>
</groups>
<items>
<item type="0" key="agent.ping" value_type="3">
<description>Ping to the server (TCP)</description>
<delay>30</delay>
<history>7</history>
<trends>365</trends>
<snmp_port>161</snmp_port>
<valuemap>Service state</valuemap>
<applications>
<application>General</application>
</applications>
</item>
....
</items>
<triggers>
<trigger>
<description>Version of zabbix_agent(d) was changed on {HOSTNAME}</description>
<expression>{{HOSTNAME}:agent.version.diff(0)}>0</expression>
<priority>3</priority>
</trigger>
....
<graphs>
<graph name="CPU Loads" width="900" height="200">
<show_work_period>1</show_work_period>
<show_triggers>1</show_triggers>
<yaxismin>0.0000</yaxismin>
<yaxismax>100.0000</yaxismax>
<graph_elements>
<graph_element item="{HOSTNAME}:system.cpu.load[,avg15]">
<color>990000</color>
<yaxisside>1</yaxisside>
<calc_fnc>2</calc_fnc>
<periods_cnt>5</periods_cnt>
</graph_element>
</graph_element>

第90页共155页


</graph_element>
</graph_elements>
</graph>
....
</graphs>
</host>
....
</hosts>
</zabbix_export>

6.4 Host import
For Zabbix versions up to 1.8.3, host and template import is available at Configuration → Export/Import. Starting with 1.8.3, import and export controls are available on
corresponding configuration pages (Configuration → Hosts and Configuration → Templates).

Step 1

Configure settings for data import and press “Import”.

Pay attention to the following parameters of the item:

Import file File name of XML file.
Element defines element of XML file.
Rules If parameter Update is set for Existing element, then the import will update it with data taken from the file. Otherwise it will not update it.
If parameter Add is set for Missing element, then the import will add new element with data taken from the file. Otherwise it will not add it.

Note that Zabbix versions 1.8.x place triggers before items in the export and such data can not be imported in Zabbix 1.6.x. If such a path is desired, items should be
moved in front of the triggers.

6.5 Map export and import
Map export and import is available since Zabbix version 1.8.2.

Map export and import controls can be found under Configuration → Maps menu, where all configured maps are displayed.

6.5.1 Map exporting

In left bottom corner a selection box is available with two options: “Export selected” and “Delete selected”. To export maps:

1. Mark boxes next to maps you wish to export;
2. Select “Export selected” if it's not selected already;
3. Press button “Go”;
4. Select file where Zabbix should store XML data with exported maps.

6.5.2 Map importing

Importing maps is as easy as exporting them. On the top right corner near “Create Map” button, you will find new button - “Import Map”.

To import maps:

1. Press “Import Map” button. You will get to a screen similar to what you see when importing hosts in Configuration→ Export/Import (Import) menu;
2. Press on “Choose file” button to select XML file containing exported Zabbix maps;
3. Check box under “Update existing” if you need to update (overwrite) existing maps;
4. Check box under “Add missing” if you need to create a new map if it's missing;
5. Press import to send needed data to Zabbix frontend;
6. Wait till page reloads. It can take some time if you have lots of maps to import or lots of hosts, triggers etc. Zabbix frontend will inform you about import success or
failure.

Map import dialogue Map import dialogue for Zabbix super admin, showing image importing options (available since version 1.8.3)

Click on “Details” link on the left hand side to see more information about what was done by import, or why it failed to import.

第91页共155页


6.5.3 What is exported?

Only map structure is exported. That means all map settings are exported, all contained elements with their settings are exported, so are the map links and map link
status indicators.

6.5.4 What is not exported?

Any maps, hostgroups, hosts, triggers, images or any others elements related to the exported map are not exported. Thus if at least one of the elements map refers to is
missing, import will fail.

For example, if map refers to a specific trigger on a specific node, but this trigger has been deleted in the meantime, import would fail with an error message:

Cannot find trigger "our_node5:Zabbix server:Disk is full" used in exported map "Small map".

6.5.5 Export format

An example empty map export with background image from a distributed setup node:

<sysmap>
<selements>
</selements>
<links>
</links>
<name>TEST</name>
<width>800</width>
<height>600</height>
<backgroundid>
<node>aly_trunk</node>
<name>Map BG</name>
</backgroundid>
<label_type>2</label_type>
<label_location>0</label_location>
<highlight>1</highlight>
<expandproblem>1</expandproblem>
</sysmap>

6.5.5.1 Map elements

Let's take XML excerpt of some Zabbix map element as an example:

<selement>
<selementid>100100000000372</selementid>
<elementid>
<node>noden1</node>
<host>LocalHost</host>
<description>DOUBLE</description>
<expression>{TimeHost:system.localtime[local].last(0)}=0 & {TimeHost:system.localtime[local].last(0)}=2</expression>
</elementid>
<elementtype>2</elementtype>
<iconid_off>
<node>noden1</node>
<name>Hub</name>
</iconid_off>
<label>New Element</label>
<label_location>-1</label_location>
<x>231</x>
<y>122</y>
</selement>

<selement> is the opening tag for an element (shorthand of “System map element”);
<selementid> is a unique element id, used for map link references;
<elementid> refers to the actual Zabbix entity that is represented on the map (map/hostgroup/host etc.;
<node> tag will be present if the exported map comes from a distributed setup, skipped otherwise;
<elementtype> describes what type of element info is stored in <elementid> node;

When importing an XML, selementid values don't have to match any values in the existing dataset - they are only used to determine map link connections.
6.5.5.2 Element types and storage

elementtype tag in map export can be one of the following:

Value Type
0 Host
1 Map
2 Trigger
3 Host group
4 Image

Host reference

DM (distributed monitoring) setup

<node>noden1</node>

Single server setup


Hosts are referred to by host name.

Map reference

DM setup

<node>noden1</node>
<name>Local map</name>

Single server setup

<name>Local map</name>

Maps are referred to by map name.

Trigger reference

Triggers are described in a more complex way:

DM setup

<node>noden1</node>
<description>Lack of free memory on server {HOSTNAME}</description>

第92页共155页


<expression>{LocalHost:vm.memory.size[free].last(0)}<10000</expression>

Single server setup

<description>Lack of free memory on server {HOSTNAME}</description>
<expression>{LocalHost:vm.memory.size[free].last(0)}<10000</expression>

Trigger is referred to by host name, trigger description and trigger expression.

Host group reference

DM setup

<node>noden1</node>
<name>Local Host Group</name>

Single server setup

<name>Local Host Group</name>

Host groups are referred to by host group name.

Image reference

For images <elementid> node can be skipped.

Nodes <iconid_off>, <iconid_on>, <iconid_unknown>, <iconid_maintenance> and <iconid_disabled> describes what icons should be used for the map element
according to its status.

For default icon, <iconid_off> is used.

Inside icon block, image itself is specified: DM setup

<node>noden1</node>
<name>Local Image</name>

Single server setup

<name>Local Image</name>

To use default icon for any state, node for that state should be skipped in the <selement> block.

6.5.5.3 Element labels

<label> describes map elements labels. Macros can be used in labels.
<label_location> is used for positioning element's label:

Value Type
-1 use map default
0 bottom
1 left
2 right
3 top

6.5.5.4 Element positioning

<x> and <y> nodes are used for positioning element on the map by x and y coordinates.

6.5.5.5 Map links

Example:

<link>
<selementid1>100100000000399</selementid1>
<selementid2>100100000000402</selementid2>
<drawtype>0</drawtype>
<color>00AA00</color>
<linktriggers>
</linktriggers>
</link>

<selemetid1> and <selementid2> nodes are used to specify map elements that link connects.
<drawtype> defines default link style:

Value Style
0 line
2 bold line
3 dot
4 dashed line

<color> specifies what the default link colour is;
<linktriggers> contains information about link status indicators.

Example:

<linktrigger>
<triggerid>
<node>aly_trunk</node>
<host>Symmetra PX40 Clone2</host>
<description>APC: Input Current (PHASE L3)</description>
<expression>{Symmetra PX40 Clone2:upsPhaseInputCurrent.L3.last(0)}<15 | {Symmetra PX40 Clone2:upsPhaseInputCurrent.L3.last(0)}>18</expression>
</triggerid>
<drawtype>0</drawtype>
<color>0</color>
</linktrigger>

<triggerid> describes trigger used for indicating link status. Linked trigger referenced the same as map element trigger;
<drawtype> and <color> are used to indicate how link should be drawn on the map if this trigger has the highest severity from all the active triggers that are
attached to this link.

6.5.5.6 Images

Image import/export is supported since Zabbix version 1.8.3.

It is possible to export and import used images alongside maps. If exported map is using any images, they are stored in the resulting XML file. An example of how an
exported image might look like:

<images>

第93页共155页


<image>
<name>Server (small)</name>
<imagetype>1</imagetype>
<encodedImage>iVBORw0KGgoAA...ErkJggg==</encodedImage>
</image>
</images>

Value for the <encodedImage> tag is truncated in the above example.

Used tags:

<images> - root element for images
<image> - individual image element
<name> - image name, unique
<imagetype> - image type, where 1 ⇒ icon, 2 ⇒ background
<encodedImage> - base64 encoded image

When importing, missing images can be added and existing images can be overwritten by marking appropriate checkboxes. Image importing is only available to users of
Zabbix Super Admin type.

Warning: if replacing an existing image, it will affect all maps that are using this image.

It is possible to import images only by unchecking both map checkboxes.

6.6 Screen export and import
Screen export and import is available since Zabbix version 1.8.2.

Screen export and import controls can be found under Configuration → Screens menu, where all configured screens are displayed.

6.6.1 Screen exporting

In left bottom corner a selection box is available with two options: “Export selected” and “Delete selected”.

To export screens:

1. Mark checkboxes next to screens you wish to export;
2. Select “Export selected” if it's not selected already;
3. Press button “Go”;
4. Select file where Zabbix should store XML data with exported screens.

6.6.2 Screen importing

Importing screens is as easy as exporting them. On the top right corner near “Create Screen” button, you will find new button - “Import Screen”.

To import screens:

1. Press “Import Screen” button. File selection along with options to control import is shown;
2. Click the button to select XML file containing exported Zabbix screens;
3. Check box under “Update existing” if you need to update (overwrite) existing screens;
4. Check box under “Add missing” if you need to create new screen if it's missing;
5. Press import to send needed data to the Zabbix frontend;
6. Wait till page reloads. It can take some time if you have lots of screens to import or lots their elements. Zabbix frontend will inform you about import success or
failure. Click on “Details” link in the left upper corner to see more detailed information about what has been done by import, or why it failed to import.

Screen import form

6.6.3 Exported data

Only screen structure is exported. That includes all screen settings are and all screen elements along with their configuration.

6.6.4 Not exported data

Anything included in the screen itself (like a host, hostgroup or any other data) is not exported.

When importing a screen, if any of the referenced elements is missing, import will fail, for example, with:

Cannot find trigger "child_node5: ZBXHost:DOUBLE CHECK" used in exported screen "Link Screen"

6.6.5 XML format - screen definition

Screen export consists of screen definition itself and any additional elements.

<screens>
<screen>
<name>Screen name</name>
<hsize>1</hsize>
<vsize>2</vsize>
<screenitems>
<screenitem></screenitem>
...
<screenitem></screenitem>
</screenitems>
</screen>

第94页共155页


</screens>

name - screen name;
hsize - rows;
vsize - columns;
screenitem - individual screen items, described below.

6.6.6 XML format - screen elements

Available screen elements and their IDs.

Resource type Description
0 Graph
1 Simple graph
2 Map
3 Plain text
4 Hosts info
5 Triggers info
6 Server info
7 Clock
8 Screen
9 Triggers overview
10 Data overview
11 URL
12 History of actions
13 History of events
14 Status of hostgroup triggers
15 System status
16 Status of host triggers

6.6.7 XML format - available element tags

Bold text - mandatory tag for all elements;
Normal text - tag available for all elements;
Italic text - tag optionally available for some elements (see below for details).

<resourcetype> - identifies element type, as per the table above;
<resourceid> - identifies resource, if applicable; depends of resource type;
<width> - element's width in pixels, if applicable;
<height> - element's height in pixels, if applicable;
<x> - element location on screen table by X axis (cell of the upper left corner);
<y> - element location on screen table by Y axis (cell of the upper left corner);
<colspan> - if higher than 1, sets count of columns to merge (to the right);
<rowspan> - if higher than 1, sets count of rows to merge (down);
<elements> - amount of rows to show, if applicable;
<valign> - vertical align: 0 - middle, 1 - top, 2 - bottom;
<halign> - horizontal align: 0 - centre, 1 - left, 2 - right;
<style> - meaning depends on resource type;
<dynamic> - allows to apply the element to different hostgroups and/or hosts, if applicable.

If <resourceid> refers to an object by name, it can have subtags. If data is exported from a distributed setup installation, node will always be identified by name:

<node>Zabbix node</node>

For example, Simple graph <resourceid> entry from a non-distributed setup would look like this:

<resourceid>
<host>Zabbix server</host>
<key_>system.cpu.load</key_>
</resourceid>

In a distributed setup, it becomes:

<resourceid>
<node>Zabbix node</node>
</resourceid>

Individual object references are listed at each element.

6.6.8 XML format - individual screen element details, A-Z

Each individual element must have mandatory tags from the previous section and may have tags that are available for all elements. If there are additional tags available
for the specific element, they are listed here.

6.6.8.1 Clock

Resource type 7. Additional tags:

<width>;
<height>;
<style> - Local time (0), Server time (1).

6.6.8.2 Data overview


<resourceid> - Host group (by name);
<width>;
<height>.

Available <resourceid> contents:

<name>Linux servers</name>

6.6.8.3 Graph


第95页共155页


<resourceid> - Graph (by name);
<dynamic>.


<host>Zabbix host</host>
<name>Graph name</name>

6.6.8.4 History of actions


<elements> - amount of rows to show.

6.6.8.5 History of events


<elements> - amount of rows to show.

6.6.8.6 Hosts info


<resourceid> - Host group (by name).



6.6.8.7 Map


<resourceid> - Zabbix map (by name).


<name>City map</name>

6.6.8.8 Plain text


<resourceid> - Item (by key);
<elements> - number of rows to show;
<style> - if set, HTML code will rendered for in item data that contains strings;
<dynamic>.



6.6.8.9 Screen


<resourceid> - Screen (by name);


<name>Application servers screen</name>

6.6.8.10 Server info

Resource type 6. No additional tags available.

6.6.8.11 Simple graph


<resourceid> - Item (by key);
<dynamic>.



6.6.8.12 Status of host triggers


<resourceid> - Host (by name);
<elements> - number of rows to show.


<host>aleksei_host</host>

6.6.8.13 Status of hostgroup triggers


<elements> - number of rows to show.


<name>aaa</name>

6.6.8.14 System status

第96页共155页


Resource type 15. No additional tags available.

6.6.8.15 Triggers info




<name>aaa</name>

6.6.8.16 Triggers overview




<name>aaa</name>

6.6.8.17 URL


<url> - fully qualified or relative URL.

6.6.9 XML export example

The following is a simple screen (2×2), exported to XML. It contains one custom graph in upper left cell (spanning two columns), one simple graph in the lower left cell
and trigger status element, filtered for a hostgroup, in the lower right cell. Notice the encoding of & as &.

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<screens>
<screen>
<name>Excellent screen</name>
<hsize>2</hsize>
<vsize>2</vsize>
<screenitems>
<screenitem>
<resourcetype>0</resourcetype>
<resourceid>
<name>CPU Load & traffic</name>
</resourceid>
<width>1000</width>
<x>0</x>
<y>0</y>
<colspan>2</colspan>
<rowspan>0</rowspan>
<elements>0</elements>
<valign>0</valign>
<halign>0</halign>
<style>0</style>
<dynamic>0</dynamic>
</screenitem>
<screenitem>
<resourceid>
<key_>zabbix[uptime]</key_>
</resourceid>
<width>500</width>
<height>90</height>
<x>0</x>
<y>1</y>
<valign>0</valign>
<halign>0</halign>
<style>0</style>
</screenitem>
<screenitem>
<resourceid>
</resourceid>
<width>500</width>
<x>1</x>
<y>1</y>
<valign>0</valign>
<halign>0</halign>
<style>0</style>
</screenitem>
</screenitems>
</screen>
</screens>

7 Tutorials
This section contains step-by-step instructions for most common tasks.

7.1 Extending Zabbix Agents
This tutorial provides step-by-step instructions how to extend functionality of Zabbix agent.

Step 1

Write a script or command line to retrieve required parameter.

For example, we may write the following command in order to get total number of queries executed by a MySQL server:

mysqladmin -uroot status|cut -f4 -d":"|cut -f1 -d"S"

When executed, the command returns total number of SQL queries.

Step 2

第97页共155页


Add this command to agent's configuration file.

Add the command to zabbix_agentd.conf:

UserParameter=mysql.questions,mysqladmin -uroot status|cut -f4 -d":"|cut -f1 -d"S"

mysql.questions is an unique identifier. It can be any string, for example, queries.

Test this parameter by using zabbix_get utility.

Step 3

Restart Zabbix agent.

Agent will reload configuration file.

Step 4

Add new item for monitoring.

Add new item with Key=mysql.questions to the monitored host. Type of the item must be either Zabbix Agent or Zabbix Agent (active).

Be aware that type of returned values must be set correctly on Zabbix server. Otherwise Zabbix won't accept them.

7.2 Monitoring of log files
This tutorial provides step-by-step instructions how to setup monitoring of log files. It is assumed that a host is configured already in ZABBIX frontend.

Step 1

Configure Zabbix agent.

Follow standard instructions in order to install and configure agent on monitored host. Make sure that parameter Hostname matches host name of the host configured in
Zabbix frontend.

Also make sure that parameter DisableActive is not set in zabbix_agentd.conf

Step 2

Add a new item for monitoring of a log file.

Pay attention to the following parameters of the item:

Type Must be set to ‘ZABBIX Agent (active)’.
Must be set to ‘log[file<,regexp>]’. For example: log[/var/log/syslog], log[/var/log/syslog,error]. Make sure that the file has read permissions for user ‘zabbix’ otherwise the item status
Key
will be set to ‘unsupported’. Zabbix agent will filter entries of log file by the regexp if present.
Type of information Must be set to ‘log’.
Update interval (in
The parameter defines how often ZABBIX Agent will check for any changes in the log file. Normally must be set to 1 second in order to get new records as soon as possible.
sec)

7.3 Remote commands
This tutorial provides step-by-step instructions on how to setup remote execution of pre-defined commands in case on an event. It is assumed that Zabbix is configured
and operational.

Step 1

On Zabbix agent, enable remote commands. In zabbix_agentd.conf make sure that parameter EnableRemoteCommands is set to 1 and uncommented. Restart agent
daemon if changing this parameter.

Step 2

Configure new action by going to Configuration → Actions and in the New action block choose operation type Remote command.

Pay attention to the following parameters of the action:

Action type Must be set to 'Remote command'.
Remote command Each line must contain an command for remote execution. For example: host:sudo /etc/init.d/apache restart. Remote command may contain macros!

Note the use of sudo - Zabbix user does not have permissions to restart system services by default. See below for hints on how to configure sudo.

Syntax of remote commands:

REMOTE COMMAND Description
{HOSTNAME}:<command> Command 'command' will be executed on the host where the event happened.
<host>:<command> Command 'command' will be executed on host 'host'.
<group>#<command> Command 'command' will be executed on all hosts of host group 'group'.

Zabbix agent executes commands in background. Zabbix does not check if a command has been executed successfully.

Remote commands in Zabbix < 1.4 are limited to 44 characters, in Zabbix >= 1.4 they are limited to 255 characters.

Syntax of IPMI remote commands:

REMOTE COMMAND Description
{HOSTNAME}:IPMI <ipmi control> [value] The syntax is for execution of IPMI command on the host where the event happened. Supported values: “on”, “off” or number (1, by default).
<host>:IPMI <ipmi control> [value] The syntax is for execution of IPMI command on a single host.
<group>#IPMI <ipmi control> [value] The syntax is for execution of IPMI command for all hosts of a host group.

Access permissions

Make sure that user 'zabbix' has execute permissions for configured commands. One may be interested in using sudo to give access to privileged commands. To configure
access, execute as root:

# visudo

Example lines that could be used in sudoers file:

# allows 'zabbix' user to run all commands without password.
zabbix ALL=NOPASSWD: ALL

第98页共155页


# allows 'zabbix' user to restart apache without password.
zabbix ALL=(ALL) NOPASSWD: /etc/init.d/apache restart

On some systems sudoers file will prevent non-local users from executing commands. To change this, comment out requiretty option in /etc/sudoers.
Example 1

Restart of Windows on certain condition.

In order to automatically restart Windows in case of a problem detected by Zabbix, define the following actions:

Action type 'Remote command'
host:c:windowssystem32shutdown.exe –r –f
Remote command
Replace 'host' with Zabbix hostname of Windows server.

Example 2

Restart the host by using IPMI control.

Remote command {HOSTNAME}:IPMI reset on

Example 3

Power off the host by using IPMI control.

Remote command {HOSTNAME}:IPMI power off

7.4 Monitoring of Windows Services
This tutorial provides step-by-step instructions how to setup monitoring of Windows services. It is assumed that ZABBIX server and ZABBIX agent are configured and
operational.

Step 1

Get service name

You can get that name by going to the services mmc and bring up the properties of the service you want to monitor it's up/down status. In the General tab you should see
a field called Service name. The value that follows that you put in the brackets above. For example, if I wanted to monitor the “workstation” service then my service
would be lanmanworkstation.

Step 2

Add item for monitoring of the service

Add item with a key service_state[lanmanworkstation], value type Integer, value mapping Windows service state.

9 WEB Monitoring

9.1 Goals
Zabbix WEB Monitoring support is developed with the following goals:

Performance monitoring of WEB applications
Availability monitoring of WEB applications
Support of HTTP and HTTPS
Support of complex scenarios consisting of many steps (HTTP requests)

9.1 Goals
Zabbix WEB Monitoring support is developed with the following goals:

Performance monitoring of WEB applications
Availability monitoring of WEB applications
Support of HTTP and HTTPS
Support of complex scenarios consisting of many steps (HTTP requests)

9.2 Overview
Zabbix provides effective and very flexible WEB monitoring functionality. The module periodically executes WEB scenarios and keeps collected data in the database. The
data is automatically used for graphs, triggers and notifications.

The following information is collected per each step of WEB scenario:

Response time
Download speed per second
Response code

Zabbix also checks if a retrieved HTML page contains a pre-defined string.

Zabbix WEB monitoring supports both HTTP and HTTPS.

When running a web scenario, Zabbix always follows redirects.

To use HTTP proxy, set environment variable http_proxy for Zabbix server user. For example, http_proxy=http://proxy_ip:proxy_port.

9.2 Overview
Zabbix provides effective and very flexible WEB monitoring functionality. The module periodically executes WEB scenarios and keeps collected data in the database. The
data is automatically used for graphs, triggers and notifications.

第99页共155页


The following information is collected per each step of WEB scenario:

Response time
Download speed per second
Response code

Zabbix also checks if a retrieved HTML page contains a pre-defined string.

Zabbix WEB monitoring supports both HTTP and HTTPS.

When running a web scenario, Zabbix always follows redirects.

To use HTTP proxy, set environment variable http_proxy for Zabbix server user. For example, http_proxy=http://proxy_ip:proxy_port.

3 WEB Scenario
Scenario is set of HTTP requests (steps), which will be periodically executed by Zabbix server. Normally a scenario is defined for one particular part of functionality of a
WEB application. Scenarios are very convenient way of monitoring user experience. WEB Scenario is linked to a host application for grouping. WEB Scenario is periodically
executed and consists of one or more Steps. All cookies are preserved during execution of a single scenario.

Example 1

Monitoring of Zabbix GUI

If we want to monitor availability and performance of Zabbix GUI, we have to login, check how quickly Overview and Status of Triggers screens work and then logout.

The scenario may have the following steps:

1. Login
2. Go to Overview screen
3. Go to Status of Triggers screen
4. Logout

If a step cannot be performed, execution of scenario fails.

WEB scenario will be linked to this application. The application must exist.
Application
For example: Zabbix server
Name of the WEB scenario.
Name The name will appear in Monitoring → Web
For example: Zabbix GUI
How often this scenario will be executed, in seconds.
Update interval
For example: 60
Zabbix will pretend to be the selected browser. Useful for monitoring of web sites which generate different content for different web browsers.
Agent
For example: Opera 9.02 on Linux
Active: active scenario, it will be executed
Status
Disabled: disabled scenario, it will NOT be executed
List of macros to be used in configuration of the steps.
Syntax:
{macro}=value
Variables The macro {macro} will be replaced by “variable” in step's URL and POST variables.
For example:
{user}=guest
{password}=guest
Steps Steps of the scenario.

As soon as a scenario is created, Zabbix automatically adds the following items for monitoring and links them to the selected application. Actual scenario name will be
used instead of “Scenario”.

Item Description
This item will collect information about download speed (bytes per second) of the whole scenario, i.e. average for all steps.
Download speed for scenario 'Scenario' Item key: web.test.in[Scenario,,bps]
Type: float
This item keeps number of failed step of the scenario. If all steps are executed successfully, 0 is returned.
Failed step of scenario 'Scenario' Item key: web.test.fail[Scenario]
Type: integer

Web monitoring items are added with 30 day history retention and 90 day trend retention periods.

These items can be used to create triggers and define notification conditions.

Example 1

Trigger “WEB scenario failed”

The trigger expression can be defined as:

{host: web.test.fail[Scenario].last(0)}#0

Do not forget to replace the Scenario with real name of your scenario.

Example 2

Trigger “WEB application is slow”


{host: web.test.in[Scenario,,bps].last(0)}<10000


9.3 WEB Scenario
Scenario is set of HTTP requests (steps), which will be periodically executed by Zabbix server. Normally a scenario is defined for one particular part of functionality of a
WEB application. Scenarios are very convenient way of monitoring user experience. WEB Scenario is linked to a host application for grouping. WEB Scenario is periodically
executed and consists of one or more Steps. All cookies are preserved during execution of a single scenario.

Example 1

Monitoring of Zabbix GUI

If we want to monitor availability and performance of Zabbix GUI, we have to login, check how quickly Overview and Status of Triggers screens work and then logout.

The scenario may have the following steps:

第100页共155页


1. Login
2. Go to Overview screen
3. Go to Status of Triggers screen
4. Logout

If a step cannot be performed, execution of scenario fails.

WEB scenario will be linked to this application. The application must exist.
Application
For example: Zabbix Server
Name of the WEB scenario.
Name The name will appear in Monitoring → Web
For example: Zabbix GUI
How often this scenario will be executed, in seconds.
Update interval
For example: 60
Zabbix will pretend to be the selected browser. Useful for monitoring of WEB sites which generate different content for different WEB browsers.
Agent
For example: Opera 9.02 on Linux
Active: active scenario, it will be executed
Status
Disabled: disabled scenario, it will NOT be executed
List of macros to be used in configuration of the steps.
Syntax:
{macro}=value
Variables The macro {macro} will be replaced by “variable” in Step's URL and Post variables.
For example:
{user}=guest
{password}=guest
Steps Steps of the scenario.

As soon as a scenario is created, Zabbix automatically adds the following items for monitoring and links them to the selected application. Actual scenario name will be
used instead of “Scenario”.

Item Description
This item will collect information about download speed (bytes per second) of the whole scenario, i.e. average for all steps.
Download speed for scenario 'Scenario' Item key: web.test.in[Scenario,,bps]
Type: float
This item keeps number of failed step of the scenario. If all steps are executed successfully, 0 is returned.
Failed step of scenario 'Scenario' Item key: web.test.fail[Scenario]
Type: integer



Example 1

Trigger “WEB scenario failed”


{host: web.test.fail[Scenario]}.last(0)#0


Example 2

Trigger “WEB application is slow”


{host: web.test.in[Scenario,,bps]}.last(0)<10000


4 WEB Step
Step is basically a HTTP request. Steps are executed in a pre-defined order.

Name of the step.
Name
For example: Login
URL
URL
For example: www.zabbix.com [http://www.zabbix.com]
HTTP POST variables, if any.
For example:
Post id=2345&userid={user}
If {user} is defined as a macro of the WEB scenario, it will be replaced by its value when the step is executed.
The information will be sent as is.
Do not spend more than Timeout seconds for execution of the step. Actually this parameter defines maximum time for making connection to the URL and maximum time for performing an HTTP
Timeout request. Therefore, Zabbix will not spend more than 2 x Timeout seconds on the step.
For example: 15
The string (given as POSIX regular expression) must exist in retrieved content.
Required Otherwise this step fails. If empty, any content will be accepted.
For example: Homepage of Zabbix
List of HTTP status codes to be considered as success. If retrieved status code is not in the list, this step fails.
Status
If empty, any status code is accepted.
codes
For example: 200,210

As soon as a step is created, Zabbix automatically adds the following items for monitoring and links them to the selected application. Actual scenario and step names will
be used instead of “Scenario” and “Step” respectively.

Item Description
This item will collect information about download speed (bytes per second) of the step.
Download speed for step 'Step' of scenario
Item key: web.test.in[Scenario,Step,bps]
'Scenario'
Type: float
This item will collect information about response time of the step in seconds. Response time is counted from the beginning of the request until all
Response time for step 'Step' of scenario information has been transferred.
'Scenario' Item key: web.test.time[Scenario,Step]
Type: float
This item will collect response codes of the step.
Response code for step 'Step' of scenario
Item key: web.test.rspcode[Scenario,Step]
'Scenario'
Type: integer



Example 1

Trigger “Zabbix GUI login is too slow”

第101页共155页



{zabbix: web.test.time[ZABBIX GUI,Login].last(0)}>3

9.4 WEB Step
Step is basically a HTTP request. Steps are executed in a pre-defined order.

Name of the step.
Name
For example: Login
URL
URL
For example: www.zabbix.com [http://www.zabbix.com]
HTTP POST variables, if any.
For example:
Post id=2345&userid={user}
If {user} is defined as a macro of the WEB scenario, it will be replaced by its value when the step is executed.
The information will be sent as is.
Do not spend more than Timeout seconds for execution of the step. Actually this parameter defines maximum time for making connection to the URL and maximum time for performing an HTTP
Timeout request. Therefore, Zabbix will not spend more than 2 x Timeout seconds on the step.
For example: 15
The string (given as POSIX regular expression) must exist in retrieved content.
Required Otherwise this step fails. If empty, any content will be accepted.
For example: Homepage of Zabbix
List of HTTP status codes to be considered as success. If retrieved status code is not in the list, this step fails.
Status
If empty, any status code is accepted.
codes
For example: 200,210

As soon as a step is created, Zabbix automatically adds the following items for monitoring and links them to the selected application. Actual scenario and step names will
be used instead of “Scenario” and “Step” respectively.

Item Description
This item will collect information about download speed (bytes per second) of the step.
Download speed for step 'Step' of scenario
Item key: web.test.in[Scenario,Step,bps]
'Scenario'
Type: float
This item will collect information about response time of the step in seconds. Response time is counted from the beginning of the request until all
Response time for step 'Step' of scenario information has been transferred.
'Scenario' Item key: web.test.time[Scenario,Step]
Type: float
This item will collect response codes of the step.
Response code for step 'Step' of scenario
Item key: web.test.rspcode[Scenario,Step]
'Scenario'
Type: integer



Example 1

Trigger “Zabbix GUI login is too slow”


{zabbix: web.test.time[ZABBIX GUI,Login]}.last(0)>3

9.5 Real life scenario
Let's use Zabbix Web Monitoring to monitor the web interface of Zabbix. We want to know if it is available, provides the right content and how quickly it works. First we
must log in with our user name and password.

Step 1

Add a new host application.

Go to Configuration → Hosts, then click on Applications next to the host you want to use for web monitoring. In the application section click on Create application.

This step is not required if you already have a suitable application. You may also want to create a host if one does not exist.

Step 2

Add a new web scenario.

We will add a scenario to monitor the web interface of Zabbix. The scenario will execute a number of steps.

Go to Configuration → Web, select the host in the dropdown, then click on Create scenario.

In the new scenario form, click on Select next to the Application field to choose the application we just created.

Note that we also create two macros, {user} and {password}.

Step 3

第102页共155页


Define steps for the scenario.

Click on Add button in the Steps section to add individual steps.

Web scenario step 1

We start by checking that the first page responds correctly, returns with HTTP response code 200 and contains text “SIA Zabbix”.

When done configuring the step, click Add.

Web scenario step 2

We continue by logging in to the Zabbix frontend, and we do so by reusing the macros (variables) we defined on the scenario level, {user} and {password}.

Note that Zabbix frontend uses JavaScript redirect when logging in, thus first we must log in, and only in further steps we may check for logged-in features. Additionally,
the login step must use full URL to index.php file.

All the post variables must be on a single line and concatenated with & symbol. Example string for logging into Zabbix frontend:

name=Admin&password=zabbix&enter=Enter

If using the macros as in this example, login string becomes:

name={user}&password={password}&enter=Enter

Web scenario step 3

Being logged in, we should now verify the fact. To do so, we check for a string that is only visible when logged in - for example, Profile link appears in the upper right
corner.

Web scenario step 4

Now that we have verified that frontend is accessible and we can log in and retrieve logged-in content, we should also log out - otherwise Zabbix database will become
polluted with lots and lots of open session records.

第103页共155页


Complete configuration of steps

A complete configuration of web scenario steps should look like this:

Step 4

Save the finished web monitoring scenario.

The list of applications and linked scenarios will appear in Monitoring → Web:

Click on the scenario name to see more detailed statistics:

第104页共155页


Let's use Zabbix Web Monitoring to monitor the web interface of Zabbix. We want to know if it is available, provides the right content and how quickly it works. First we
must log in with our user name and password.

Step 1

Add a new host application.

Go to Configuration → Hosts, then click on Applications next to the host you want to use for web monitoring. In the application section click on Create application.

This step is not required if you already have a suitable application. You may also want to create a host if one does not exist.

Step 2

Add a new web scenario.

We will add a scenario to monitor the web interface of Zabbix. The scenario will execute a number of steps.

Go to Configuration → Web, select the host in the dropdown, then click on Create scenario.

In the new scenario form, click on Select next to the Application field to choose the application we just created.

Note that we also create two macros, {user} and {password}.

Step 3

Define steps for the scenario.

Click on Add button in the Steps section to add individual steps.

Web scenario step 1

We start by checking that the first page responds correctly, returns with HTTP response code 200 and contains text “SIA Zabbix”.

第105页共155页


When done configuring the step, click Add.

Web scenario step 2

We continue by logging in to the Zabbix frontend, and we do so by reusing the macros (variables) we defined on the scenario level, {user} and {password}.

Note that Zabbix frontend uses JavaScript redirect when logging in, thus first we must log in, and only in further steps we may check for logged-in features. Additionally,
the login step must use full URL to index.php file.

All the post variables must be on a single line and concatenated with & symbol. Example string for logging into Zabbix frontend:

name=Admin&password=zabbix&enter=Enter

If using the macros as in this example, login string becomes:

name={user}&password={password}&enter=Enter

Web scenario step 3

Being logged in, we should now verify the fact. To do so, we check for a string that is only visible when logged in - for example, Profile link appears in the upper right
corner.

Web scenario step 4

Now that we have verified that frontend is accessible and we can log in and retrieve logged-in content, we should also log out - otherwise Zabbix database will become
polluted with lots and lots of open session records.

第106页共155页


Complete configuration of steps

A complete configuration of web scenario steps should look like this:

Step 4

Save the finished web monitoring scenario.

The list of applications and linked scenarios will appear in Monitoring → Web:

Click on the scenario name to see more detailed statistics:

第107页共155页


10 Log File Monitoring

10.1 Overview
Zabbix can be used for centralized monitoring and analysis of log files with/without log rotation support. Notifications can be used to warn users when a log file contains
certain strings or string patterns.

10.2 How it works
Monitoring of log files requires Zabbix Agent running on a host. An item used for monitoring of a log file must have type Zabbix Agent (Active), its value type must be Log
and key set to log[file,<pattern>,<encoding>,<max lines>] or logrt[path to log file with filename format,<pattern>,<encoding>,<max lines>].

For example:

log["/home/user/file.log","pattern_to_match","UTF-8",100]
or
logrt["/home/user/filelog_.*_[0-9]{1,3}","pattern_to_match","UTF-8",100]

The last one will collect data from files such “filelog_abc_1” or “filelog__001”.

Important notes:

The server and agent keep a trace of the monitored log's size and last modification time (for logrt) in two counters.
The agent starts reading the log file from the point it stopped the previous time.
The number of bytes already analyzed (the size counter) and the last modification time (the time counter) are stored in the Zabbix database and are sent to the
agent, to make sure it starts reading the log file from this point.
Whenever the log file becomes smaller than the log size counter known by the agent, the counter is reset to zero and the agent starts reading the log file from the
beginning taking the time counter into account.
All files matching the filename format in the provided directory are analyzed every cycle the agent tries to get the next line from the log (for logrt).
If there are several matching files with the same last modification time in the directory, then the agent will read lexicographically the smallest one.
Zabbix Agent processes new records of a log file once per Refresh period seconds.
Zabbix Agent does not send more than maxlines of a log file per second. The limit prevents overloading of network and CPU resources and overrides the default
value provided for MaxLinesPerSecond parameter in the configuration file of the agent.
Special note for “” path separators: if file_format is “file.log”, then there should not be directory “file”, since it is not possible to unambiguously define whether ”.”
is escaped or is the first symbol of the file name.

11 Discovery

11.1 Goals
There are several goals of Zabbix network discovery module:

Simplify deployment

Network discovery can be used to significantly simplify and speed up Zabbix deployment. It also makes possible creation of user friendly appliances.

Simplify administration

Properly configured network discovery can simplify administration of Zabbix system a lot.

Support of changing environments

Network discovery makes possible use of Zabbix in rapidly changing environments with no excessive administration.

11.2 Overview

第108页共155页


Zabbix provides effective and very flexible network discovery functionality. Zabbix network discovery is based on the following information:

IP ranges
Availability of external services (FTP, SSH, WEB, POP3, IMAP, TCP, etc)
Information received from Zabbix agent
Information received from SNMP agent

It does NOT provide:

Discovery of network topology

Every service and host (IP) checked by Zabbix network discovery module generates events which may be used to create rules for the following actions:

Generating user notifications
Adding and removing hosts
Enabling and disabling hosts
Adding hosts to a group
Removing hosts from a group
Linking hosts to a template
Unlinking hosts from a template
Executing remote scripts

The actions can be configured to respect host or service uptime and downtime.

If Zabbix server is compiled with IPv6 support and fping6 utility is missing, ICMP checks will fail for IPv4 devices as well. Only since Zabbix 1.8.2 IPv4 addresses are still
processed by located fping.

11.3 How it works
Network discovery basically consists of two phases: Discovery and Actions.

First, we discover a host or a service, and generate discovery event or several events.

Then we process the events and apply certain actions depending of type of discovered device, IP, its status, up/down time, etc.

11.3.1 Discovery

Zabbix periodically scans IP ranges defined in network discovery rules. Frequency of the check is configurable for each rule individually.

Each rule defines set of service checks to be performed for IP range.

Events generated by network discovery module have Event Source “Discovery”.

Zabbix generates the following events:

Event When generated
Service Up Every time Zabbix detects active service.
Service Down Every time Zabbix cannot detect service.
Host Up If at least one of the services is UP for the IP.
Host Down If all services are not responding.
Service Discovered If the service is back after downtime or discovered for the first time.
Service Lost If the service is lost after being up.
Host Discovered If host is back after downtime or discovered for the first time.
Host Lost If host is lost after being up.

11.3.2 Actions

For a description of all conditions available for network discovery based events see action conditions.

For a description of all operations available for network discovery based events see operations.

11.4 Network discovery rule
Network discovery rule is a rule used by Zabbix to discover hosts and services.

Parameters of network discovery rule:

Name Name of the rule. For example, “Local network”.
Range of IP addresses for discovery. It may have the following formats:
Single IP: 192.168.1.33
IP range Range of IP addresses: 192.168.1.1-255
IP mask: 192.168.4.0/24
List: 192.168.1.1-255,192.168.2.1-100,192.168.2.200,192.168.4.0/24
Delay (in sec) This parameter defines how often Zabbix should execute this rule.
Zabbix will use this list of checks for discovery of hosts and services.
List of supported checks: SSH, LDAP, SMTP, FTP, HTTP, POP, NNTP, IMAP, TCP, ZABBIX Agent, SNMPv1 Agent, SNMPv2 Agent, SNMPv3 Agent
Parameter Ports may be one of following:
Checks
Single port: 22
Range of ports: 22-45
List: 22-45,55,60-70
Uniqueness criteria may be:
Device uniqueness criteria IP address (no processing multiple-IP devices)
One of discovery check of the rule. Will be based either on a SNMP or Zabbix Agent check.
Active – the rule is active and will be execute by Zabbix server
Status
Disabled – the rule is not active. It won't be executed.

Each IP address should be included only once, having multiple rules for a single IP address can have unexpected behaviour such as having deadlocks and/or duplicate
hosts in the database. The same could happen if two hosts having the same DNS name are included in separate discovery rules.

Suppose we would like to set up network discovery for local network having IP range of 192.168.1.1-192.168.1.255. In our scenario we want to:

discover those hosts that have Zabbix Agent running
run discovery every 10 minutes
add host to monitoring if host uptime is more than 1 hour
remove hosts if host downtime is more than 24 hours
use Template_Windows for Windows hosts
use Template_Linux for Linux hosts

第109页共155页


add Linux hosts to “Linux servers” group
add Windows hosts to “Windows servers” group

Step 1

Define a network discovery rule for our IP range (Configuration → Discovery → Create rule button)

Zabbix will try to discover hosts in IP range of 192.168.1.1-192.168.1.255 by connecting to Zabbix Agents and getting value from system.uname key. A value received
from an agent can be used to apply different actions for different operating systems. For example, link Windows servers to Template_Windows, Linux servers to
Template_Linux.

The rule will be executed every 10 minutes (600 seconds).

When the rule is added, Zabbix will automatically start discovery and generation of discovery-based events for further processing.

Step 2

Define an action for adding newly-discovered Linux servers to the respective group/template. (Configuration → Actions → Create Action button)

The action will be activated if:

“Zabbix agent” service is “Up”
value of system.uname (the Zabbix Agent's key we used in rule definition) contains “Linux”
Uptime is more than 1 hour (3600 seconds)

The action will execute the following operations:

add the newly discovered host to “Linux servers” group (also add host if it wasn't added previously)
link host to “Template_Linux” template. Zabbix will automatically start monitoring the host using items and triggers from “Template_Linux”.

Step 3

Define an action for adding newly-discovered Windows servers to the respective group/template.

Step 4

Define an action for removing lost servers.

第110页共155页


A server will be removed if “Zabbix agent” service is “Down” for more than 24 hours (86400 seconds).

12 Advanced SNMP Monitoring

12.1 Special OIDs
Some of the most used SNMP OIDs are translated automatically to a numeric representation by Zabbix. For example, ifIndex is translated to 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.1,
ifIndex.0 is translated to 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.1.0.

The table contains list of the special OIDs.

Special OID Identifier Description
ifIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.1 A unique value for each interface.
A textual string containing information about the interface.This string should include the name of the manufacturer, the product name and the version of the hardware
ifDescr 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.2
interface.
ifType 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.3 The type of interface, distinguished according to the physical/link protocol(s) immediately 'below' the network layer in the protocol stack.
ifMtu 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.4 The size of the largest datagram which can be sent / received on the interface, specified in octets.
ifSpeed 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.5 An estimate of the interface's current bandwidth in bits per second.
ifPhysAddress 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.6 The interface's address at the protocol layer immediately `below' the network layer in the protocol stack.
ifAdminStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.7 The current administrative state of the interface.
ifOperStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.8 The current operational state of the interface.
ifInOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10 The total number of octets received on the interface, including framing characters.
ifInUcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.11 The number of subnetwork-unicast packets delivered to a higher-layer protocol.
ifInNUcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.12 The number of non-unicast (i.e., subnetwork- broadcast or subnetwork-multicast) packets delivered to a higher-layer protocol.
The number of inbound packets which were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent their being deliverable to a higher-layer
ifInDiscards 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.13
protocol. One possible reason for discarding such a packet could be to free up buffer space.
ifInErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.14 The number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol.
ifInUnknownProtos 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.15 The number of packets received via the interface which were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol.
ifOutOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.16 The total number of octets transmitted out of the interface, including framing characters.
The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sub-layer,
ifOutUcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.17
including those that were discarded or not sent.
The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sub-layer,
ifOutNUcastPkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.18
including those that were discarded or not sent.
The number of outbound packets which were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent their being transmitted. One possible reason
ifOutDiscards 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.19
for discarding such a packet could be to free up buffer space.
ifOutErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.20 The number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors.
ifOutQLen 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.21 The length of the output packet queue (in packets).

12.2 Use of dynamic indexes
Dynamic indexes are supported since Zabbix version 1.5.

A special syntax for item OID can be used in order to deal with dynamic data (random IDs of network interfaces, etc). The syntax:

<base OID of data>["index","<base OID of index>","<string to search for>"]

For example, to get the ifInOctets value for the GigabitEthernet0/1 interface on a Cisco device, use the following OID:

ifInOctets["index","ifDescr","GigabitEthernet0/1"]

base OID of data Base OID to use for data retrieval.
Method of processing. Currently one method is supported
index
index – search for index and append it to the base OID
base OID of index The OID will be used to make a lookup for the string.
string to search for The string is used for exact match with a value when doing lookup. Case sentitive.

Another example, getting memory usage of apache process:

HOST-RESOURCES-MIB::hrSWRunPerfMem["index","HOST-RESOURCES-MIB::hrSWRunPath", "/usr/sbin/apache2"]
...

HOST-RESOURCES-MIB::hrSWRunPath.5376 = STRING: "/sbin/getty"
HOST-RESOURCES-MIB::hrSWRunPath.5377 = STRING: "/sbin/getty"
HOST-RESOURCES-MIB::hrSWRunPath.5388 = STRING: "/usr/sbin/apache2"
HOST-RESOURCES-MIB::hrSWRunPath.5389 = STRING: "/sbin/sshd"
...

Now we have index, 5388. The index will be appended to the Data OID in order to receive value we are interested in:

HOST-RESOURCES-MIB::hrSWRunPerfMem.5376 = INTEGER: 528 KBytes
HOST-RESOURCES-MIB::hrSWRunPerfMem.5392 = INTEGER: 32560 Kbytes

Dynamic indexes are cached since Zabbix version 1.6.3.

Using dynamic indexes leads to more SNMP queries in Zabbix versions up to 1.7. Dynamic index lookup and data retrieval is performed in single connection since Zabbix

第111页共155页


version 1.7.

13 Monitoring of IPMI devices

13.1 Goals
There are several goals of Zabbix IPMI monitoring:

Monitoring of health and availability of IPMI devices
Remote IPMI based management functions

Remote restart, shutdown, halt, and other commands can be executed either automatically or manually from Zabbix front-end.

13.2 IPMI parameters
Zabbix IPMI monitoring works only for devices having IPMI support (HP iLO, Sun hardware, etc).

In order to use IPMI monitoring, a host must be configured to process IPMI commands. IPMI agent's IP address, port number, user name and password must be configured
properly.

See configuration of hosts for more details.

13.3 IPMI actions
Two types of actions can be defined:

automatic actions, which are executed automatically
IPMI scripts, can be executed manually from Zabbix GUI

See corresponding sections of the Manual for more details.

14 Use of Proxies
Zabbix Proxies may greatly simplify maintenance of Zabbix environment and increase performance of the central Zabbix server.

Also, use of Zabbix Proxies is the easiest way of implementing centralized and distributed monitoring, when all Agents and Proxies report to one Zabbix server and all
data is collected centrally.

14.1 Why use Proxy?
Zabbix Proxy can be used for many purposes:

Offload Zabbix Server when monitoring thousands of devices
Monitor remote locations
Monitor locations having unreliable communications
Simplify maintenance of distributed monitoring

14.2 Proxy v.s. Node
When making a choice between use of a Proxy or a Node, several considerations must be taken into account.

Works Easy Automatic DB Local Ready for embedded One way TCP Centralised Generates
Lightweight GUI
independently maintenance creation1 administration hardware connections configuration notifications

Node No Yes Yes No No Yes No Yes No Yes
Proxy Yes No Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No

[1] Automatic DB creation feature only works with SQLite. Other databases require manual setup.

14.3 Configuration

14.3.1 Managing proxies

To open Zabbix proxy management, go to Administration → DM and select Proxies in the dropdown in the upper right corner. Here you can create, edit and delete
proxies. For each proxy the last time when it contacted the server (either to send in new data or because of the heartbeat connection) is displayed.

Opening the proxy properties form allows you to select the hosts that should be monitored by that proxy.

Zabbix proxy must use a separate database. Pointing it to the Zabbix server database will break the configuration.

第112页共155页


14.3.2 Monitoring a host by a proxy

Each host can be monitored either by Zabbix Server or by Zabbix Proxy. Monitoring by a proxy is set up in Configuration → Hosts → open the host definition form:

If a host is configured to be monitored by a Proxy, the Proxy will perform gathering of performance and availability data for the host. The data will be collected by the
Proxy and sent to Zabbix Server for further processing.

15 Distributed Monitoring
Zabbix can be configured to support hierarchical distributed monitoring.

1 Goals
There are several goals of the distributed monitoring:

Get control of whole monitoring from a single or several locations

Zabbix administrator may control configuration of all Nodes from a single Zabbix WEB front-end.

Hierarchical monitoring

This is for monitoring of complex multi-level environments.

Monitor large complex environments

This is especially useful when monitoring several geographical locations.

Offload the overhead from busy Zabbix server

Monitoring thousands of hosts using single Zabbix server? This may be for you!

2 Overview
Zabbix provides effective and reliable way of monitoring distributed IT infrastructure. Configuration of the whole distributed setup can be done from a single location via
common WEB interface.

Zabbix supports up-to 1000 (one thousand) Nodes in a distributed setup. Each Node is responsible for monitoring of its own Location. Node can be configured either
locally or by its Master node which has a copy of configuration data of all Child Nodes. Configuration of Child Nodes can be done in off line mode, i.e. when there are no
connectivity between Master and Child Node.

Hierarchical distributed monitoring allows having tree-like structure of Nodes. Each Node reports to its Master Node only.

All Nodes may work even in case of communication problems. Historical information and events are stored locally. When communication is back, Child Nodes will
optionally send the data to Master Node.

New Nodes can be attached to and detached from the Zabbix distributed setup without any loss of functionality of the setup. No restart of any Node required.

Each Node has its own configuration and works as a normal Zabbix Server.

3 Configuration

3.1 Configuration of Nodes

Node configuration is performed in Administration → DM section.

Parameters of a Node:

Name Unique node name.
Id Unique Node ID.
Local – Local node
Type
Remote – Remote node
Time zone Time zone of the Node. Zabbix automatically converts time stamps to local timezone when transferring time related data across nodes.
IP Node IP address. Zabbix trapper must be listening on this IP address.
Port Node Port number. Zabbix trapper must be listening on this port number. Default is 10051.
Do not keep history older than (in days) For non local historical data only. Zabbix won't keep history of the node longer than N days.
Do not keep trends older than (in days) For non local trend data only. Zabbix won't keep trends of the node longer than N days.

3.2 Simple configuration

Our simple configuration consists of a Central Node and a Child Node.

Central Node will have total control over configuration of Child Node. Child Node will report to central node events, history and trends.

Central Node will have NodeID=1, while Child Node's NodeID=2.

Central Node IP: 192.168.3.2
Child Node IP: 192.168.3.5

For Central Node

第113页共155页


Step 1 Install Zabbix.

Follow standard installation instructions to create database, install Zabbix frontend and binaries.

Step 2 Setup NodeID in server configuration file.

In file zabbix_server.conf:

NodeID=1

Step 3 Convert database data.

Zabbix server has to be executed to convert unique IDs for use by first node.

cd bin
./zabbix_server -n 1 -c /etc/zabbix/zabbix_server.conf
Converting tables .................................................................. done.

Conversion completed.

This should be executed only once. This option is not required to start Zabbix server! Running Zabbix server with the -n option does not start the server process.

Step 4 Configure Node parameters.

Step 5 Add child node.

Step 6 Start Master Node.

We should see NodeID in startup messages of server log file:

31754:20070629:150342 server #16 started [Node watcher. Node ID:1]

For Child Node

Step 1 Install Zabbix.

Follow standard installation instructions to create database, install Zabbix frontend and binaries.

Step 2 Setup NodeID in server configuration file.

In file zabbix_server.conf:

NodeID=2

Step 3 Convert database data.

Zabbix server has to covert all IDs to unique ones for the second node.

cd bin
./zabbix_server -n 2 -c /etc/zabbix/zabbix_server.conf
Converting tables .................................................................. done.

Conversion completed.

This should be executed only once. This option is not required to start Zabbix server!

Step 4 Configure Node parameters.

第114页共155页


Step 5 Add master node.

Step 6 Start Child Node.

We should see NodeID in startup messages of server log file:

27524:20070629:150622 server #9 started [Node watcher. Node ID:2]

Does it work?

Selection of active nodes will appear automatically after nodes are defined:

Add host for monitoring for Child Node node and see events coming to Master Node:

第115页共155页


3.3 More complex setup

The setup consists of seven Nodes. Each Node may be configured either locally (using local WEB interface) or from one of its Master Nodes.

In this example, Riga (node 4) will collect events from all child nodes. It may also optionally collect historical information as well.

4 Platform independence
A node may use its own platform (OS, hardware) and database engine independently of other nodes. Also child nodes can be installed without Zabbix frontend.

It may be practical to use less powerful hardware with Zabbix server running SQLite or MySQL MyISAM while nodes of higher levels may use combination of a better
hardware with MySQL InnoDB, Oracle or PostgreSQL backend.

5 Configuration of a single Node
Every Node in distributed environment must be properly configured to have a unique Node ID. Additional steps

Step 1

Follow standard installation procedure.

Follow standard installation procedure but do not start Zabbix Server. Zabbix front end must be installed and configured. Zabbix database must be created and populated
with data from data.sql.

Step 2

Configure zabbix_server.conf.

Add NodeID to Zabbix Server configuration file. NodeID must be a unique Node ID.

Step 3

Configure Master and Child Nodes.

Use Zabbix Frontend to configure details of Nodes having direct communication with the Node. Make sure that all IP addresses and port numbers are correct.

Step 4

Start Zabbix Node.

Start Zabbix Server:


If everything was configured properly, Zabbix node will automatically start configuration and data exchange with all nodes in distributed setup. You may see the following
messages in server log file:

...
11656:20061129:171614 NODE 2: Sending data of node 2 to node 1 datalen 3522738
11656:20061129:171614 NODE 2: Sending data of node 2 to node 1 datalen 20624
...

6 Switching between nodes

第116页共155页


When connecting to a node in distributed setup, a list of available child nodes is accessible in right-upper corner of the GUI. It displays current node.

All information available in the GUI belongs to the selected node.

7 Data flow

7.1 Child to Master

Each Child Node periodically sends configuration changes, historical data and events to its Master Node.

Data Frequency
Configuration changes Every 120 seconds.
Events Every 10 seconds.
History Every 10 seconds.

Child Node will resend data in case of communication problems.

Trends are calculated locally based on received historical data.

Zabbix does not send operational data across the nodes. For example, item-related information (last check, last value, etc) exists only locally.

Sending of Events and History can be controlled by configuration parameters NodeNoEvents and NodeNoHistory.

7.2 Master to Child

Each Master Node (a node with at least one child) periodically sends configuration changes to Child Nodes either directly or via other Child Nodes directly connected to the
Master Node.

Data Frequency
Configuration changes Every 120 seconds.

Zabbix does not send configuration of a Master Node to Childs.

7.3 Firewall settings

Inter-node communications use TCP protocol only.

Data flow Source port Destination port
Child to Master Any 10051

This is default port used by Zabbix trapper process.

8 Performance considerations
Any node requires more processing resources in a distributed setup. Master Node must be powerful enough to process and store not only local data but also data received
from its all Child Nodes. Network communications must be also fast enough for timely transfer of new data.

16 Maintenance mode for Zabbix GUI
Zabbix GUI can be temporarily disabled in order to prohibit access to the front-end. This can be useful for protection of Zabbix database from any changes initiated by
users, thus protecting integrity of database.

Zabbix database can be stopped while Zabbix GUI is in the maintenance mode.

16.1 Goals
There are several goals of the maintenance mode:

Protect Zabbix database from any changes initiated by users
Perform database maintenance
Inform users about reason of the maintenance work
Users from a range of IP addresses will be able to work with the GUI during the maintenance mode normally
Automatic return to normal mode when maintenance is over

16.2 Configuration
In order to enable maintenance mode, file conf/maintenance.conf.php must be modified to uncomment the following lines:

// Maintenance mode
define('ZBX_DENY_GUI_ACCESS',1);

// IP range, who allowed to connect to FrontEnd
$ZBX_GUI_ACCESS_IP_RANGE = array('127.0.0.1');

// MSG showed on Warning screen!
$_REQUEST['warning_msg'] = 'Zabbix is under maintenance.';

Parameter Details
Enable maintenance mode:
ZBX_DENY_GUI_ACCESS
1 – maintenance mode is enabled, disabled otherwise
Connections from these IP addresses will be allowed with no maintenance mode.
ZBX_GUI_ACCESS_IP_RANGE For example:
192.168.1.1-255
warning_msg Informative message.

16.3 How it looks like
The following screen will be displayed while in maintenance mode. The screen is refreshed every 30 seconds in order to return to normal state withiout user intervention
when maintenance is over.

第117页共155页


17 WEB Interface
There are several useful features of ZABBIX WEB interface:

almost all screens support full-screen mode
Ctrl + Mouse click make possible selection of multiple list elements (hosts, items, triggers, etc)
sound alarm can be switched on and off in Status of Triggers view
a new theme can be created to match your preferences or a company color schema

1 Creating your own theme
By default, Zabbix provides number of predefined themes. You may follow this step-by-step procedure in order to create your own. Feel free to share result of your work
with Zabbix community if you created something nice.

Step 1

Create your own CSS file.

The file can be based on existing CSS files coming with Zabbix. For example, you may take Black&Blue CSS file from styles/css_bb.css and create new css_new.css.

Step 2

Place the new CSS file into correct location.

The file you created, css_new.css, into directory styles/.

Step 3

Edit include/forms.inc.php.

Open this file for editing, search for css_bb.css. There are two pieces of code that have to be amended.

Original code:

$cmbTheme = new CComboBox('theme',$theme);
$cmbTheme->AddItem(ZBX_DEFAULT_CSS,S_SYSTEM_DEFAULT);
$cmbTheme->AddItem('css_ob.css',S_ORIGINAL_BLUE);
$cmbTheme->AddItem('css_bb.css',S_BLACK_AND_BLUE);

Modified code:

$cmbTheme = new CComboBox('theme',$theme);
$cmbTheme->AddItem(ZBX_DEFAULT_CSS,S_SYSTEM_DEFAULT);
$cmbTheme->AddItem('css_ob.css',S_ORIGINAL_BLUE);
$cmbTheme->AddItem('css_bb.css',S_BLACK_AND_BLUE);
$cmbTheme->AddItem('css_new.css','MY_COOL_THEME');

Note that original themes use constants, but the new example uses string (enclosed in apostrophes). You should not omit apostrophes, as that will result in warnings. If
you want your theme name to be translatable, you must add the constant used for name in locale files - in that case make sure to prefix it with S_.
Step 4

You should also add your new theme to the config.php file:

$combo_theme->addItem('css_new.css','MY_COOL_THEME');

Step 5

Activate new theme.

In Zabbix GUI, you may either set this theme to be a default one or change your theme in user profile.

Enjoy new look and feel!

第118页共155页


2 Configuration

2.1 Host groups

Configuration → Host groups

On this screen you can set up host groups and manage host group information.

A list of existing groups is displayed.

Displayed data:

Name Host Group name.
# Number of group members (hosts).
Members List of host group members.

Click on Create Group in the upper right corner of the screen if you wish to add a group. If you wish to edit an existing group, click on its name in the list. A form is
displayed where you can edit details of a host group.

Configuring a host group

Configuration parameters:

Group name Unique host group name.
Hosts List of hosts, members of the group.

2.2 Templates

Configuration → Templates

On this screen you can set up and manage host templates.

A list of existing templates is displayed.

Displayed data:

Name Template name.
Templates List of hosts linked to this template.

Click on Create Template in the upper right corner of the screen if you wish to add a template. If you wish to edit an existing template, click on its name in the list. A form
is displayed where you can edit details of a template.

第119页共155页


Configuring a template


Name Unique template name.
New group can be created and linked to the template.
New group
Ignored, if empty.
Hosts/Templates List of hosts/templates linked to the template.
Link template with one or more templates.
Link with template
Information about items, triggers and graphs will be inherited from the templates.

2.3 Hosts

Configuration → Hosts

On this screen you can set up hosts and manage host-related information.

A list of monitored hosts is displayed.

Displayed data:

Name Unique host name.
DNS Host DNS name if used.
IP Host IP address if used.
Port Zabbix agent port number. Ignored if Zabbix agent items are not used.
Templates List of first and second level (in parenthesis) templates linked to the host.
Host Status:
Status Monitored - Host is active and being monitored
Disabled - Host disabled
Agent (Zabbix, SNMP, IPMI) availability
With the default theme:
Availability green icon - agent is up and running
grey icon - availability is not known
red icon - agent is not available
Error Any errors related to use of agent based checks.

Click on Create Host in the upper right corner of the screen if you wish to add a host. If you wish to edit an existing host, click on its name in the host list. A form is
displayed where you can edit details of a host.

Configuring a host

第120页共155页



Name Unique host name.
Groups List of host groups the host belongs to.
New group New group can be created and linked to the host. Ignored, if empty.
DNS name Optional host DNS name.
IP address Optional host IP address.
Zabbix server will use this setting to retrieve data from agents:
Connect to DNS name - Connect to host DNS name
IP address - Connect to host IP (recommended)
Port Zabbix agent TCP port number. Default value is 10050.
The host can be monitored either by Zabbix server or one of Zabbix proxies:
Monitored by proxy (no proxy) - host is monitored by Zabbix server
Proxy name – host is monitored by Zabbix proxy “Proxy name”
Host status:
Status Monitored – Host is active, ready to be monitored
Not monitored – Host is not active, thus not monitored
Link host with one or more templates. Information about items, triggers and graphs will be inherited from the templates.
Link with template Unlink – unlink from template, but preserve information about items, triggers and graphs
Unlink and clear – unlink from template and remove all information inherited from the template
Use IPMI Enable IPMI management functionality for this host.
IPMI IP address IP address of IPMI management device.
IPMI port Port number of the IPMI device.
IPMI privilege level Keep default setting here, User.
IPMI username User name for authentication.
IPMI password Password for authentication.
Use profile Enable or disable use of Host profile.
Use extended profile Enable or disable use of extended Host profile.

Both host and template definition forms include buttons “Clone” and “Full clone”.

“Clone” will add a new host or template based on the configuration parameters of the existing host/template and that will include template linkage (thus also all templated
item, trigger, graph and application information from those templates). “Full clone” in addition to that will also clone directly attached items, triggers, graphs and
applications.

Mass-updating hosts

Mass update is a very effective way of changing attributes for a number of hosts at once.

To update some hosts, check them in the host list, then select “Mass update” in the dropdown below the host list and click on “Go”. A form is displayed where you can
select what attributes for the hosts you want to update.

2.3.1 Applications


From the list of hosts or templates you can access the applications that are linked to a host or template by clicking in the Applications column.

On the applications screen you can view and manage applications.

A list of applications linked to the host/template is displayed first. To view the other existing applications, select Group/Host display options in the dropdown menus above.

第121页共155页


Displayed data:

Application Application name.
Show Link to host items, also displays number of items (members of the application).

Click on Create application in the upper right corner of the screen if you wish to add an application. If you wish to edit an existing application, click on its name in the list.
A form is displayed where you can edit details of an application.

Configuring an application


Name Application name. Must be unique within one host.
Hosts Host name the application is linked to.

2.3.2 Items


From the list of hosts or templates you can access the items that are linked to a host or template by clicking in the Items column.

On the items screen you can view and manage items.

A list of existing items is displayed.

Displayed data:

Description Item description (name).
Update interval Frequency of the check.
History Number of days Zabbix keeps detailed historical data.
Trends Number of days Zabbix keeps trends data.
Type Item type.
Status Item status.
Applications List of applications the item belongs to.
Error Any errors related to this item.

Click on Create Item in the upper right corner of the screen if you wish to add an item. If you wish to edit an existing item, click on its name in the list. A form is
displayed where you can edit details of an item.

Configuring an item

第122页共155页


You can also create a new item from the existing one by pressing the Clone button and then saving under a different name.

Item attributes:

Item description.
It may contain these macros:
Description $1,$2…$9 - first, second… ninth parameter of item key
For example: Free disk space on $1
If item key is “vfs.fs.size[/,free]”, the description will be automatically changed to “Free disk space on /”
Type Item type. See sections below for detailed description of each type.
Item key. The key must be unique within a single host.
Key
The key value must be supported by the agent or Zabbix server if key type is 'Zabbix Agent', 'Zabbix Agent (active)', 'Simple check' or 'Zabbix aggregate'.
Type of data as stored in the database after performing conversions, if any.
Numeric (unsigned) – 64bit unsigned integer
Type of Numeric (float) – floating point number
information Character – character (string) data limited to 255 bytes
Log – log file. Must be set for keys log[].
Text – text of unlimited size
Data type is used for integer items in order to specify the expected data type:
Decimal – data in decimal format
Octal – data in octal format
Data type
Hexadecimal – data in hexadecimal format
Zabbix will automatically perform conversion to numeric.
This is supported starting from version 1.8.
If set, Zabbix will add the unit postfix to all received values.
Till Zabbix 1.8.2, default multiplier is 1024, and some units have special processing:
b, bps - 1000 is 1K, special processing for bits.
Since Zabbix 1.8.2, default multiplier is 1000, and special processing is used for units B, where multiplier is 1024.
For example, if units are set to B, Zabbix will display:
1 as 1B
Units
1024 as 1KB
1536 as 1.5KB
unixtime – translated to “yyyy.mm.dd hh:mm:ss”
uptime – translated to “hh:mm:ss” or “N days, hh:mm:ss”
s – translated to “yyy mmm ddd hhh mmm sss ms”, parameter is treated as number of seconds. Only 3 upper major units are shown, like “1m 15d 5h” or “2h 4m 46s”. If there are no days
to display, only two levels are displayed - “1m 5h” (no minutes, seconds or milliseconds are shown). Will be translated to ”< 1 ms” if the value is less than 0.001.
Pre-process received values.
Do not use - do not pre-process received values
Use multiplier
Custom multiplier – multiply received values by value defined in Custom multiplier
Use this option to convert values received in KB, MBps, etc into B, Bps. Otherwise Zabbix cannot correctly set prefixes (K, M, G etc).
Custom multiplier Multiply all received value by this integer or floating-point value.
Update interval
Refresh this item every N seconds.
(in sec)
List of exceptions for Update Interval. For example:
Delay: 10 Period: 1-5,09:00-18:00 – refresh set to 10 seconds for working hours. Otherwise default update interval will be used.
Flexible intervals
If multiple flexible intervals overlap, the smallest Delay value is used for the overlapping period.
See Time period specification page for description of Period format.
Keep history (in
Keep detailed history for N days in the database. Older data will be removed by Housekeeper.
days)
Keep trends (in
Keep aggregated (hourly min, max, avg, count) detailed history for N days in the database. Older data will be removed by Housekeeper.
days)
Active - active (normal) status. Zabbix will process this item.
Status Disabled – item is disabled. This item will not be processed.
Not supported – item is not supported by Zabbix or SNMP agent. This item will not be processed, however Zabbix may try to periodically set status of such items to Active if configured.
As is – no pre-processing
Delta (speed per second) – evaluate value as (value-prev_value)/(time-prev_time), where
value – current value
value_prev – previously received value
time – current timestamp
Store value
prev_time – timestamp of previous value
This setting is extremely useful to get speed per second based on constantly growing value.
Delta (simple change) – evaluate as (value-prev_value), where
value – current value
value_prev – previously received value
Apply value mapping to this item. Value mapping does not change received values, it is for displaying data only.
Show value It works with integer items only.
For example, “Windows service states”.
Available for items of type Log only. Supported placeholders:
* y: Year (0001-9999)
* M: Month (01-12)
* d: Day (01-31)
* h: Hour (00-23)
* m: Minute (00-59)
Log time format * s: Second (00-59)
Leaving this field blank means don't try to parse the timestamp.
For example, consider the following line from the Zabbix agent log file:
” 23480:20100328:154718.045 Zabbix Agent started. Zabbix 1.8.2 (revision 11211).”
It begins with six character positions for PID, followed by date, time, and the rest of the line.
Log time format for this line would be “pppppp:yyyyMMdd:hhmmss”.
Note that “p” and ”:” chars are just placeholders and can be anything but “yMdhms”.
Applications Link item to one or more applications.

Up to version 1.8.1 Zabbix supports the following unit prefixes:

K (Kilo);

第123页共155页


M (Mega);
G (Giga);
T (Tera);

Since version 1.8.2, additionally supported prefixes include:

P (Peta);
E (Exa);
Z (Zetta);
Y (Yotta);

See more details about items in other sections of the Manual.

Unit blacklist

By default, specifying a unit for an item will result in multiplier prefix being added - for example, value 2048 with unit B would be displayed as 2KB. For a pre-defined,
hardcoded list of units this is prevented:

ms
RPM
rpm
%

Note that both lowercase and uppercase rpm (rpm and RPM) strings are blacklisted.

Mass-updating items

Mass update is a very effective way of changing attributes for a number of items at once.

To update some items, check them in the item list, then select “Mass update” in the dropdown below the item list and click on “Go”. A form is displayed where you can
select what attributes for the items you want to update.

Check any parameter that you would like to change, enter a new value for it and press “Save”.

Copy selected to...

The function makes it possible to copy a selected item to a number of hosts.

To do so, mark the item in the list, then select “Copy selected to…” in the dropdown below the list and click on “Go”. A form is displayed where you can select the hosts to
copy items to.

第124页共155页


Select the hosts you would like to copy the items to and press “Copy”.

2.3.3 Triggers


From the list of hosts or templates you can access the triggers that are linked to a host or template by clicking in the Triggers column.

On the triggers screen you can view and manage triggers.

A list of existing triggers is displayed.

Displayed data:

Severity Coloured trigger severity.
Status Trigger status. Note that Disabled triggers are hidden by default.
Name Trigger name.
Expression Trigger expression.

Click on Create Trigger in the upper right corner of the screen if you wish to add a trigger. If you wish to edit an existing trigger, click on its name in the list. A form is
displayed where you can edit details of a trigger.

Configuring a trigger

You can also create a new trigger from the existing one by pressing the Clone button and then saving under a different name.

Trigger attributes:

Name Trigger name. The name may contain macros.
Expression Logical expression used for calculation of trigger state.

第125页共155页


The trigger depends on List of triggers the trigger depends on.
New dependency Add new dependency.
Normal – events are generated normally, on trigger status change
Event generation
Normal + Multiple PROBLEM events (Multiple TRUE events in 1.8.2 and before) – events are also generated on every PROBLEM evaluation of the trigger
Severity Trigger severity.
Comments Text field used to provide more information about this trigger. May contain instructions for fixing specific problem, contact detail of responsible staff, etc.
URL If not empty, the URL is used in the screen 'Status of Triggers'.
Disabled Trigger can be disabled if required.

See also more information about triggers.

Mass-updating triggers

Mass update is a very effective way of changing attributes for a number of triggers at once.

To update some triggers, check them in the list, then select “Mass update” in the dropdown below the trigger list and click on “Go”. A form is displayed where you can
select what attributes for the triggers you want to update.

Check any parameter that you would like to change, enter a new value for it and press “Save”.

Copy selected to…

The function makes it possible to copy a selected trigger to a number of hosts.

To do so, mark the trigger in the list, then select “Copy selected to…” in the dropdown below the list and click on “Go”. A form is displayed where you can select the hosts
to copy triggers to.

Select the hosts you would like to copy triggers to and press “Copy”.

2.3.4 Graphs


From the list of hosts or templates you can access the graphs that are linked to a host or template by clicking in the Graphs column.

On the graphs screen you can manage custom graphs.

A list of existing custom graphs is displayed.

Displayed data:

Name Graph name.
Width Graph width in pixels.
Height Graph height in pixels.
Graph type:
Normal
Graph type Stacked
Pie
Exploded

Configuring a graph

Click on Create Graph in the upper right corner of the screen in the graph list if you wish to add a graph. If you wish to edit an existing graph, click on its name in the list.
A form is displayed where you can configure a graph.

第126页共155页


You can also create a new graph from the existing one by pressing the Clone button and then saving under a different name.

Graph attributes:

Name Unique graph name.
Width Graph width in pixels.
Height Graph height in pixels.
Graph type:
Normal – normal graph, values displayed as lines.
Graph type Stacked – stacked graph.
Pie – pie graphs.
Exploded – exploded pie graph.
Show working time If selected, non-working hours will be shown with gray background. Not available for pie and exploded pie graphs.
Show triggers If selected, simple triggers will be displayed as red lines. Not available for pie and exploded pie graphs.
Percentile line (Left) Display percentile for left Y axis. Normally used for displaying 95% percentile. Only available for normal graphs.
Percentile line (Right) Display percentile for right Y axis. Normally used for displaying 95% percentile. Only available for normal graphs.
Type of Y axis:
Calculated – Y axis value will be automatically calculated
Y axis MIN value
Calculated [min=0] – Y min value is set to 0, maximum value will be automatically calculated.
Fixed – fixed min and max value for Y axis. Not available for pie and exploded pie graphs.
Type of Y axis:
Calculated – Y axis value will be automatically calculated
Y axis MAX value
Calculated [min=0] – Y min value is set to 0, maximum value will be automatically calculated.
Fixed – fixed min and max value for Y axis. Not available for pie and exploded pie graphs.
3D view Enable 3D style. For pie and exploded pie graphs only.
Legend Display legend. For pie and exploded pie graphs only.
Items List of graph elements (items) to be displayed for this graph.

Graph element:

Attributes of a graph element:

Parameter Selection of host item, which will be displayed.
Type (only available for normal graphs):
Type Simple
Aggregated
What values will be displayed when more than one value exists for a single pixel (X-coordinate):
all – all (minimum, average and maximum)
Function min – minimum only
avg – average only
max – maximum only
Draw style (only available for normal graphs; for stacked graphs filled region is always used):
Line – draw lines
Filled region – draw filled region
Draw style
Bold line – draw bold lines
Dot – draw dots
Dashed line – draw dashed line
Colour RGB colour in HEX notation.
Aggregated periods count
Y axis side Which Y axis side the element is assigned to.
Sort order (0→100) Draw order, 0 will be processed first.

Below the graph preview is displayed. Note that it will not show any data for template items.

2.3.5 Template linkage

Starting with Zabbix 1.8, template linkage to hosts can be managed in Configuration→Templates.
2.3.6 Proxies

Starting with Zabbix 1.8, proxy management is available at Administration→DM.

2.4 Web monitoring

Configuration → Web

On this screen you can manage scenarios for web monitoring.

A list of the active scenarios is displayed.

第127页共155页


Displayed data:

Name Unique name of the web scenario.
Number of steps Number of individual steps (HTTP requests) the scenario consists of.
Update interval Frequency of execution of the web scenario.
Status of the scenario:
Status Active - the scenario is active
Disabled - the scenario is disabled. Note that disabled scenarios are not displayed by default in the main screen.

Click on Create scenario in the upper right corner of the screen if you wish to add a scenario. If you wish to edit an existing scenario, click on its name in the list. A form
is displayed where you can edit the parameters of a web scenario.

Configuring a web scenario


Application Host application the scenario is linked to.
Name Unique name of the web scenario.
Update interval (in sec) Frequency of execution of the web scenario.
Client agent string. Zabbix will pretend that it is Firefox, MS Explorer or any other application.
Agent
Useful when a website returns different content for different browsers.
Status of the scenario:
Status Active - the scenario is active
Disabled - the scenario is disabled. Note that disabled scenarios are not displayed by default in the main screen.
List of variables (macros) to be used in scenario steps (URL and Post variables).
They have the following format:
{macro1}=value1
{macro2}=value2
Variables
For example:
username=Alexei
password=kj3h5kJ34bd
The macros can be referenced as {username} and {password}. Zabbix will automatically replace them with actual values.
List of steps executed by the scenario, displaying:
Name - step name
Timeout - timeout
Steps
URL - location to connect to
Required - required string
Status - step status

To add a web scenario step, click on the Add button next to Steps. A form will open where you can define the parameters of an individual web scenario step.

Configuring a web scenario step


Name Unique step name.
URL to connect to and retrieve data. For example:
URL http://www.zabbix.com
https://www.google.com
Post List of POST variables. GET variables can be passed in the URL parameter.
Timeout Zabbix will not spend more than the set amount of seconds on processing the URL.

第128页共155页


Required string. Retrieved content (HTML) must contain this string, otherwise the step will fail.
Required
If empty, no check is performed.
List of expected HTTP codes. If Zabbix gets a code which is not in the list, the step will fail.
Status codes If empty, no check is performed.
For example: 200,201,210-299

See also this section for more information about web monitoring.

2.5 Actions

Configuration → Actions

On this screen you can set up and manage actions.

A list of existing actions is displayed. Actions are displayed by the event source: Triggers/Discovery/Auto registration. Use the dropdown menu in the upper right corner to
switch between various sources.

Displayed data:

Name Action name.
Conditions List of conditions for this action.
Operations List of operations for execution.
Status Status of the action.

Click on Create Action in the upper right corner of the screen if you wish to add an action. If you wish to edit an existing action, click on its name in the host list. A form is
displayed where you can edit details of an action.

Configuring an action

More configuration options are available if escalation is enabled:

See more details about configuration of actions, conditions and operations in other sections of the Manual.

2.6 Screens

Configuration → Screens

On this screen you can set up and manage screens.

A list of existing screens is displayed.

Name Screen name.
Dimension (cols x rows) Screen size, number of columns and rows.

第129页共155页


Click on Create Screen in the upper right corner of the screen if you wish to add a screen. If you wish to edit the elements of an existing screen, click on its name in the
list. If you wish to edit high-level information of an existing screen, click on the Edit button. A form is displayed where you can edit a screen.

Configuring a screen (high-level)

Screen high-level attributes:

Name Unique screen name.
Columns Number of columns in the screen.
Rows Number of rows in the screen.

Configuring screen elements

You can configure what will be displayed in each element (cell) of a screen.

Click on a screen element (cell) and a form will be displayed where you can edit the attributes of an element.

Screen element attributes:

Information displayed in the cell:
Clock – digital or analog clock displaying current server or local time
Data overview – latest data for a group of hosts
Graph – single custom graph
History of actions – history of recent actions
History of events – latest events
Hosts info – high level host related information
Resource Map – single map
Plain text – plain text data
Screen – screen (one screen may contain other screens inside)
Server info – server high-level information
Simple graph – single simple graph
Triggers info – high level trigger related information
Triggers overview - status of triggers for a host group
URL – include content from an external resource
Possible values:
Center
Horizontal align
Left
Right
Possible values:
Middle
Vertical align
Top
Bottom
Column span Extend cell to a number of columns, same way as HTML column spanning works.
Row span Extend cell to a number of rows, same way as HTML row spanning works.

2.7 Maps

Configuration → Maps

第130页共155页


On this screen you can manage user-defined maps.

A list of existing maps is displayed.

Displayed data:

Name Map name
Width Map width in pixels.
Height Map height in pixels.

Click on Create Map in the upper right corner of the screen if you wish to add a map. If you wish to edit the elements of an existing map, click on its name in the list. If
you wish to edit high-level information of an existing map, click on the Edit button. A form is displayed where you can configure a user-defined map.

Configuring a map (high-level)

Map high-level attributes:

Name Unique map name.
Width Map width in pixels.
Height Map height in pixels.
Use background image:
Background image No image - no background image (white background)
Image - selected image to be used as a background image. No scaling is performed.
Map elements will receive highlighting. If element has an active trigger, round background will be used, having same colour as the highest severity trigger. If element status is
Icon highlighting
“disabled” or “in maintenance”, square background will be used. This option is available since Zabbix 1.8.
Mark elements on trigger
Elements that have a trigger status recently changed will be highlighted with markers. This option is available since Zabbix 1.8.3.
status change
If a map element (host, host group or another map) has a single problem, this option controls whether problem (trigger) name is printed, or problem count. If marked, problem
Expand single problem
name is used. This option is available since Zabbix 1.8.1. For upgrades from previous installations it is enabled by default on all maps.
Label type used for all map icons:
Label - icon label only
IP address - IP address only
Icon label type
Element name - element name (for example, host name)
Status only - status only (OK or PROBLEM)
Nothing - no icon labels are displayed
Display icon label on:
Bottom - bottom (under the icon)
Icon label location Left - left side
Right - right side
Top - top of the icon

Configuring a map element

To add an element to the map, click on the ”+” next to Icon. The new element will appear at the top left corner of the map. Now you can drag and drop it on a desired
place on the map. By clicking on the element, a form is displayed where you can edit the attributes of the element - its type, label, icon type etc.

Map element attributes:

第131页共155页


Type of the element:
Host - icon representing status of all triggers of the selected host
Map - icon representing status of all elements of a map
Type
Trigger - icon representing status of a single trigger
Host group - icon representing status of all triggers of all hosts belonging to
Image - an icon, not linked to any resource
Icon label, any string.
Label
Macros and multi-line string can be used in labels starting from version 1.8
Label location:
Default - Map's default label location
Bottom - bottom (under the icon)
Label location
Left - left side
Right - right side
Top - top of the icon
Host Status of triggers for the selected host will be used.
Map Status of all elements for the selected map will be used.
Trigger Status of the selected trigger will be used.
Host group Status of all triggers for the selected host group will be used.
Icon (ok) Icon to be used when no problem exists.
Icon (problem) Icon to be used in case of problems (one or more).
Icon (unknown) Icon to be used if the selected host is in an unknown state.
Icon (disabled) Icon to be used if the selected host is disabled.
Coordinate X X coordinate for the map element.
Coordinate Y Y coordinate for the map element.
URL If set, the URL will be used when a user clicks on the screen element.

Configuring a link

To link two elements in the map, select them both and click on the ”+” next to Link. A form is displayed where you can click on the respective link and edit its attributes.

Map link attributes:

Label Label that will be rendered on top of the link. You can use macros here.
Element 1 First element that link connects.
Element 2 Second element that link connects.
Link status indicators List of triggers linked to the link. In case if a trigger has status PROBLEM, its style is applied to the link.
Default link style:
Line - single line
Type (OK) Bold line - bold line
Dot - dots
Dashed line - dashed line
Colour (OK) Default link colour.

2.8 Discovery

Configuration → Discovery

On this screen you can manage discovery rules.

A list of existing discovery rules is displayed.

Displayed data:

Name Name of discovery rule.
IP range Range of IP addresses affected by the discovery rule.
Delay Frequency in seconds.
Checks List of checks executed by the discovery rule.

第132页共155页


Status of the discovery rule:
Status Active - the rule is active
Disabled - the rule is disabled

Click on Create rule in the upper right corner of the screen if you wish to add a discovery rule. If you wish to edit an existing discovery rule, click on its name in the list. A
form is displayed where you can edit the parameters of a discovery rule.

Configuring a discovery rule

Discovery rule attributes:

Name Unique name of the discovery rule.
Who performs discovery:
Discovery by proxy (no proxy) - Zabbix server is doing discovery
proxy name - This proxy performs discovery
Range of IP addresses for discovery. Format:
Single IP: 192.168.1.33
IP range Range of IP addresses: 192.168.1.1-255
List: 192.168.1.1-255,192.168.2.1-100,192.168.2.200
CIDR notation: 192.168.1.0/24
Delay (seconds) This parameter defines how often Zabbix should execute this rule in seconds.
List of supported checks:
SSH, LDAP, SMTP, FTP, HTTP, POP, NNTP, IMAP, TCP, Zabbix agent, SNMPv1 agent, SNMPv2 agent, SNMPv3 agent, ICMP ping
Checks
Port range may be: single port (22), a range of ports (22-45) or a list (22-45,55,60-70)
Device uniqueness If Zabbix will discover another device for which value, retrieved from the check that is specified as Device uniqueness criteria, it will be considered to be already discovered and new
criteria host will not be added
Status of the discovery rule:
Status Active - the rule is active
Disabled - the rule is disabled

2.9 IT Services

Configuration → IT Services

On this screen you can manage IT Services.

A list of existing IT Services is displayed.

Displayed data:

Service Service name.
Status calculation How the service updates its status.
Linked to a trigger:
Trigger none - no linkage
trigger name - linked to the trigger, thus depends on the trigger status

Configuring an IT Service

第133页共155页


IT Service attributes:

Name Service name.
Parent service Parent service. For reference only, it cannot be changed.
Depends on List of child services the service depends on.
How to calculate status of the service:
Do not calculate - do not calculate service status
Status calculation algorithm
Problem, if it least one child has a problem - considered to be a problem if at least one child service has a problem
Problem, if all children have problems - considered to be a problem if all child services have problems
Calculate SLA Select to display SLA data.
Acceptable SLA (in %) SLA percentage for this service. It is used for reporting.
Service times By default, all services are expected to operate 24x7x365. Add new service times to make exceptions.
Service times:
One-time downtime - a single downtime. Service state within this period does not affect SLA.
New service time
Uptime - service uptime
Downtime - Service state within this period does not affect SLA.
Link to trigger Services of the lowest level must be linked to triggers.
Sort order Display sort order, lowest comes first.

2.10 Export/Import

Starting with Zabbix 1.8.3, this section has been removed. Import and export controls now are available in corresponding configuration pages (hosts, templates, maps or
screens).
2.10.1 Export

The screen is used to export hosts, items, triggers and graphs.

Export

The screen provides list of hosts and their elements for export.

Select elements you would like to export, then press “Preview” or “Export”.

Displayed data:

Name Host name.
DNS Host DNS name.
IP IP address of Zabbix agent.
Port Zabbix agent port number.
Status Host status.
Templates Select to export template related information.
Items Select to export host items.
Triggers Select to export host triggers.
Graphs Select to export host graphs.

Preview page:

第134页共155页


2.10.2 Import

The screen is used to perform XML import of host related data.

Import process options:

Import file XML file to import.
Set of rules for each type of element:
Existing - what to do if element already exists
Missing - what do to if element is missing
Rules Possible actions:
Update - update existing element
Add - add element
Skip - do not process new data

Press “Import” to import selected file.

3 Administration

3.1 General

3.1.1 GUI

This section allows to set Zabbix frontend related defaults.


Default theme Default theme for users who have not set a specific one in their profiles
Dropdown first entry Whether first entry in element selection dropdowns should be all or none.
Search/Filter elements limit Maximum amount of elements that will be available as search or filter results.
Max count of elements to show inside table cell For entries that are displayed in a single table cell, no more than configured here will be shown.

第135页共155页


Event acknowledges This parameter defines if event acknowledges are activated in Zabbix interface.
Show events not older (Days) This parameter defines for how many days event are displayed in Status of Triggers screen. Default is 7 days.
Max count of events per trigger to show Maximum number of event to show for each trigger in Status of Triggers screen. Default is 100.

3.1.2 Housekeeper

The Housekeeper is a periodical process which is executed by Zabbix Server. The process removes outdated information and information deleted by user.


Do not keep actions older than (in days) This parameter defines how many days of executed actions (emails, jabber, SMS, etc) history Zabbix will keep in the database. Older actions will be removed.
Do not keep events older than (in days) This parameter defines how many days of events history Zabbix will keep in the database. Older events will be removed.

3.1.3 Images

List of images

Image definition

Zabbix images are stored in the database. There are two types of images:

Icon
Background

Icons are used in for displaying System Map elements.

Backgrounds are used as background images of System Maps.

Image attributes:

Name Unique name of an image.
Type Either Icon or Background
Upload Name of local file (PNG, JPEG) to be uploaded to Zabbix

Note that you may upload image of any size, however images bigger than 1.5MB may not be displayed in maps. Increase value of max_memory_size in php.ini if you
have this problem.
3.1.4 Regular expressions

This section allows to create custom regular expressions for reusing elsewhere in Zabbix. A custom regular expression may consist of multiple subexpressions, and it can
be tested in this section by providing a test string. Results show status of each subexpression and total custom expression status.

3.1.5 Value mapping

Value maps are used to create a mapping between numeric values and string representations.

Value mappings are used for representation of data in both Zabbix front-end and information sent by email/jabber/SMS/whatever.

第136页共155页


For example, an item which has value '0' or '1' can use value mapping to represent the values in a human readable form:

'0' ⇒ 'Not Available'
'1' ⇒ 'Available'

Value mapping can be used only for items having type Unsigned integer.

Value mapping definition

Parameters of a value mapping:

Name Unique name of set of value mappings.
Mapping Set of mappings.
New mapping Single mapping for addition.

3.1.6 Working time

Working time is system-wide parameter which defines working time.

Currently this is used for graphs only. Working time is displayed as a white background, while non-working time is displayed as grey.

See Time period specification page for description of Working time format.

3.1.7 Other

Refresh unsupported items Some items may become unsupported due to errors in User Parameters or because of an item being not supported by an agent.

Zabbix can be configured to periodically make unsupported items active.

Database watchdog Availability of Zabbix server depends on availability of back-end database. It cannot work without a database.

Database watchdog, a special Zabbix server process, is created in order to alarm Zabbix administrators in case of disaster.

The watchdog will send notifications to a user group in case if the database is down. Zabbix server will not stop; it will wait until the database is back again to continue
processing.

Zabbix will activate unsupported item every N seconds. If set to 0, the automatic activation will be disabled.
Refresh unsupported items (in sec)
Proxies check unsupported items every 10 minutes. This is not configurable for Proxies.
Group for discovered hosts Hosts discovered by network discovery will be automatically placed in the hostgroup, selected here.
User group for database down message User group for sending alarm message or 'None'.

Until Zabbix version 1.8.2 database watchdog is supported for MySQL only. Since 1.8.2, it is supported for all databases.

The Administration Tab is available to users of type Super Administrators only.

3.2 Authentication

3.2.1 HTTP

The screen can be used to enable Apache based (HTTP) authentication. The authentication will be used to check user names and passwords. Note that an user must exist
in Zabbix as well, however his Zabbix password will not be used.

第137页共155页



HTTP Authentication Enabled This parameter defines if Apache based authentication is enabled.

Be careful! Make sure that Apache authentication is configured and works properly before switching it on.

In case of Apache authentication all users (even with GUI Access set to Internal) will be authorised by Apache, not by Zabbix!
3.2.2 LDAP

The screen can be used to enable external LDAP authentication. The authentication will be used to check user names and passwords. Note that an user must exist in
Zabbix as well, however his Zabbix password will not be used.

Zabbix LDAP authentication works at least with Microsoft Active Directory and OpenLDAP.


Name of LDAP server. For example: ldap://ldap.zabbix.com
LDAP Host For secure LDAP server use ldaps protocol
ldaps://ldap.zabbix.com
Port of LDAP server. Default is 389.
Port
For secure LDAP connection port number is normally 636.
Base DN ou=Users,ou=system
Search Attribute uid
Bind DN uid=Admin,ou=system
Bind Password Password for binding to the LDAP server.
LDAP Authentication Enabled Enable LDAP authentication.
Test Authentication -
Login Name of a test user. The user must exist in LDAP.
User Password LDAP password of the test user. Zabbix will not activate LDAP authentication if it is unable to authenticate the test user.

第138页共155页


Some user groups can still be authorised by Zabbix. These groups must have GUI Access set to Internal.
3.3 Users

3.3.1 Users

The screen can be used to manage Zabbix users. List of users It provides list of users.

Displayed data:

Alias User short-name, i.e. login name.
Name User name.
Surname User surname.
User type, one of following:
Zabbix User
User type
Zabbix Admin
Zabbix Super Admin
Groups List of all group the user belong to.
Is online? Is user online.
Access to GUI, depends on settings of user groups:
System default – Zabbix, HTTP Authentication, LDAP Authentication
GUI Access
Internal – the user is authenticated by Zabbix regardless of system settings
Disabled – GUI access is restricted to this user
User status, depends on settings of user groups:
Status Enabled – the user is active
Disabled – the user is disabled. The user is ignored by Zabbix.
Actions

User configuration

The screen provides user details and gives control to change user attributes.

第139页共155页



Alias User short-name, i.e. login name. Must be unique!
Name User name.
Surname User surname.
User type, one of following:
Zabbix User – access to Monitoring tab only.
User type
Zabbix Admin – access to Monitoring and Configuration tabs.
Zabbix Super Admin – access to everything, including Administration tabs.
Groups List of all group the user belong to.
List of all medias. The medias are used by Zabbix for sending notifications.
Media
You can specify time period when the media is active. See Time period specification page for description of the format.
Language Language of Zabbix GUI.
Defines how the GUI looks like:
System Default - use system settings
Theme
Original Blue – standard blue theme
Black & Blue – alternative theme
Auto-login (1 month) Enable if you want Zabbix to remember you. Browser cookies are used for this.
Auto-logout (0 - disable) User will be logouted after N seconds if inactivity. Set it to 0 to disable auto-logout.
URL (after login) Make Zabbix to transfer you to the URL after successful login.
Refresh (in seconds) Refresh used for graphs, screens, plain text data, etc. Can be set to 0 to disable.

Click on User Rights Show to display user rights. It is impossible to change user rights here, the rights depend on user group membership! The information is available
read-only.

3.3.2 User Groups

The screen can be used to manage Zabbix user groups.

List of user groups

It provides list of user groups.

第140页共155页


Displayed data:

Name Host group name. Must be unique.
Enabled – users are active
User status
Disabled – all users of the group are disabled
Displays how the users are authenticated.
System default – use default authentication
GUI Access
Internal – use Zabbix authentication
Disabled – access to Zabbix GUI is forbidden
Members List of group members

User group configuration


Group name Unique group name.
Users List of members of this group.
How the users of the group are authenticated.
System default – use default authentication
GUI Access
Internal – use Zabbix authentication
Disabled – access to Zabbix GUI is forbidden
Status of group members:
Users Status Enabled – users are active
Disabled – users are disabled
Three lists for different host permissions:
Read-write – host groups with read-write access
Rights
Read-only – host groups with read-only access
Deny – host groups with deny access

Click on User rights (Show) to see what permissions the user group has:

第141页共155页


3.4 Media types

3.4.1 Media types

The screen can be used to manage Zabbix media types.

List of media types

Provides list of media types. Media type is a delivery method for user notifications.

Displayed data:

Media type:
Email – email notification
Type SMS – SMS notifications sent using serial GSM modem
Jabber – Jabber notification
Script – script based notification
Description Name of the media.
Details Configuration details, depends on media type.

Media configuration

The screen provides user details and gives control to change media attributes.


Description Unique media name.
Media type:
Type
Email – email notification
SMTP Server - server name
SMTP Hello – Hello string, normally domain name
SMTP Email – sender email address
SMS – SMS notifications sent using serial GSM modem
GSM Modem - serial device name of GSM modem
Jabber – Jabber notification
Jabber Identifier - Jabber ID
Password – Password of the Jabber ID
Script – script based notification
Script name - name of the custom script

第142页共155页


3.5 Scripts

The screen can be used to manage user-defined scripts. The scripts are executed on the Zabbix server even for hosts monitored by a proxy.

List of scripts

Provides a list of scripts known to Zabbix. Depending on permission, Zabbix user may execute a script from the front-end by clicking on host in these locations:

Network maps
Dashboard
Status of triggers (Monitoring → Triggers)

Displayed data:

Name Unique script name.
Command Command to be executed.
User group The script is available to members of the user group only.
Host group The script is available for hosts of the host group only.
Read - user must have read permission for the host to execute the script
Host access
Write - user must have write permission for the host to execute the script.

Script configuration

The screen provides script details and gives control to change script attributes.


Name Unique script name.
Full path to a command, which will be executed on user request. The command will be run on the Zabbix server.
The following macros are supported here:
{HOST.CONN}
{HOST.DNS}
{IPADDRESS}
{HOSTNAME}
Command
Example:
/bin/ping-c 3 {HOST.CONN}
A special syntax for IPMI commands must be used:
IPMI <ipmi control> [value]
Example:
IPMI power off
User group The script is available to members of the user group only.
Host group The script is available for hosts of the host group only.
Read - user must have read permission for the host to execute the script
Host access
Write - user must have write permission for the host to execute the script.

If macro may resolve to value with spaces (for example, host name), don't forget to quote as needed.

Standard error is discarded, so make sure to redirect it to standard output manually.

3.6 Audit

The screen can be used to see front-end audit records and list of notifications sent to users.

Audit logs

第143页共155页


Displayed data:

Time Time stamp when an action took place.
User User name.
Object, which was affected:
Application
Graph
Resource
Host
Item
User
Performed action:
Added
Login
Action
Logout
Removed
Updated
Details More detailed information about action.

Audit actions

The screen provides access to history of notifications and remote commands.

Displayed data:

Time Time stamp when an action took place.
Type of executed operation:
Type Notifications
Remote command
Status:
Status Not sent
Sent
Retires left Number of retries left.

第144页共155页


Recipient(s) List of recipients.
Message Message used in notification.
Error Error if the notification was not sent.

3.7 Queue

The Queue provides information about performance of Zabbix.

Overview

For each item type the following data is displayed:

Items Item type
5 seconds Data is delayed for 5-10 seconds.
1 minute Data is delayed for 1-5 minutes.
5 minutes Data is delayed for 5-10 minutes.
More than 10 minutes Data is delayed for more than 10 minutes.

Overview by proxy

The view gives more detailed information about performance of Zabbix Server and Proxies.

For each Proxy and local Zabbix Server the following data is displayed:

Proxy Proxy name or Server. Server, displayed last, shows statistics about local server.

Details

第145页共155页


The view gives very detailed information about delayed items.

List of items is displayed with the following details:

Next check Expected time stamp of next data retrieval. The time stamps will always be in the past.
Host Host name.
Description Item name.

3.8 Notifications

This is report on number of notifications sent to each user grouped by media types.

For each user number of notifications is displayed per each media type.

3.9 Locales

Locales provides functionality for easy editing of translations of Zabbix front-end.

Locale selection

Select locale you'd like to select for further processing.

第146页共155页


Parameters:

Take for default locale The locale will be used as a base one.
Locale to extend Select language you'd like to improve.
Do not add – if something is not translated, ignore it
New entries Leave empty – if something is not translated, leave translation empty
Fill with default value – if something is not translated, fill translation with default value

Translation form

This form is used to translate phrases used in Zabbix front-end. Left side is filled with default language, right side consists of translated phrases.

Once translation is ready, press button “Download” to have translation file, which can be used to replace files under include/locales.

3.10 Installation

The screen makes possible creation of Zabbix front-end configuration file.

第147页共155页


4 Page parameters
Most Zabbix web interface pages support various HTTP GET parameters that control what will be displayed. They may be passed by specifying parameter=value pairs after
the URL, separated from the URL by a question mark (?) and from each other by ampersands (&).

4.1 Status of triggers

Accessed as Monitoring → Triggers, page name tr_status.php.

4.1.1 Generic parameters

groupid
hostid
fullscreen

4.1.2 Page specific parameters

show_triggers - filter option Triggers status, 1 - Problem, 2 - Any
show_events - filter option Events, 1 - Hide all, 2 - Show all, 3 - Show unacknowledged
ack_status - filter option Acknowledge status, 1 - Any, 2 - With unacknowledged events, 3 - With last event unacknowledged
show_severity - filter option Min severity, -1 - All, 0-5 - corresponding severity
show_details - filter option Show details, 0 - do not show, 1 - show
status_change_days - filter option Age less than, in days
status_change - filter option Age less than, 0 - disabled, 1 - enabled (status_change_days will be used)
txt_select - filter option Filter by name, freeform string

18 Performance Tuning

1 Real world configuration
Server with Zabbix 1.0 installed (RedHat Linux 8.0, kernel 2.4.18-14, MySQL/MyISAM 3.23.54a-4, Pentium IV 1.5Ghz, 256Mb, IDE) is able to collect more than 200
parameters per second from servers being monitored (assuming no network delays).

How many servers can be monitored by Zabbix on the hardware, one may ask? It depends on number of monitored parameters and how often Zabbix should acquire these
parameters. Suppose, each server you monitor has ten parameters to watch for. You want to update these parameters once in 30 seconds. Doing simple calculation, we
see that Zabbix is able to handle 600 servers (or 6000 checks). In case if these parameters need to be updated once in a minute, the hardware configuration will be able
to handle 600×2=1200 servers. These calculations made in assumption that all monitored values are retrieved as soon as required (latency is 0). If this is not a
requirement, then number of monitored servers can be increased even up to 5x-10x times.

18.2 Performance tuning
It is very important to have Zabbix system properly tuned for maximum performance.

18.2.1 Hardware

General advices on hardware:

Use fastest processor available
SCSI or SAS is better than IDE (performance of IDE disks may be significantly improved by using utility hdparm) and SATA
15K RPM is better than 10K RPM which is better than 7200 RPM
User fast RAID storage
Use fast Ethernet adapter
Having more memory is always better

18.2.2 Operating System

第148页共155页


Use latest (stable!) version of OS
Exclude unnecessary functionality from kernel
Tune kernel parameters

18.2.3 Zabbix configuration parameters

Many parameters may be tuned to get optimal performance.

18.2.3.1 zabbix_server

StartPollers

General rule - keep value of this parameter as low as possible. Every additional instance of zabbix_server adds known overhead, in the same time, parallelism is
increased. Optimal number of instances is achieved when queue, on average, contains minimum number of parameters (ideally, 0 at any given moment). This value can
be monitored by using internal check zabbix[queue].

DebugLevel

Optimal value is 3.

DBSocket

MySQL only. It is recommended to use DBSocket for connection to the database. That is the fastest and the most secure way.

18.2.4 Database Engine

This is probably most important part of Zabbix tuning. Zabbix heavily depends on availability and performance of database engine.

use fastest database engine, i.e. MySQL
use stable release of a database engine
rebuild MySQL or PostgreSQL from sources to get maximum performance
follow performance tuning instructions taken from MySQL or PostgreSQL documentation
for MySQL, use InnoDB table structure
ZABBIX works at least 1.5 times faster (comparing to MyISAM) if InnoDB is used. This is because of increased parallelism. However, InnoDB requires more CPU
power.
keep database tables on different hard disks
'history', 'history_str, 'items' 'functions', triggers', and 'trends' are most heavily used tables.
for large installations, keeping of MySQL temporary files in tmpfs is recommended

18.2.5 General advices

monitor required parameters only
tune 'Update interval' for all items. Keeping small update interval may be good for nice graphs, however, this may overload Zabbix
tune parameters for default templates
tune housekeeping parameters
do not monitor parameters which return same information.

Example: why use system[procload],system[procload5] andsystem[procload15] if system[procload] contains all.

avoid use of triggers with long period given as function argument. For example, max(3600) will be calculated significantly slower than max(60).

19 Cookbook

19.1 General Recipes

19.1.1 Monitoring of server's availability

At least three methods (or combination of all methods) may be used in order to monitor availability of a server.

ICMP ping (Key “icmpping”)
Key “status”
Trigger function nodata() for monitoring availability of hosts using only active checks

19.1.2 Sending alerts via WinPopUps

WinPopUps maybe very useful if you're running Windows OS and want to get quick notification from ZABBIX. It could be good addition for email-based alert messages.
Details about enabling of WinPopUps can be found at https://sourceforge.net/forum/message.php?msg_id=2721722 [https://sourceforge.net/forum
/message.php?msg_id=2721722].

19.2 Monitoring of Specific Applications

19.2.1 AS/400

IBM AS/400 platform can be monitored using SNMP. More information is available at http://publib-b.boulder.ibm.com/Redbooks.nsf/RedbookAbstracts
/sg244504.html?Open [http://publib-b.boulder.ibm.com/Redbooks.nsf/RedbookAbstracts/sg244504.html?Open].

19.2.2 MySQL

Configuration file misc/conf/zabbix_agentd.conf contains list of parameters that can be used for monitoring of MySQL.

### Set of parameter for monitoring MySQL server (v3.23.42 and later)
### Change -u and add -p if required
#UserParameter=mysql[ping],mysqladmin -uroot ping|grep alive|wc -l
#UserParameter=mysql[uptime],mysqladmin -uroot status|cut -f2 -d":"|cut -f1 -d"T"
#UserParameter=mysql[threads],mysqladmin -uroot status|cut -f3 -d":"|cut -f1 -d"Q"
#UserParameter=mysql[questions],mysqladmin -uroot status|cut -f4 -d":"|cut -f1 -d"S"
#UserParameter=mysql[slowqueries],mysqladmin -uroot status|cut -f5 -d”:”|cut -f1 -d"O"
#UserParameter=mysql[qps],mysqladmin -uroot status|cut -f9 d":"
#UserParameter=version[mysql],mysql -V

19.2.2.1 mysql[ping]

Check whether MySQL is alive

第149页共155页


Result: 0 - not started 1 - alive

19.2.2.2 mysql[uptime]

Number of seconds MySQL is running

19.2.2.3 mysql[threads]

Number of MySQL threads

19.2.2.4 mysql[questions]

Number of processed queries

19.2.2.5 mysql[slowqueries]

Number of slow queries

19.2.2.6 mysql[qps]

Queries per second

19.2.2.7 mysql[version]

Version of MySQL Example: mysql Ver 11.16 Distrib 3.23.49, for pc-linux-gnu (i686)

19.2.3 Mikrotik routers

Use SNMP agent provided by Mikrotik. See http://www.mikrotik.com [http://www.mikrotik.com] for more information.

19.2.4 WIN32

Use Zabbix W32 agent included (pre-compiled) into Zabbix distribution.

19.2.5 Novell

Use MRTG Extension Program for NetWare Server (MRTGEXT.NLM) agent for Novell. The agent is compatible with protocol used by Zabbix. It is available from
http://forge.novell.com/modules/xfmod/project/?mrtgext [http://forge.novell.com/modules/xfmod/project/?mrtgext].

Items have to be configured of type Zabbix Agent and must have keys according to the MRTGEXT documentation.

For example:

UTIL1

1 minute average CPU utilization

CONNMAX

Max licensed connections used

VFKSys

bytes free on volume Sys:

Full list of parameters supported by the agent can be found in readme.txt, which is part of the software.

19.2.6 Tuxedo

Tuxedo command line utilities tmadmin and qmadmin can be used in definition of a UserParameter in order to return per server/service/queue performance counters and
availability of Tuxedo resources.

19.2.7 Informix

Standard Informix utility onstat can be used for monitoring of virtually every aspect of Informix database. Also, Zabbix can retrieve information provided by Informix
SNMP agent.

19.2.8 JMX

First of all, you need to configure your jvm to allow jmx monitoring. How do you know if you can do this? You can use the sun jconsole utility that comes with the jdk and
point it at your machine running the jvm. If you can connect, you are good.

In my tomcat environment, I enable it by setting the following options for the jvm:

1. Dcom.sun.management.jmxremote
2. Dcom.sun.management.jmxremote.port=xxxxx
3. Dcom.sun.management.jmxremote.ssl=false
4. Dcom.sun.management.jmxremote.authenticate=true
5. Dcom.sun.management.jmxremote.password.file=/path/java/jre/lib/management/jmxremote. password”

This tells the jmx server to run on port XXXXX, to use password authentication, and to refer to the passwords stored in the jmxremote.password file. See the sun docs on
jconsole for details. (You might consider enabling ssl to make the connection more secure.)

Once that is done, I can then run jconsole and see everything that is currently exposed (and to verify that I can connect properly). jconsole will also provide you the
information you need to query specific jmx attributes from the information tab.

Now, since I use Tomcat, there are two ways that I can grab the jmx attribute values (or effect a jmx operation). The first way is I can use the servlet provided by Tomcat.
(Don't know what jboss has). The second way is I can send well formatted requests via a jmx command line tool.

Let's say I am interested in peak threads used by the system. I browse down through the jmx objects via jconsole, find it under java.lang, Threading. After selecting
Threading, I click on the info tab, and I can see the name of the mbean is “java.lang:type=Threading”

With tomcat, I can do the following:

curl -s -u<jmxusername>:<jmxpassword> 'http://<tomcat_hostname>/manager/jmxproxy/?qry=java.lang:type=Threading'

where the jmx username and password are the ones defined in the file defined in the jvm options above, the qry string is the one obtained from jconsole.

The output from this will be all the metrics from this jmx key. Parse the output and grab the number of your choice.

If you don't have a servlet that will allow you to make a http request to the jmx interface, you can use the command line tool like this

/<pathTo>/java -jar /<pathTo>/cmdline-jmxclient.jar <jmxusername>:<jmxpassword> <jvmhostname>:<jmxport> java.lang:type=Threading PeakThreadCount

第150页共155页


The difference with the command line client is you need to specify the attribute you are interested in specifically. Leaving it out will give you a list of all the attributes
available under Threading.

Again, parse the output for the data of your choice.

Once you can reliably grab the data you are interested in, you can then turn that command into a zabbix userparm. e.g.

UserParameter=jvm.maxthreads, /usr/bin/curl -s -u<jmxusername>:<jmxpassword> 'http://<tomcat_hostname>/manager/jmxproxy/?qry=java.lang:type=Threading' | /bin/awk '/^PeakThrea

or

UserParameter=jvm.maxthreads, /<pathTo>/java -jar /<pathTo>/cmdline-jmxclient.jar <jmxusername>:<jmxhostname> <jvmhostname>:<jmxport> java.lang:type=Threading PeakThreadCount

That's it.

I prefer getting my stats from the servlet via http rather than using the java command line client as it is much “lighter” to start up and grab the information.

Need a command line jmx client? I use the one from here: http://crawler.archive.org/cmdline-jmxclient/ [http://crawler.archive.org/cmdline-jmxclient/]

Information on setting up jmx monitoring for your jvms http://java.sun.com/j2se/1.5.0/docs...ment/agent.html [http://java.sun.com/j2se/1.5.0/docs...ment/agent.html]

General Information on JMX http://java.sun.com/j2se/1.5.0/docs...verviewTOC.html [http://java.sun.com/j2se/1.5.0/docs...verviewTOC.html]

Apparently the 1.5 jvm also supports SNMP which provides another option.

19.3 Integration

19.3.1 HP OpenView

ZABBIX can be configured to send messages to OpenView server. The following steps must be performed:

Step 1

Define new media.

The media will execute a script which will send required information to OpenView.

Step 2

Define new user.

The user has to be linked with the media.

Step 3

Configure actions.

Configure actions to send all (or selected) trigger status changes to the user.

Step 4

Write media script.

The script will have the following logic. If trigger is ON, then execute OpenView command opcmsg -id application=<application> msg_grp=<msg_grp> object=<object>
msg_text=<text>. The command will return unique message ID which has to be stored somewhere, preferrably in a new table of ZABBIX database. If trigger is OFF then
opcmack <message id> has to be executed with message ID retrieved from the database.

Refer to OpenView official documentation for more details about opcmsg and opcmack. The media script is not given here.

20 Troubleshooting

2.2 Sound in browsers
Sounds in web browsers for Zabbix frontend have been tested in the following browser versions and no additional configuration was required:

Firefox 3.5.16 on Linux
Opera 11.01 on Linux
Google Chrome 9.0 on Windows
Firefox 3.5.16 on Windows
IE7 browser on Windows
Opera v11.01 on Windows
Chrome v9.0 on Windows
Safari v5.0 on Windows, but this browser requires Quick Time Player to be installed

For playing sounds in Zabbix in the user's profile “GUI Messaging” should be enabled for all trigger severities and in the GUI global notification pop-up window sounds also
should be enabled.

2.2.1 Safari 5.0

Quick Time Player is required.

2.2.2 Microsoft Internet Explorer

To play sounds in MSIE7 and MSIE8:

In Tools → Internet Options → Advanced enable Play sounds in webpages
In Tools → Manage Add-ons… enable Windows Media Player
In Windows Media Player in Tools→Options→File Types enable Windows audio file (wav)

In Windows Media Player in Tools→Options tab “File Types” is available only if user is a member of groups “Power Users” or “Administrators”, i.e. regular User do not have
access to this tab and do not see it.

Additional thing - if IE do not have some *.wav file in the local cache directory (%userprofile%Local SettingsTemporary Internet Files) then sound will not play the first
time.

2.2.3 Firefox v 3.5.16

第151页共155页


For playing wav files in the Firefox browser can use one of the following applications: Windows Media Player or Quick Time plug-in. These configuration settings should be
performed in the Tools→Options→Applications menu, there are settings for the “Wave sound (audio/wav)” -you should set Windows Media Player for playing these files.

2.2.4 Known not to work

Browsers where the sound did not work:

Opera 10.11 on Linux.

1 Error and warning messages
Zabbix daemons generate error and warning messages in case of any problems. The messages are written to log files depending on configuration parameters.

Some of the messages are numbered.

The table contains complete list of numbered messages with additional details.

Error Message Details
Zabbix daemon is unable to establish connection to the database. Additional information:
database name
Z3001 Connection to database '%s' failed: [%d] %s
database error code
database error string
Zabbix daemon is unable to create database. Additional information:
database name
Z3002 Cannot create database '%s': [%d] %s
database error code
Z3003 No connection to the database. This should never happen. Report to Zabbix Team.
Zabbix daemon is unable to close connection to the database. Additional information:
Z3004 Cannot close database: [%d] %s database error code
SQL query execution failed. Additional information:
database error code
Z3005 Query failed: [%d] %s [%s]
SQL query string
Record fetch failed. Additional information:
Z3006 Fetch failed: [%d] %s database error code

The numbered error messages are supported starting from Zabbix 1.8.

21 Escalations and repeated notifications

21.1 Overview
Zabbix provides effective and extremely flexible functionality for escalations and repeated notifications. Depending on configuration, Zabbix will automatically escalate
(increase escalation step) unresolved problems and execute actions assigned to each escalation step.

Zabbix supports the following scenarios for escalations, notifications and remote commands:

Immediately inform users about new problems
Pro-active monitoring, Zabbix executes arbitrary scripts (remote commands)
Repeated notifications until problem is resolved
Delayed notifications and remote commands
Escalate problems to other user groups
Different escalation path for acknowledged and unacknowledged problems
Execute actions (both notifications and remote commands) if a problem exists for more than N hours (seconds, minutes, etc).
Recovery message to all interested parties
Zabbix supports unlimited number of escalation steps

21.2 Simple messages
escalated as well.

In order to alert MySQL Administrators about any issues with MySQL applications the following configuration can be used:

Since we are not interested in sending multiple messages or escalating MySQL problems to other user groups, escalations are not enabled.

Zabbix will send a single message to MySQL Administrators and a recovery message when problem is resolved. If sending of recovery messages is not enabled, Zabbix will
send only one message with information about new problem, no messages will be sent on recovery, i.e. when the problem is resolved.

Action conditions is defined so that it will be activated in case of any problem with any of MySQL applications.

Note also use of macros in the messages. Zabbix supports wide range of macros. Complete list of macros is available here: macros

第152页共155页


Actions are defined as:

A message will be sent to all members of the group MySQL Administrators.

21.3 Remote commands
Remote commands is a powerful mechanism for smart pro-active monitoring. Zabbix can execute a command on a monitored host in case of any pre-defined conditions.

Here is the list of some of the most obvious uses of the feature:

Automatically restart application (WEB server, middleware, CRM) if it does not respond
Using IPMI 'reboot' command reboot remote server if it does not answer requests
Try to automatically free disk space (remove older files, clean /tmp) if we are running out of disk space
Migrate one VM from one physical box to another depending on CPU load
Add new nodes to the cloud environment if we have insufficient CPU (disk, memory, whatever) resources

Configuration of action for remote commands is similar to messaging, the only difference is that Zabbix will execute a command instead of sending a message.

The action condition is defined so that it will be activated in case of any disaster problems with one of Apache applications.

As a reaction to the disaster problem Zabbix will try to restart Apache process:

Note use of the macro {HOSTNAME} here.

User 'zabbix' must have enough permissions to execute this script. Also Zabbix agent should run on a remote host and accept incoming connections. Remote commands
are disabled by default and can be enabled in Zabbix agent daemon configuration file on Unix-like or Windows systems.

See remote command tutorial for more information.

21.4 Repeated notifications
Repeated notifications is probably one of the most common use of Zabbix escalations.

Make sure that escalations are enabled in the action details:

第153页共155页


The period defines how frequently Zabbix should increase escalation step. By default, it goes to the next step every hour, i.e. 3600 seconds.

As soon as we enabled escalations, actions operations get additional options: Step(s), Period and Conditions.

Suppose we would like to send 5 messages every hour, so we defined that the operation will be active from escalation step 1 till 5. The escalation period will be taken
from action definition unless we overwrote it for an individual operation.

As soon as we have a problem, Zabbix is at step 1, so all operations assigned to the step will be executed. After one hour, escalation period will be increased automatically
(if the problem still exists obviously), so all operations of step 2 will be execute. And so on.

A recovery message will be sent only to those people who received at least one message before in scope of the escalation.

If the trigger that generated an active escalation is disabled, Zabbix sends a message informing about this fact to persons that have already received notifications.

21.5 Delayed notifications
Zabbix escalations supports sending of delayed notifications.

Suppose we would like to be notified about long-standing MySQL problems only. Note that the escalation period was changed to 10 hours and we use a custom default
message:

The operation is assigned only to step 2. It means it will be executed once after one escalation period, i.e. 10 hours:

Therefore user 'Alexei' will get a message only in case if a problem exists for more than 10 hours. The notification delay is controlled by the escalation period.

21.6 Escalate to Boss
Zabbix escalations can be used to escalate problem to other users and user groups. Problem is not being fixed by MySQL admins? Escalate to their BOSS!

Now we configured periodical sending of messages to MySQL administrators. The administrators will get four messages before the problem will be escalated to the
Database manager. Note that the manager will get a message only in case if the problem is not acknowledged yet, supposedly no one is working on it.

Note use of the {ESC.HISTORY} macros in the message. The macro will contain information about all previously executed steps. The manager will get information about
all email and all action executed before. MySQL administrators, beware!

第154页共155页


21.7 Complex scenario
Look at this set of actions. After multiple messages to MySQL administrators and escalation to the manager, Zabbix will try to restart the MySQL database. It will happen
if problem exists for 2:30 hours and it hasn't been acknowledged.

If the problems still exists, after another 30 minutes Zabbix will send a message to all users in Japan.

If this does help, after another hour Zabbix will reboot server with the MySQL database (second remote command) using IPMI commands.

第155页共155页

Zabbix zabbix manual v1.8

More Related Content

What's hot (19)

Similar to Zabbix zabbix manual v1.8 (20)

Zabbix zabbix manual v1.8